ML102950170: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(2 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 3: Line 3:
| issue date = 09/24/2010
| issue date = 09/24/2010
| title = 2010 LaSalle County Station Initial License Examination Proposed Written Examination
| title = 2010 LaSalle County Station Initial License Examination Proposed Written Examination
| author name = McNeil D R
| author name = Mcneil D
| author affiliation = NRC/RGN-III/DRS/OB
| author affiliation = NRC/RGN-III/DRS/OB
| addressee name =  
| addressee name =  
Line 15: Line 15:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 001  
{{#Wiki_filter:RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION         001 Which one of the following signals is used by the Reactor Water Level Control system when operating in the Single Element mode of control?
 
: a.       Total Steam Flow
Which one of the following signals is used by the Reactor Water Level Control system when operating in the Single Element mode of control?  
: b.       Reactor Water Level
: a. Total Steam Flow  
: c.       Total Feed Water Flow
: b. Reactor Water Level  
: d.       Feed Regulating Valve (FRV) Position ANSWER b.
: c. Total Feed Water Flow  
: d. Feed Regulating Valve (FRV) Position ANSWER b.
REFERENCE System Description 031, Section II.D.
REFERENCE System Description 031, Section II.D.
295002K1.03 - Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL SYSTEM and the following: Reactor  
295002K1.03 - Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL SYSTEM and the following: Reactor water level BANK FUNDAMENTAL Explanation:
 
water level BANK FUNDAMENTAL  
 
Explanation:
Single-Element control utilizes only reactor water level. Reactor water level signals are processed through a soft majority selector, compared to the reactor level setpoint and passed on to the single-element controller. The single element controller output is then sent to all of the final control elements selected in automatic. The other answers are incorrect because they are not used by RWLC while operating in single-element.
Single-Element control utilizes only reactor water level. Reactor water level signals are processed through a soft majority selector, compared to the reactor level setpoint and passed on to the single-element controller. The single element controller output is then sent to all of the final control elements selected in automatic. The other answers are incorrect because they are not used by RWLC while operating in single-element.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 002


Uni 1 is at rated condtions.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        002 Uni 1 is at rated condtions.
The 1A Post LOCA H2/O2 MONITOR ISOL VLVS switch is in the SP position. Drywell pressure rises to 2.5 psig.  
* The 1A Post LOCA H2/O2 MONITOR ISOL VLVS switch is in the SP position.
* Drywell pressure rises to 2.5 psig.
For the given conditions, the 1A Post LOCA H2/O2 monitors will be drawing a suction from the ____(1)____ with return flow going to the ____(2)____.
: a.      (1) Drywell ONLY (2) Suppression Chamber
: b.      (1) Suppression Chamber ONLY (2) Suppression Chamber
: c.      (1) Suppression Chamber and Drywell (2) Suppression Chamber
: d.      (1) Suppression Chamber and Drywell (2) Drywell Answer c.
REFERENCE System Descripiton 092, Containment Monitoring, page 20.
HIGH NEW 223002K1.11 - Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION SYSTEM/NUCLEAR STEAM SUPPLY SHUT-OFF and the Containment atmosphere sampling Explanation:
If the 1A(B) POST LOCA H2/O2 MONITOR ISOL VLVS is in the SP position, the suppression pool suction valve, 1CM024A (1CM023B) and the suppression pool return, 1CM025A (1CM026B) remain open AND the drywell suction valve, 1CM022A (1CM021B) re-positions open on a PCIS signal. The suppression pool return and the drywell suction valve will not be capable of being closed until the Group II isolation signal is reset. The drywell suction can also be closed if a jumper is installed per LGA-CM-01.


For the given conditions, the 1A Post LOCA H2/O2 monitors will be drawing a suction from  the ____(1)____ with return flow going to the ____(2)____.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION      003 Which of the following identifies the power supply to the 1B IRM?
: a. (1) Drywell ONLY (2) Suppression Chamber
: a. 112X
: b. (1) Suppression Chamber ONLY (2) Suppression Chamber
: b. 112Y
: c. (1) Suppression Chamber and Drywell (2) Suppression Chamber
: c. 1B RPS
: d. (1) Suppression Chamber and Drywell (2) Drywell Answer c. REFERENCE System Descripiton 092, Containment Monitoring, page 20.
: d. 24VDC Bus B Answer d.
HIGH NEW 223002K1.11 - Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION SYSTEM/NUCLEAR STEAM SUPPLY SHUT-OFF and the Containment atmosphere sampling Explanation: If the 1A(B) POST LOCA H2/O2 MONITOR ISOL VLVS is in the SP position, the suppression pool suction valve, 1CM024A (1CM023B) and the suppression pool return, 1CM025A (1CM026B) remain open AND the drywell suction valve, 1CM022A (1CM021B) re-positions open on a PCIS signal. The suppression pool return and the drywell suction valve will not be capable of being closed until the Group II isolation signal is reset. The drywell suction can also be closed if a jumper is installed per LGA-CM-01.
REFERENCE System Description 042, IRMs, page 17.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 003
215003K2.01 - Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: IRM channels/detectors FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
Per System Description 042, IRMs:
24VDC Bus B via 24/48 VDC Distribution Panel 1B (power for trip and auxiliary units)   IRM:
B, D, F, H


Which of the following identifies the power supply to the 1B IRM?  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        004 Unit-1 has just started a refueling outage (shutdown was 3.5 hours ago).
: a. 112X  b. 112Y  c. 1B RPS
Unit-2 is critical with a 65°F per hour heat-up rate established.
: d. 24VDC Bus B Answer d. REFERENCE System Description 042, IRMs, page 17.
Given this initial lineup, which one of the following combinations of failures would result in a Loss of All Off-Site AC power to both units?
215003K2.01 - Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: IRM channels/detectors FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:  Per System Description 042, IRMs:
: a.     Unit-1 SAT and Unit-2 SAT.
24VDC Bus B via 24/48 VDC Distribution Panel 1B (power for trip and auxiliary units)
: b.     Unit-1 SAT and Lines 0108 and 0101.
IRM: B, D, F, H
: c.     Unit-2 SAT and Lines 0112 and 0108.
: d.     Unit-1 Ring Bus and Lines 0112 and 0103.
ANSWER a.
REFERENCE System Description 005, Figure 005-02 262001K/A: K2.01 - Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: Off-site sources of power HIGH BANK Explanation:
With both generators off-line (UATs are unavailable) a loss of both SATs will result in a loss of off-site power to both units. B, C, and D are incorrect as they allow either the U-1 or U-2 SAT to be available to provide power.


RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 004
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION         005 Unit 1 and 2 are operating at rated condtions.
The following annunciators alarm:
* 1H13-P601-F204; DIV 1 RB VENT RAD HI-HI
* 1H13-P601-E204; DIV 2 RB VENT RAD HI-HI
* 1A VR EXH VENT RAD MONITOR 1D18-K609A indicates 12 MR/HR
* 1B VR EXH VENT RAD MONITOR 1D18-K609B indicates 13 MR/HR
* 1C VR EXH VENT RAD MONITOR 1D18-K609C indicates 12 MR/HR
* 1D VR EXH VENT RAD MONITOR 1D18-K609D indicates 13 MR/HR
* Unit 1 SBGT system fails to initate.
Which of the following identifies Unit 1 Reactor Building conditions following these events?
The Unit 1 Reactor Building will ............
: a.      slowly pressurize resulting in an unmonitored gaseous effluent release.
: b.      be maintained at a slightly negative pressure to collect and process all gaseous effluent prior to its release to the environment through the SBGT Vent Stack ONLY.
: c.      be maintained at a slightly negative pressure to collect and process all gaseous effluent prior to its release to the environment through the Station Vent Stack ONLY.
: d.      be maintained at a slightly negative pressure to collect and process all gaseous effluent prior to its release to the environment through the SBGT and Station Vent Stacks.
ANSWER b.
REFERENCE System Description 095, Standby Gas Treatment, pages 2 and 3.
261000K3.05 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the STANDBY GAS TREATMENT SYSTEM will have on following: Secondary containment radiation/
contamination levels HIGH NEW Explanation:
For the given conditions, Reactor Building Ventilation on both Units will trip and isolate, and both SBGT trains will receive an initiation signal. Unit 2 SBGT will maintain a negative pressure on the Unit 1 Reactor Building even though the Unit 1 SBGT system failed to start.
Per System Description 095, Standby Gas Treatment, The Standby Gas Treatment (VG) System consists of two identical processing trains (1 per unit), isolation and control dampers and interconnecting pipes.
The individual trains (of SBGT) are available to each Reactor Building. Either train can produce and maintain a slightly negative pressure in the Reactor Building to collect and process all gaseous effluent prior to its release to the environment through an elevated


Unit-1 has just started a refueling outage (shutdown was 3.5 hours ago). Unit-2 is critical with a 65°F per hour heat-up rate established.  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS release point.
The Standby Gas Treatment System performs safety-related functions as an Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) Filter System. All Standby Gas Treatment System electrical equipment is powered from the ESF Division II of its respective unit. Both VG trains will automatically start with an initiation signal from either unit.


Given this initial lineup, which one of the following combinations of failures would result in a Loss of All Off-Site AC power to both units?
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION       006 Units 1 and 2 have been scrammed due to a security related event.
: a. Unit-1 SAT and Unit-2 SAT.
* All Off-site power is lost.
: b. Unit-1 SAT and Lines 0108 and 0101.
* The 1A Diesel Generator (D/G) has been damaged and will NOT operate.
: c. Unit-2 SAT and Lines 0112 and 0108.
* Unit 1 RPV water level dropped to -148" and is currently +25 inches.
: d. Unit-1 Ring Bus and Lines 0112 and 0103. ANSWER a.
* Unit 2 RPV water level dropped to -25" and is currently +35 inches.
REFERENCE System Description 005, Figure 005-02 262001K/A: K2.01 - Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: Off-site sources of power HIGH BANK Explanation:  With both generators off-line (UATs are unavailable) a loss of both SATs will result in a loss of off-site power to both units. B, C, and D are incorrect as they allow either the U-1 or U-2 SAT to be available to provide power.
* CSCS supply to the Common and 2A Diesel Generators is lost.
 
* Suppression Pool Cooling has been placed in operation on BOTH units.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 005
* ALL personnel have been restricted from entering the Power Block.
 
Which of the following describes the effect on the continued operation of Suppression Pool Cooling for each unit based on the given conditions?
Unit 1 and 2 are operating at rated condtions.
Unit 1 Suppression Pool Cooling will remain in operation until the Common D/G ____(1)____.
 
Unit 2 Suppression Pool Cooling will remain in operation until the 2A D/G____(2)____.
The following annunciators alarm:
: a.     (1) experiences component failure.
 
(2) trips on high cooling temperature.
1H13-P601-F204; DIV 1 RB VENT RAD HI-HI  1H13-P601-E204; DIV 2 RB VENT RAD HI-HI  1A VR EXH VENT RAD MONITOR 1D18-K609A indicates 12 MR/HR  1B VR EXH VENT RAD MONITOR 1D18-K609B indicates 13 MR/HR  1C VR EXH VENT RAD MONITOR 1D18-K609C indicates 12 MR/HR  1D VR EXH VENT RAD MONITOR 1D18-K609D indicates 13 MR/HR  Unit 1 SBGT system fails to initate.
: b.     (1) trips on high cooling temperature.
 
(2) experiences component failure.
Which of the following identifies Unit 1 Reactor Building conditions following these events?
: c.     (1) experiences component failure.
 
(2) experiences component failure.
The Unit 1 Reactor Building will ............
: d.     (1) trips on high cooling temperature.
: a. slowly pressurize resulting in an unmonitored gaseous effluent release.
(2) trips on high cooling temperature.
: b. be maintained at a slightly negative pressure to collect and process all gaseous effluent prior to its release to the environment through the SBGT Vent Stack ONLY.
ANSWER a.
: c. be maintained at a slightly negative pressure to collect and process all gaseous effluent prior to its release to the environment through the Station Vent Stack ONLY.
REFERENCE System Description 11, page 66.
: d. be maintained at a slightly negative pressure to collect and process all gaseous effluent prior to its release to the environment through the SBGT and Station Vent Stacks. ANSWER b. REFERENCE System Description 095, Standby Gas Treatment, pages 2 and 3. 261000K3.05 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the STANDBY GAS TREATMENT SYSTEM will have on following: Secondary containment radiation/
264000K3.03 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the EMERGENCY GENERATORS (DIESEL/JET) will have on following: Major loads powered from electrical buses fed by the emergency generator(s)
contamination levels HIGH NEW Explanation:  For the given conditions, Reactor Building Ventilation on both Units will trip and isolate, and both SBGT trains will receive an initiation signal. Unit 2 SBGT will maintain a negative pressure on the Unit 1 Reactor Building even though the Unit 1 SBGT system failed to start.
HIGH NEW Explanation:
 
Per System Description 095, Standby Gas Treatment,  The Standby Gas Treatment (VG) System consists of two identical processing trains (1 per unit), isolation and control dampers and interconnecting pipes. The individual trains (of SBGT) are available to each Reactor Building. Either train can produce and maintain a slightly negative pressure in the Reactor Building to collect and process all gaseous effluent prior to its release to the environment through an elevated RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS release point. The Standby Gas Treatment System performs safety-related functions as an Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) Filter System. All Standby Gas Treatment System electrical equipment is powered from the ESF Division II of its respective unit.
Both VG trains will automatically start with an initiation signal from either unit.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 006  
 
Units 1 and 2 have been scrammed due to a security related event.
All Off-site power is lost. The 1A Diesel Generator (D/G) has been damaged and will NOT operate. Unit 1 RPV water level dropped to -148" and is currently +25 inches. Unit 2 RPV water level dropped to -25" and is currently +35 inches. CSCS supply to the Common and 2A Diesel Generators is lost. Suppression Pool Cooling has been placed in operation on BOTH units. ALL personnel have been restricted from entering the Power Block.  
 
Which of the following describes the effect on the continued operation of Suppression Pool Cooling for each unit based on the given conditions?
 
Unit 1 Suppression Pool Cooling will remain in operation until the Common D/G ____(1)____. Unit 2 Suppression Pool Cooling will remain in operation until the 2A D/G____(2)____.  
: a. (1) experiences component failure. (2) trips on high cooling temperature.  
: b. (1) trips on high cooling temperature. (2) experiences component failure.  
: c. (1) experiences component failure. (2) experiences component failure.  
: d. (1) trips on high cooling temperature. (2) trips on high cooling temperature. ANSWER a. REFERENCE System Description 11, page 66. 264000K3.03 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the EMERGENCY GENERATORS (DIESEL/JET) will have on following: Major loads powered from electrical buses fed by the emergency generator(s) HIGH NEW Explanation:
The Common Diesel has responded to both an ECCS and undervoltage signal, so with the loss of CSCS, the diesel will continue to operate until components fail as a result of the high coolant trip being bypassed. When the Common D/G trips, SPC will be lost on Unit 1.
The Common Diesel has responded to both an ECCS and undervoltage signal, so with the loss of CSCS, the diesel will continue to operate until components fail as a result of the high coolant trip being bypassed. When the Common D/G trips, SPC will be lost on Unit 1.
The 2A Diesel has responded to an undervoltage signal, but not an ECCS signal, so the diesel will continue to operate until the high coolant trip is reached. When the 2A D/G trips, SPC will be lost on Unit 2.
The 2A Diesel has responded to an undervoltage signal, but not an ECCS signal, so the diesel will continue to operate until the high coolant trip is reached. When the 2A D/G trips, SPC will be lost on Unit 2.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 007


Which of the following Unit 1 DC busses has a design feature which allows the bus to be cross-tied to Unit 2?  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        007 Which of the following Unit 1 DC busses has a design feature which allows the bus to be cross-tied to Unit 2?
: 1. 112Y; Unit 1 Division 2 125 VDC  
: 1. 112Y; Unit 1 Division 2 125 VDC
: 2. 113; Unit 1 Division 3 125 VDC  
: 2. 113; Unit 1 Division 3 125 VDC
: 3. 121Y; Unit 1 250 VDC
: 3. 121Y; Unit 1 250 VDC
: a. 1 ONLY  
: a.     1 ONLY
: b. 1 and 2 ONLY  
: b.     1 and 2 ONLY
: c. 1 and 3 ONLY  
: c.     1 and 3 ONLY
: d. 1, 2 and 3. ANSWER  
: d.     1, 2 and 3.
: d. REFERENCE System Description 006, DC Distribution, pages 23 and 26.
ANSWER d.
263000K4.02 - Knowledge of D.C. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Breaker interlocks, permissives, bypasses and cross ties: Plant-Specific FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
REFERENCE System Description 006, DC Distribution, pages 23 and 26.
263000K4.02 - Knowledge of D.C. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Breaker interlocks, permissives, bypasses and cross ties: Plant-Specific FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
ALL three of the Unit 1 DC busses listed can be cross-tied to Unit 2.
ALL three of the Unit 1 DC busses listed can be cross-tied to Unit 2.
The question explores the examinee's knowledge of the ability to cross-tie different DC busses, including the Division 2 battery, the HPCS battery and the 250 VDC battery.
The question explores the examinees knowledge of the ability to cross-tie different DC busses, including the Division 2 battery, the HPCS battery and the 250 VDC battery.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 008


Unit 1 was operating at rated conditions when a leak in the drywell occurred.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION      008 Unit 1 was operating at rated conditions when a leak in the drywell occurred.
1B RHR is OOS. Drywell pressure is 15 psig. Suppression Chamber Spray is in operation. Drywell Spray is in operation. The 1E12-F042A was overriden CLOSED Reactor pressure rose from 420 psig to 550 psig. ADS was then initiated and reactor pressure is dropping 50 psig per minute.  
* 1B RHR is OOS.
 
* Drywell pressure is 15 psig.
Which of the following identifies the expected 1A RHR valve positions four minutes from now if no operator actions are taken with the system?  
* Suppression Chamber Spray is in operation.
: a. 1E12-F027A, 1A RHR SP SPRAY ISOL; OPEN 1E12-F042A, 1A RHR LPCI INJ. VLV.; CLOSED  
* Drywell Spray is in operation.
: b. 1E12-F027A, 1A RHR SP SPRAY ISOL; CLOSED 1E12-F042A, 1A RHR LPCI INJ. VLV.; OPEN  
* The 1E12-F042A was overriden CLOSED
: c. 1E12-F016A and F017A, 1A RHR DW SPRAY UPSTREAM AND DOWNSTREAM ISOLs; OPEN 1E12-F042A, 1A RHR LPCI INJ. VLV.; CLOSED  
* Reactor pressure rose from 420 psig to 550 psig.
: d. 1E12-F016A and F017A, 1A RHR DW SPRAY UPSTREAM AND DOWNSTREAM ISOLs; CLOSED 1E12-F042A, 1A RHR LPCI INJ. VLV.; OPEN ANSWER  
* ADS was then initiated and reactor pressure is dropping 50 psig per minute.
: b. REFERENCE System Description 064, RHR, pages 21, 22, 23 and 30. 203000K4.10 - Knowledge of RHR/LPCI: INJECTION MODE (PLANT SPECIFIC) design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Dedicated injection system during automatic system initiation (injection valve interlocks) HIGH NEW Explanation: Injection Valve 1E12-F042A interlocks affect the operation of both the SC and DW Spray  
Which of the following identifies the expected 1A RHR valve positions four minutes from now if no operator actions are taken with the system?
 
: a. 1E12-F027A, 1A RHR SP SPRAY ISOL; OPEN 1E12-F042A, 1A RHR LPCI INJ. VLV.; CLOSED
valves. The 1E12-F027A Suppression Pool Spray Valve will go closed if the 1E12-F042A Injection Valve goes open with an initiation signal in place.
: b. 1E12-F027A, 1A RHR SP SPRAY ISOL; CLOSED 1E12-F042A, 1A RHR LPCI INJ. VLV.; OPEN
: c. 1E12-F016A and F017A, 1A RHR DW SPRAY UPSTREAM AND DOWNSTREAM ISOLs; OPEN 1E12-F042A, 1A RHR LPCI INJ. VLV.; CLOSED
: d. 1E12-F016A and F017A, 1A RHR DW SPRAY UPSTREAM AND DOWNSTREAM ISOLs; CLOSED 1E12-F042A, 1A RHR LPCI INJ. VLV.; OPEN ANSWER b.
REFERENCE System Description 064, RHR, pages 21, 22, 23 and 30.
203000K4.10 - Knowledge of RHR/LPCI: INJECTION MODE (PLANT SPECIFIC) design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Dedicated injection system during automatic system initiation (injection valve interlocks)
HIGH NEW Explanation:
Injection Valve 1E12-F042A interlocks affect the operation of both the SC and DW Spray valves. The 1E12-F027A Suppression Pool Spray Valve will go closed if the 1E12-F042A Injection Valve goes open with an initiation signal in place.
In the given conditions, the F042A valve was overriden closed, but the override signal was cleared when RPV pressure rose above the low pressure interlock.
In the given conditions, the F042A valve was overriden closed, but the override signal was cleared when RPV pressure rose above the low pressure interlock.
When RPV pressure dropped below the low pressure interlock due to the ADS, the F042A Injection Valve will open, providing a signal to close the F027A SP Spray Valve. The F016A and F017A DW Spray Valves are not affected by the opening of the F042A .
When RPV pressure dropped below the low pressure interlock due to the ADS, the F042A Injection Valve will open, providing a signal to close the F027A SP Spray Valve. The F016A and F017A DW Spray Valves are not affected by the opening of the F042A .
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 009


Assuming RHR is in a standby configuration initia lly, which one of the following statements is TRUE concerning RHR shutdown cooling when all of the Emergency Transfer Switches for RHR are taken to the EMERGENCY position at the Remote S/D Panel?  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION          009 Assuming RHR is in a standby configuration initially, which one of the following statements is TRUE concerning RHR shutdown cooling when all of the Emergency Transfer Switches for RHR are taken to the EMERGENCY position at the Remote S/D Panel?
: a. RHR Shutdown Cooling can NOT be placed in operation from the RSD panel.  
: a.     RHR Shutdown Cooling can NOT be placed in operation from the RSD panel.
: b. Shutdown Cooling can only be lined up using the 'A' (Div. 1) RHR Heat Exchanger.  
: b.     Shutdown Cooling can only be lined up using the 'A' (Div. 1) RHR Heat Exchanger.
: c. There is a greater potential to drain the RPV to the suppression pool since ALL associated interlocks are bypassed.  
: c.     There is a greater potential to drain the RPV to the suppression pool since ALL associated interlocks are bypassed.
: d. The RHR suppression pool suction valve closed signal must be present before shutdown cooling can be placed on-line. ANSWER  
: d.     The RHR suppression pool suction valve closed signal must be present before shutdown cooling can be placed on-line.
: d. REFERENCE System Description 064, Sections IV.C and IV.D LOP-RX-01T, Revision 10 205000K5.02 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to SHUTDOWN COOLING SYSTEM (RHR SHUTDOWN COOLING MODE) :
ANSWER d.
Valve operation FUNDAMENTAL BANK EXPLANATION  
REFERENCE System Description 064, Sections IV.C and IV.D LOP-RX-01T, Revision 10 205000K5.02 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to SHUTDOWN COOLING SYSTEM (RHR SHUTDOWN COOLING MODE) :
: c. is a correct statement.  
Valve operation FUNDAMENTAL BANK EXPLANATION
: a. SDC can be placed in operation. b. the "B" HX is used. c. all interlocks are not bypassed.
: c. is a correct statement.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 010
: a. SDC can be placed in operation.
: b. the "B" HX is used.
: c. all interlocks are not bypassed.


To provide an additional margin of safety, the APRM Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power Upscale Trip and alarm setpoints are automatically adjusted in proportion to ____(1)____ flow rate signals. These signals are passed through a ____(2)____ value gate to ensure conservatism is added to the flow biased trip circuits.  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        010 To provide an additional margin of safety, the APRM Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power Upscale Trip and alarm setpoints are automatically adjusted in proportion to ____(1)____ flow rate signals. These signals are passed through a ____(2)____ value gate to ensure conservatism is added to the flow biased trip circuits.
: a. (1) Feedwater (2) low b. (1) Feedwater (2) high c. (1) Reactor Recirculation (2) low d. (1) Reactor Recirculation (2) high ANSWER  
: a.     (1) Feedwater (2) low
: c.
: b.     (1) Feedwater (2) high
: c.     (1) Reactor Recirculation (2) low
: d.     (1) Reactor Recirculation (2) high ANSWER c.
REFERENCE System Description 044, APRMs pages 5 and 6.
REFERENCE System Description 044, APRMs pages 5 and 6.
215005K5.05 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to AVERAGE POWER RANGE MONITOR/LOCAL POWER RANGE MONITOR SYSTEM : Core flow effects on APRM trip setpoints FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
215005K5.05 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to AVERAGE POWER RANGE MONITOR/LOCAL POWER RANGE MONITOR SYSTEM : Core flow effects on APRM trip setpoints FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
 
From System Description 044, APRMs:
From System Description 044, APRMs: To provide an additional margin of safety the thermal scram and upscale alarm setpoints of the APRM are automatically adjusted in proportion to the recirculation flow rate.
To provide an additional margin of safety the thermal scram and upscale alarm setpoints of the APRM are automatically adjusted in proportion to the recirculation flow rate.
MAE Comment: The selected K/A refers to "core flow", however recirc flow is used as an input in place of core flow as it is more reliable and less likely to cause a spurious scram, thus recirc flow was used in this question.
MAE Comment: The selected K/A refers to "core flow", however recirc flow is used as an input in place of core flow as it is more reliable and less likely to cause a spurious scram, thus recirc flow was used in this question.
For the APRMs and RBM, the flow signals pass through individual APRM and RBM channel LVGs. Each of these signals is representative of the outputs of two Flow Transmitters one for each recirculation loop. Within the Flow Control Trip Reference Unit the two signals are compared and the smaller signal is allowed to pass. The device performing this function is known as the Low Value Gate (LVG). By selecting the input signal representing the lower value of total flow, conservatism is added to the flow biased trip circuits.
For the APRMs and RBM, the flow signals pass through individual APRM and RBM channel LVGs. Each of these signals is representative of the outputs of two Flow Transmitters one for each recirculation loop. Within the Flow Control Trip Reference Unit the two signals are compared and the smaller signal is allowed to pass. The device performing this function is known as the Low Value Gate (LVG). By selecting the input signal representing the lower value of total flow, conservatism is added to the flow biased trip circuits.
 
The distracters are plausible but incorrect as they identify the Feedwater Flow and/or high value gate as part of the distracter.
The distracters are plausible but incorrect as they identify the Feedwater Flow and/or high value gate as part of the distracter.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 011


Which of the following identifies how the Security UPS will respond to the loss of the normal AC power supply?  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        011 Which of the following identifies how the Security UPS will respond to the loss of the normal AC power supply?
The Security UPS will transfer to the
: a.      DC power supply fed from MCC 112X.
: b.      DC power supply fed from the TSC battery panel 0DC22E.
: c.      Alternate AC power supply 132B-2, which is regulated before supplying system loads.
: d.      Alternate AC power supply 132B-2 which is NOT regulated before supplying system loads.
ANSWER b.
REFERENCE TSC Security DG and UPS System lesson plan 012, page 18 262002K6.01 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY (A.C./D.C.) : A.C. electrical power FUNDAMENTAL BANK EXPLANATION The Security UPS is fed from the TSC battery. UPS operation is such that if the Normal AC power supply is lost, the DC power supply automatically takes it place. The Alternate AC power source is the last option.


The Security UPS will transfer to the -
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION       012 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.
: a. DC power supply fed from MCC 112X.
* LIS-NB-101A, "Unit 1 Reactor Vessel Low Water Level 3 Scram Trip Logic A1 and A2 and SDC Mode Isolation Calibration" was completed last shift.
: b. DC power supply fed from the TSC battery panel 0DC22E.
* Trip unit 1B21-N703A, "Reactor Vessel Low Water Level 3 Trip in RPS Trip Logic A1" was unknowingly damaged and left in a condition such that it will NOT change from its normal state.
: c. Alternate AC power supply 132B-2, which is regulated before supplying system loads. 
What effect will the condition of trip unit 1B21-N703A have on the RPS system if RPV water level subsequently drops below the RPS scram setpoint?
: d. Alternate AC power supply 132B-2 which is NOT regulated before supplying system loads. ANSWER
: a.     RPS Channel [A1] will NOT actuate, PREVENTING a FULL reactor scram.
: b. REFERENCE TSC Security DG and UPS System lesson plan 012, page 18 262002K6.01 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY (A.C./D.C.) : A.C. electrical power FUNDAMENTAL BANK EXPLANATION The Security UPS is fed from the TSC battery. UPS operation is such that if the Normal AC power supply is lost, the DC power supply automatically takes it place. The Alternate AC power source is the last option.
: b.     RPS Channels [B1] AND [B2] ONLY will actuate, CAUSING a FULL reactor scram.
 
: c.     RPS Channels [A2] AND [B1 AND / OR B2] will actuate, CAUSING a FULL reactor scram.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 012  
: d.     RPS Channels [A2] AND [B1 AND / OR B2] will actuate, CAUSING a reactor HALF SCRAM ONLY.
 
ANSWER c.
Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.
REFERENCE System Description 049, RPS pages 33 and 34 212000K6.03 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM : Nuclear boiler instrumentation HIGH NEW Explanation:
LIS-NB-101A, "Unit 1 Reactor Vessel Low Water Level 3 Scram Trip Logic A1 and A2 and SDC Mode Isolation Calibration" was completed last shift. Trip unit 1B21-N703A, "Reactor Vessel Low Water Level 3 Trip in RPS Trip Logic A1" was unknowingly damaged and left in a condition such that it will NOT change from its  
The A1 Low RPV water level scram instrument will not actuate, however the failure of one instrument will not cause or prevent a reactor scram.
 
For the given conditions, the A2 instrument will combine with the B1 and/or B2 channel instrument to cause a full reactor scram.
normal state.  
RPS Channel [A1] will NOT actuate, PREVENTING a FULL reactor scram.
 
The failure of channel A1 to actuate will not prevent a scram.
What effect will the condition of trip unit 1B21-N703A have on the RPS system if RPV water level subsequently drops below the RPS scram setpoint?  
: a. RPS Channel [A1] will NOT actuate, PREVENTING a FULL reactor scram.  
: b. RPS Channels [B1] AND [B2] ONLY will actuate, CAUSING a FULL reactor scram.
: c. RPS Channels [A2] AND [B1 AND / OR B2] will actuate, CAUSING a FULL reactor scram.  
: d. RPS Channels [A2] AND [B1 AND / OR B2] will actuate, CAUSING a reactor HALF SCRAM ONLY. ANSWER  
: c.
REFERENCE System Description 049, RPS pages 33 and 34 212000K6.03 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM : Nuclear boiler instrumentation HIGH NEW Explanation: The A1 Low RPV water level scram instrument will not actuate, however the failure of one instrument will not cause or prevent a reactor scram. For the given conditions, the A2 instrument will combine with the B1 and/or B2 channel instrument to cause a full reactor scram.  
 
RPS Channel [A1] will NOT actuate, PREVENTING a FULL reactor scram. The failure of channel A1 to actuate will not prevent a scram.
RPS Channels [B1] AND [B2] ONLY will actuate, CAUSING a FULL reactor scram.
RPS Channels [B1] AND [B2] ONLY will actuate, CAUSING a FULL reactor scram.
Channel A2 will actuate, as well as B1 and B2.  
Channel A2 will actuate, as well as B1 and B2.
 
RPS Channels [A2] AND [B1 AND / OR B2] will actuate, CAUSING a reactor HALF SCRAM ONLY.
RPS Channels [A2] AND [B1 AND / OR B2] will actuate, CAUSING a reactor HALF SCRAM ONLY. The actuation of the listed RPS channels will cause a full reactor scram due to the 1 out of 2 taken twice logic.
The actuation of the listed RPS channels will cause a full reactor scram due to the 1 out of 2 taken twice logic.
CFR 41.7 RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 013
CFR 41.7
 
An ECCS condition occurred on Unit-1.
Normal power is available, but the operator decided to load the Common DG and manually close it onto Bus 141Y. Later, an ECCS and Undervoltage condition occurs on Unit-2.


RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        013 An ECCS condition occurred on Unit-1.
* Normal power is available, but the operator decided to load the Common DG and manually close it onto Bus 141Y.
* Later, an ECCS and Undervoltage condition occurs on Unit-2.
What indication would you expect to see for the SAT feed to 141Y and the Common DG?
What indication would you expect to see for the SAT feed to 141Y and the Common DG?
SAT feed to 141Y amps will _____(1)_____
SAT feed to 141Y amps will _____(1)_____ AND Common DG amps will _____(2)_____.
AND Common DG amps will _____(2)_____.  
: a.     (1) increase (2) decrease and remain lower
: a. (1) increase (2) decrease and remain lower  
: b.     (1) increase (2) decrease then immediately increase
: b. (1) increase (2) decrease then immediately increase  
: c.     (1) increase (2) decrease and then increase after a 5 second time delay
: c. (1) increase (2) decrease and then increase after a 5 second time delay  
: d.     (1) remain constant (2) remain constant ANSWER d.
: d. (1) remain constant (2) remain constant ANSWER d.
REFERENCE DG System lesson plan 011, page 49 209001A1.07 - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the LOW PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM controls including: Emergency generator loading HIGH BANK Explanation:
REFERENCE DG System lesson plan 011, page 49 209001A1.07 - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the LOW PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM controls including: Emergency generator loading HIGH BANK Explanation: the closure permissive for the Unit-2 breaker will NOT be met unless the Common D/G, Unit-1 Output breaker is manually tripped or the ECCS condition is reset.
the closure permissive for the Unit-2 breaker will NOT be met unless the Common D/G, Unit-1 Output breaker is manually tripped or the ECCS condition is reset.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 014


Unit 2 is in an ATWS condition.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        014 Unit 2 is in an ATWS condition.
ALL control rods remain out. The Main Turbine Generator remains on line. SBLC Storage Tank level is 4850 gallons The 2A SBLC PMP, 2C41-C001A, Key 63 keylock switch is PLACED to the SYS A position per LGA-SC-201, "Unit 2 Initiation of Standby Liquid Control". The start sequence is CHECKED and the following abnormal indications are observed:
* ALL control rods remain out.
o 2C41-F004A, SBLC INJ SQUIB VLV, ON light is LIT.
* The Main Turbine Generator remains on line.
* SBLC Storage Tank level is 4850 gallons
* The 2A SBLC PMP, 2C41-C001A, Key 63 keylock switch is PLACED to the SYS A position per LGA-SC-201, "Unit 2 Initiation of Standby Liquid Control".
* The start sequence is CHECKED and the following abnormal indications are observed:
o 2C41-F004A, SBLC INJ SQUIB VLV, ON light is LIT.
o 2C41-F001B, SBLC STRG TNK 2B OUTLET VLV indicates CLOSED.
o 2C41-F001B, SBLC STRG TNK 2B OUTLET VLV indicates CLOSED.
Based on the above conditions, the indicated SBLC tank level 5 minutes after all actions to establish flow are complete, is predicted to be approximately ________ gallons.  
Based on the above conditions, the indicated SBLC tank level 5 minutes after all actions to establish flow are complete, is predicted to be approximately ________ gallons.
 
Note: The actions have NOT resulted in any changes in abnormal indications.
Note: The actions have NOT resulted in any changes in abnormal indications.  
: a.     4850
: a. 4850   b. 4640 c. 4535 d. 4430 ANSWER  
: b.     4640
: b.
: c.     4535
REFERENCE LGA-SC-02, "Unit 2 Initiation of Standby Liquid Control". System Desciption 028, SBLC, Figure 28-01 "SBLC Simplified Drawing".
: d.     4430 ANSWER b.
REFERENCE LGA-SC-02, "Unit 2 Initiation of Standby Liquid Control".
System Desciption 028, SBLC, Figure 28-01 "SBLC Simplified Drawing".
211000A1.01 - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the STANDBY LIQUID CONTROL SYSTEM controls including: Tank level HIGH NEW Explanation:
211000A1.01 - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the STANDBY LIQUID CONTROL SYSTEM controls including: Tank level HIGH NEW Explanation:
The correct answer is based on a discharge flow of 42 gpm from one operating SBLC pump.
The correct answer is based on a discharge flow of 42 gpm from one operating SBLC pump.
Per LGA-SC-02, one pump is started and then a sequence of steps is verified to have occurred.
Per LGA-SC-02, one pump is started and then a sequence of steps is verified to have occurred.
In this case, the 2A squib valve did not fire, and the 2B Storage Tank outlet valve did not open, so LGA-SC-02 provides direction to secure the first pump started and start the second SBLC pump, resulting in one pump in operation.  
In this case, the 2A squib valve did not fire, and the 2B Storage Tank outlet valve did not open, so LGA-SC-02 provides direction to secure the first pump started and start the second SBLC pump, resulting in one pump in operation.
: a. This distracter is incorrect, but plausible if the examinee does not understand that either pump can inject as long as one of the suction valves and one of the squib valves opens.
: a.       This distracter is incorrect, but plausible if the examinee does not understand that either pump can inject as long as one of the suction valves and one of the squib valves opens.
Original tank level was 4850 gallons and has not changed. c. This distracter is incorrect, but plausible if the examinee understands one pump will be in operation and able to inject, but confuses SBLC pump output (42 gpm) with CRD flow (63 gpm). d. This distracter is incorrect, but plausible if the examinee believes that both SBLC pumps are placed in operation and pumping at 42 gpm.
Original tank level was 4850 gallons and has not changed.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 015
: c.       This distracter is incorrect, but plausible if the examinee understands one pump will be in operation and able to inject, but confuses SBLC pump output (42 gpm) with CRD flow (63 gpm).
 
: d.       This distracter is incorrect, but plausible if the examinee believes that both SBLC pumps are placed in operation and pumping at 42 gpm.
Unit-1 is in Mode 2 and beginning rod withdrawal for criticality.
1D SRM is reading approximately one decade higher than the other SRMs  The NSO reports that relay 1C71-K13D, Non-Coincidental Neutron Monitoring Scram Relay, on panel 1H13-P611 is cycling


Based on these conditions what would be the control room operator's NEXT action?  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION          015 Unit-1 is in Mode 2 and beginning rod withdrawal for criticality.
: a. Bypass 1D SRM.  
* 1D SRM is reading approximately one decade higher than the other SRMs
: b. Insert a half-scram on 1A RPS.  
* The NSO reports that relay 1C71-K13D, Non-Coincidental Neutron Monitoring Scram Relay, on panel 1H13-P611 is cycling Based on these conditions what would be the control room operator's NEXT action?
: c. Insert a half-scram on 1B RPS.  
: a.       Bypass 1D SRM.
: d. Take the 1D SRM operate switch to STBY. ANSWER  
: b.       Insert a half-scram on 1A RPS.
: a.
: c.       Insert a half-scram on 1B RPS.
: d.       Take the 1D SRM operate switch to STBY.
ANSWER a.
REFERENCE LOR-1H13-P603, "SRM INOPERATIVE OR HI".
REFERENCE LOR-1H13-P603, "SRM INOPERATIVE OR HI".
215004A2.02 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the SOURCE RANGE MONITOR (SRM) SYSTEM ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: SRM inop condition HIGH BANK Explanation: Bypassing the faulty SRM will remove the signal from the failed SRM to the non-coincidental neutron monitoring scram relay. This is an actual event that occurred in January 2003. This relay will initiate a reactor scram if the shorting links are removed. Since this is obviously a failure, the SRM is considered inop and must be bypassed.
215004A2.02 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the SOURCE RANGE MONITOR (SRM) SYSTEM ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: SRM inop condition HIGH BANK Explanation:
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 016
Bypassing the faulty SRM will remove the signal from the failed SRM to the non-coincidental neutron monitoring scram relay. This is an actual event that occurred in January 2003. This relay will initiate a reactor scram if the shorting links are removed. Since this is obviously a failure, the SRM is considered inop and must be bypassed.


Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        016 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.
SRVs C and P were replaced last outage and their "B" solenoids have unknowingly failed and will NOT work as designed. A transient occurs and the reactor is scrammed. Bus 111Y is de-energized during the transient. Conditions have degraded to the point where an Emergency Depressurization is required, and ADS is manually initiated.  
* SRVs C and P were replaced last outage and their B solenoids have unknowingly failed and will NOT work as designed.
* A transient occurs and the reactor is scrammed.
* Bus 111Y is de-energized during the transient.
* Conditions have degraded to the point where an Emergency Depressurization is required, and ADS is manually initiated.
Which of the following identifies the response of the C and P SRVs if ADS is manually initiated, and what additional actions are required to be taken based on the conditions listed above?
: a.      C and P SRVs will remain CLOSED and no additional actions are required.
: b.      C and P SRVs will remain CLOSED and one additional SRV must be manually opened.
: c.      C SRV will OPEN and P SRV will remain CLOSED and no additional actions are required.
: d.      C SRV will remain CLOSED and P SRV will OPEN and no additional actions are required.
ANSWER b.
REFERENCE System Description 62, ADS, page 4 System Description 62, ADS, Figures 62-2 and 62-3, ADS logic diagrams System Description 70, Main Steam, Figure 70-08, SRV Solenoid Functions 239002A2.04 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RELIEF/SAFETY VALVES ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: ADS actuation HIGH NEW Explanation:
The loss of 111Y will require all ADS SRVs to be actuated via Div. 2 logic. The ADS SRVs are S, C, U, R, V, E, and D. The C SRV will not open because the Div. 2, B solenoid will not function and Div. 1 logic has lost power. P SRV will remain closed because it is not an ADS valve and did not receive any signal to be opened. One additional SRV must be manually opened because LGA-004 directs that 7 SRVs are to be verified open following the initiation of ADS, and the failure of SRV C to open will result in only six SRVs being open following the initiation of ADS.


Which of the following identifies the response of the C and P SRVs if ADS is manually initiated, and what additional actions are required to be taken based on the conditions listed above?
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION         017 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions, and Unit 2 is shutdown for a refueling outage.
: a. C and P SRVs will remain CLOSED and no additional actions are required.
* 1A Service Water pump and 0A Service Water Jockey pump are in operation.
: b. C and P SRVs will remain CLOSED and one additional SRV must be manually opened. 
* All other Service Water pumps are unavailable to support Unit 1.
: c. C SRV will OPEN and P SRV will remain CLOSED and no additional actions are required.
* Service Water Header pressure is stable.
: d. C SRV will remain CLOSED and P SRV will OPEN and no additional actions are required. ANSWER
* Unit 1 Service Water Strainer dP is 6 psid.
: b. REFERENCE System Description 62, ADS, page 4 System Description 62, ADS, Figures 62-2 and 62-3, ADS logic diagrams System Description 70, Main Steam, Figure 70-08, SRV Solenoid Functions 239002A2.04 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RELIEF/SAFETY VALVES ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: ADS actuation HIGH NEW Explanation:
* Annunciator and WS system indication is as shown below:
The loss of 111Y will require all ADS SRVs to be actuated via Div. 2 logic. The ADS SRVs are S, C, U, R, V, E, and D. The C SRV will not open because the Div. 2, B solenoid will not function and Div. 1 logic has lost power. P SRV will remain closed because it is not an ADS
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS A                1PM10J 01           02           03           04           05 RBCCW PMP       RBCCW    CLEAN COND    CLEAN COND RBCCW PMP 1      AUTO TRIP SUCT STRNR   EXP TANK LVL     PMP        PMPS DSCH    1 DP HI        HI/LO     AUTO TRIP     PRESS LO 200            120 RBCCW PMP   RBCCW PMPS   RBCCW PMPS MAKEUP DEMIN CONTROL PNL CW GLAND WTR                     100 2      DSCH HDR    SUCT HDR    XFR SWITCH                  TANK LVL     2 PRESS LO      TEMP HI  IN EMERG POS 0PL022 TROUBLE HI/LO       150 80 P              P S              S 3
 
TBCCW PMP TBCCW PMP DISCH HDR TBCCW EXP TANK LVL TBCCW PMP DSCH HDR CR EMERGENCY BREATHING AIR   3 100              60 AUTO TRIP                                                                      I              I TEMP HI        HI/LO      PRESS LO     PRESS LO G              G 40 50 U1 SERV WTR   SERV WTR   0A SERV WTR   COND XFER 4      STRAINER  XFR SWITCH  JOCKEY PMP   JOCKEY PMP                   4                  20 DP HI  IN EMERG POS    AUTO TRIP     AUTO TRIP 0              0 SERV WTR   0 SERV WTR               COND XFER PMP SERV WTR PMP                            COND XFER PMP 5      AUTO TRIP HDR PRESS    STRAINER AUTO TRIP DSCH HDR     5 LO          DP HI                    PRESS LO             SERVICE WATER PMPS DISCH          HDR HDR PRESS          PRESS 01           02           03           04           05 1PI-WS009      1PI-WS011 Given the above conditions, the Unit 1 Service Water Strainer ____(1)____ be automatically backwashing and a ____(2)____ is required in response to the alarm.
valve and did not receive any signal to be opened. One additional SRV must be manually opened because LGA-004 directs that 7 SRVs are to be verified open following the initiation of ADS, and the failure of SRV C to open will result in only six SRVs being open following the initiation of ADS.
: a.       (1) should (2) SCRAM
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 017  
: b.       (1) should (2) reduction in auxiliary Service Water loads
 
: c.       (1) should NOT (2) SCRAM
Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions, and Unit 2 is shutdown for a refueling outage.
: d.       (1) should NOT (2) reduction in auxiliary Service Water loads ANSWER b.
1A Service Water pump and 0A Service Water Jockey pump are in operation. All other Service Water pumps are unavailable to support Unit 1. Service Water Header pressure is stable. Unit 1 Service Water Strainer dP is 6 psid. Annunciator and WS system indication is as shown below:
LOA-WS-101, "Loss of Service Water", pages 3 and LOR-1PM10J-A502; SERV WTR HDR PESS LO.
A AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 1PM10J 01 02 03 04 05 1 RBCCW PMP AUTO TRIP RBCCW PMP SUCT STRNR DP HI RBCCW EXP TANK LVL HI/LO CLEAN COND PMP AUTO TRIP CLEAN COND PMPS DSCH PRESS LO 1 2 RBCCW PMP DSCH HDR PRESS LO RBCCW PMPS SUCT HDR TEMP HI RBCCW PMPS XFR SWITCH IN EMERG POS MAKEUP DEMIN CONTROL PNL 0PL022 TROUBLE CW GLAND WTR TANK LVL HI/LO 2 3 TBCCW PMP AUTO TRIP TBCCW PMP DISCH HDR TEMP HI TBCCW EXP TANK LVL HI/LO TBCCW PMP DSCH HDR PRESS LO CR EMERGENCY BREATHING AIR PRESS LO 3 4 U1 SERV WTR STRAINER DP HI SERV WTR XFR SWITCH IN EMERG POS 0A SERV WTR JOCKEY PMP AUTO TRIP COND XFER JOCKEY PMP AUTO TRIP 4 5 SERV WTR PMP AUTO TRIP SERV WTR HDR PRESS LO 0 SERV WTR STRAINER DP HI COND XFER PMP AUTO TRIP COND XFER PMP DSCH HDR PRESS LO 01 02 03 04 05 P  S  I    GP S  I    G 150 100SERVICE WATER1PI-WS009HDR PRESS1PI-WS011 40 20 0120 100 80 60 200PMPS DISCHHDR PRESS 0 50 Given the above conditions, the Unit 1 Service Water Strainer ____(1)____ be automatically backwashing and a ____(2)____ is required in response to the alarm.  
400000A3.01 - Ability to monitor automatic operations of the CCWS including: Setpoints on instrument signal levels for normal operations, warnings, and trips that are applicable to the
: a. (1) should (2) SCRAM  
: b. (1) should (2) reduction in auxiliary Service Water loads  
: c. (1) should NOT (2) SCRAM  
: d. (1) should NOT (2) reduction in auxiliary Service Water loads ANSWER b. LOA-WS-101, "Loss of Service Water", pages 3 and LOR-1PM10J-A502; SERV WTR HDR PESS LO.
400000A3.01 - Ability to monitor automatic operations of the CCWS including: Setpoints on instrument signal levels for normal operations, warnings, and trips that are applicable to the RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS CCWS HIGH NEW Explanation:  An autmatic backwash of a service water strainer should occur when dP exceeds 4.5 psid.
Per LOA-WS-101, Section B.3, a reduction in auxiliary service water loads should be directed in an effort to restore service water pressure above 80 psig. A reactor scram is not required before efforts are made to restore service water pressure.


RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS CCWS HIGH NEW Explanation:
An autmatic backwash of a service water strainer should occur when dP exceeds 4.5 psid.
Per LOA-WS-101, Section B.3, a reduction in auxiliary service water loads should be directed in an effort to restore service water pressure above 80 psig. A reactor scram is not required before efforts are made to restore service water pressure.
The other distracters are plausible, but incorrect.
The other distracters are plausible, but incorrect.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 018
Unit 1 was operating at rated conditions when a transient occurred, resulting in the HPCS annunciator indication shown below.


Annunciator 1H13-P601A-108 was the last annunciator to alarm, 2 minutes ago. All annunciators have been acknowledged, and none of the HPCS annunciators have been reset since the transient occured.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION            018 Unit 1 was operating at rated conditions when a transient occurred, resulting in the HPCS annunciator indication shown below.
A     01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 1 1B DG ENGINE TRIP 1B DG LOCKOUT TRIP 1B DG OVERCURRENT 1B DG CLG WTR PMP TROUBLE HPCS PMP BKR TRIP DRYWELL PRESS HI DRYWELL PRESS HI RX VESSEL WTR LVL 8 HI 1 2 1B DG ENGINE RUNNING 4KV BUS 143 BKR AUTO TRIP 1B DG ENGINE OVERSPEED HPCS PMP BKR 2 CLOSED HPCS SYS ACTUATED HPCS HDR TOP CORE PLATE DP HI HPCS PMP OVERCURRENT RX VESSEL WTR LVL 2 LO-LO 2 3 DIV 3 HPCS 125V DC SYS TROUBLE 4KV BUS 143 MN FD BKR & 1B DG BKR LKO TRIP HPCS PROTECTIVE RELAY PWR FAILURE 1B DG DAY TANK FILL TIME EXCESSIVE HPCS PMP SUCT PRESS HI/LO  SUP CHAMBER LVL HI RX VESSEL WTR LVL 2 LO-LO 3 4 HPCS SYS GND TROUBLE 4KV BUS 143/143-1 UNDERVOLTAGE 1B DG AUX FD OVERLOAD 1H31-P625 ROSEMOUNT CARD FILE TROUBLE HPCS PMP DSCH FLOW HI HPCS HDR PRESS HI 1B DG CLG WTR PMP ROOM SUMP LVL HI-HI HPCS PMP CUBICLE TEMP HI 4 5 1B DG ENGINE TROUBLE 1B DG FUEL OR FUEL OIL XFER PMP FAILURE 1B DG FUEL OIL STRG/DAY TNK LVL HI/LO HPCS DIESEL OIL STRG ROOM SUMP LVL HI-HI HPCS PMP CUBICLE CLR FAN AUTO TRIP HPCS MANUAL INITIATION PB ARMED HPCS SWGR ROOM WTR TIGHT DOOR OPEN 1B DG HVAC PNL 1PL24J TROUBLE 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Which of the following identifies the current alignment of the Unit 1 HPCS system based on the given annunciator indications?  
* Annunciator 1H13-P601A-108 was the last annunciator to alarm, 2 minutes ago.
* All annunciators have been acknowledged, and none of the HPCS annunciators have been reset since the transient occured.
A 01           02         03         04           05         06           07         08 1B DG       1B DG                   1B DG                                         RX VESSEL 1B DG                 HPCS PMP    DRYWELL      DRYWELL 1      ENGINE      LOCKOUT OVERCURRENT CLG WTR PMP BKR TRIP   PRESS HI     PRESS HI WTR LVL 8 1 TRIP        TRIP                  TROUBLE                                              HI HPCS HDR 1B DG   4KV BUS 143               HPCS PMP                                        RX VESSEL 1B DG ENGINE               HPCS SYS    TOP CORE      HPCS PMP 2      ENGINE        BKR OVERSPEED BKR 2 ACTUATED     PLATE     OVERCURRENT WTR LVL 2 2 RUNNING    AUTO TRIP                  CLOSED                                            LO-LO DP HI 4KV BUS 143      HPCS        1B DG                                          RX VESSEL DIV 3 HPCS                                         HPCS PMP MN FD BKR & PROTECTIVE    DAY TANK                            SUP CHAMBER 3  125V DC SYS 1B DG BKR     RELAY     FILL TIME SUCT PRESS LVL HI WTR LVL 2 3 TROUBLE                                              HI/LO                              LO-LO LKO TRIP  PWR FAILURE  EXCESSIVE 1H31-P625                              1B DG    HPCS PMP 4KV BUS      1B DG                  HPCS PMP HPCS SYS                             ROSEMOUNT                HPCS HDR    CLG WTR PMP 4  GND TROUBLE 143/143-1     AUX FD CARD FILE DSCH FLOW PRESS HI     ROOM SUMP CUBICLE  4 UNDERVOLTAGE  OVERLOAD                    HI                                TEMP HI TROUBLE                                LVL HI-HI HPCS 1B DG FUEL    1B DG    HPCS DIESEL                              HPCS      1B DG 1B DG                                             PMP    HPCS MANUAL OR FUEL OIL    FUEL OIL   OIL STRG                            SWGR ROOM      HVAC 5      ENGINE XFER PMP STRG/DAY TNK ROOM SUMP CUBICLE  INITIATION PB WTR TIGHT  PNL 1PL24J 5 TROUBLE                                            CLR FAN      ARMED FAILURE    LVL HI/LO   LVL HI-HI                           DOOR OPEN   TROUBLE AUTO TRIP 01           02         03         04           05         06           07         08 Which of the following identifies the current alignment of the Unit 1 HPCS system based on the given annunciator indications?
The Unit 1 HPCS system was initiated ____(1)____, and the 1E22-F012; Unit 1 HPCS Pump Minimum Flow Bypass Stop Valve is ____(2)____.
: a.          (1) manually (2) OPEN
: b.          (1) manually (2) CLOSED
: c.          (1) automatically (2) OPEN
: d.          (1) automatically (2) CLOSED ANSWER c.


The Unit 1 HPCS system was initiated ____(1)____, and the 1E22-F012; Unit 1 HPCS Pump Minimum Flow Bypass Stop Valve is ____(2)____.
: a. (1)  manually (2)  OPEN
: b. (1)  manually (2)  CLOSED
: c. (1)  automatically (2)  OPEN
: d. (1)  automatically (2)  CLOSED ANSWER
: c.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS REFERENCE LORs 1H13-P601:
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS REFERENCE LORs 1H13-P601:
A106 and 107; DRYWELL PRESS HI A108; RX VESSEL WTR LVL 8 HI A205; HPCS SYS ACTUATED A208 and A308; RX VESSEL WTR LVL 2 LO-LO A405; HPCS PMP DSCH FLOW HI A406; HPCS HDR PRESS HI A506; HPCS MANUAL INITIATION PB ARMED 209002A3.06 - Ability to monitor automatic operations of the HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS) including: Lights and alarms: BWR-5,6 HIGH NEW Explanation: Annunciators A106 and A107; DRYWELL PRESS HI, indicate the receipt of High Drywell pressure signals which will complete the HPCS initiation logic to automatically initiate the Unit 1 HPCS system.
A106 and 107; DRYWELL PRESS HI A108; RX VESSEL WTR LVL 8 HI A205; HPCS SYS ACTUATED A208 and A308; RX VESSEL WTR LVL 2 LO-LO A405; HPCS PMP DSCH FLOW HI A406; HPCS HDR PRESS HI A506; HPCS MANUAL INITIATION PB ARMED 209002A3.06 - Ability to monitor automatic operations of the HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS) including: Lights and alarms: BWR-5,6 HIGH NEW Explanation:
Annunciator A108; RX VESSEL WTR LVL 8 HI, will cause the HPCS injection valve to go closed. Annunciator A405; HPCS PMP DSCH FLOW HI not light indicates that the signal to close the 1E22-F012; Unit 1 HPCS Pump Minimum Flow Bypass Stop Valve is not present (min flow will  
Annunciators A106 and A107; DRYWELL PRESS HI, indicate the receipt of High Drywell pressure signals which will complete the HPCS initiation logic to automatically initiate the Unit 1 HPCS system.
 
Annunciator A108; RX VESSEL WTR LVL 8 HI, will cause the HPCS injection valve to go closed.
be open).
Annunciator A405; HPCS PMP DSCH FLOW HI not light indicates that the signal to close the 1E22-F012; Unit 1 HPCS Pump Minimum Flow Bypass Stop Valve is not present (min flow will be open).
Annunciator A406; HPCS HDR PRESS HI, indicates High Discharge Pressure, and when combined with low flow signal due to the closing of the injection valve, will cause the 1E22-F012; Unit 1 HPCS Pump Minimum Flow Bypass Stop Valve to OPEN. Annunciator A506, HPCS MANUAL INITIATION PB ARMED is not lit, indicating the HPCS system automatically initiated. Annunciators A208 and 308; RX VESSEL WTR LVL 2 LO-LO are not lit, indicating that the level 2 HPCS initiation signal was not received.
Annunciator A406; HPCS HDR PRESS HI, indicates High Discharge Pressure, and when combined with low flow signal due to the closing of the injection valve, will cause the 1E22-F012; Unit 1 HPCS Pump Minimum Flow Bypass Stop Valve to OPEN.
Annunciator A506, HPCS MANUAL INITIATION PB ARMED is not lit, indicating the HPCS system automatically initiated.
Annunciators A208 and 308; RX VESSEL WTR LVL 2 LO-LO are not lit, indicating that the level 2 HPCS initiation signal was not received.
Annunciator A205; HPCS SYS ACTUATED indicates that the HPCS system has actuated from either 1) Manual Initiation Pushbutton, high drywell pressure, or low reactor level. Combined with the other indicators, the only cause of initiation can be from high drywell pressure.
Annunciator A205; HPCS SYS ACTUATED indicates that the HPCS system has actuated from either 1) Manual Initiation Pushbutton, high drywell pressure, or low reactor level. Combined with the other indicators, the only cause of initiation can be from high drywell pressure.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 019
Which of the following identifies the MINIMUM actions required to successfully "Inhibit ADS" and the associated ADS INHIBIT switch light indication when ADS is INHIBITED?


Place the ____(1)____ ADS INHIBIT switch(es) in the INHIBIT position, which will cause the ADS INHIBIT Switch light indication(s) to ____(2)____.  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        019 Which of the following identifies the MINIMUM actions required to successfully "Inhibit ADS" and the associated ADS INHIBIT switch light indication when ADS is INHIBITED?
: a. (1) Div. 1 OR Div. 2 (2) ILLUMINATE  
Place the ____(1)____ ADS INHIBIT switch(es) in the INHIBIT position, which will cause the ADS INHIBIT Switch light indication(s) to ____(2)____.
: b. (1) Div. 1 AND Div. 2 (2) ILLUMINATE  
: a.     (1) Div. 1 OR Div. 2 (2) ILLUMINATE
: c. (1) Div. 1 OR Div. 2 (2) EXTINGUISH  
: b.     (1) Div. 1 AND Div. 2 (2) ILLUMINATE
: d. (1) Div. 1 AND Div. 2 (2) EXTINGUISH ANSWER  
: c.     (1) Div. 1 OR Div. 2 (2) EXTINGUISH
: b.
: d.     (1) Div. 1 AND Div. 2 (2) EXTINGUISH ANSWER b.
REFERENCE System Description 062, ADS, Figures 62-2 and 62-3.
REFERENCE System Description 062, ADS, Figures 62-2 and 62-3.
218000A4.04 - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: ADS inhibit: Plant-Specific FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
218000A4.04 - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: ADS inhibit:
BOTH the Div.1 AND Div. 2 ADS INHIBIT switches must be placed in the INHIBIT position in order to prevent an automatic actuation of ADS, as either Division 1 or Division 2 logic alone can initiate ADS. When the ADS INHIBIT is placed in the INHIBIT position, the white light above the ADS INHIBIT switch will ILLUMINATE.
Plant-Specific FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 020
BOTH the Div.1 AND Div. 2 ADS INHIBIT switches must be placed in the INHIBIT position in order to prevent an automatic actuation of ADS, as either Division 1 or Division 2 logic alone can initiate ADS.
When the ADS INHIBIT is placed in the INHIBIT position, the white light above the ADS INHIBIT switch will ILLUMINATE.


Unit 1 just scrammed from rated conditions.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        020 Unit 1 just scrammed from rated conditions.
RCIC is the only injection source available and is being operated with the flow controller in MANUAL. RPV water level is -15 inches. RPV pressure is 900 psig, and due to a change in plant conditions, has just started to drop. Based on the above conditions and with no changes made to the RCIC controls, the reactor operator will observe RCIC discharge pressure going ____(1)____ and reactor water level going  
* RCIC is the only injection source available and is being operated with the flow controller in MANUAL.
 
* RPV water level is -15 inches.
____(2)____.  
* RPV pressure is 900 psig, and due to a change in plant conditions, has just started to drop.
: a. (1) UP (2) UP b. (1) DOWN (2) DOWN  
Based on the above conditions and with no changes made to the RCIC controls, the reactor operator will observe RCIC discharge pressure going ____(1)____ and reactor water level going
: c. (1) UP (2) DOWN  
____(2)____.
: d. (1) DOWN (2) UP ANSWER d.
: a.     (1) UP (2) UP
: b.     (1) DOWN (2) DOWN
: c.     (1) UP (2) DOWN
: d.     (1) DOWN (2) UP ANSWER d.
REFERENCE System Lesson Plan 032, RCIC page 47 217000A4.05 - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Reactor water level HIGH NEW Explanation:
REFERENCE System Lesson Plan 032, RCIC page 47 217000A4.05 - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Reactor water level HIGH NEW Explanation:
In Manual control, the controller controls turbine speed as a function of the output dialed by the Operator. In this mode, the turbine speed remains at the value dialed by the operator and flow varies based on increasing or decreasing pump discharge pressure.
In Manual control, the controller controls turbine speed as a function of the output dialed by the Operator. In this mode, the turbine speed remains at the value dialed by the operator and flow varies based on increasing or decreasing pump discharge pressure.
So, RCIC discharge pressure will go down as reactor pressure goes down, and with a constant turbine speed, RCIC flow will go up as discharge pressure goes down.
So, RCIC discharge pressure will go down as reactor pressure goes down, and with a constant turbine speed, RCIC flow will go up as discharge pressure goes down.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 021


The Common and Unit 1 Station Air Compressors (SAC) are in operation, with Unit 2 SAC in stand-by.  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION          021 The Common and Unit 1 Station Air Compressors (SAC) are in operation, with Unit 2 SAC in stand-by.
 
The Common SAC trips causing Unit 1 and Unit 2 Service Air Header pressure to drop to 95 psig.
The Common SAC trips causing Unit 1 and Unit 2 Service Air Header pressure to drop to 95  
Which of the following identifies the Main Control Room panels you must go to in order to check:
 
: 1) the control switch position and light indication for the running SACs AND
psig.
: 2) the Unit 2 Instrument Air Header Pressure indication?
Which of the following identifies the Main Control Room panels you must go to in order to check:  
: a.       1) 1PM09J
: 1) the control switch position and light indication for the running SACs AND 2) the Unit 2 Instrument Air Header Pressure indication?  
: 2) 1PM10J
: a. 1) 1PM09J  
: b.       1) 1PM09J
: 2) 1PM10J  
: 2) 2PM10J
: b. 1) 1PM09J  
: c.       1) 1PM09J AND 2PM09J
: 2) 2PM10J  
: 2) 2PM10J
: c. 1) 1PM09J AND 2PM09J  
: d.       1) 1PM09J AND 2PM09J
: 2) 2PM10J  
: 2) 1PM10J ANSWER c.
: d. 1) 1PM09J AND 2PM09J  
REFERENCE System Description 120, Plant air, page 10 Photo of Unit 1 MCR panel 1PM09J 300000 2.2.4 Equipment Control: (multiple-unit license) Ability to explain the variations in control board/control room layouts, systems, instrumentation, and procedural actions between units at a facility.
: 2) 1PM10J ANSWER  
HIGH NEW Explanation:
: c.
When the Common SAC trips and the air header pressure drops below 100 psig, the Unit 2 SAC will start, resulting in the control switch position and light indication for the running SACs to be at the 1PM09J for the Unit 1 SAC and 2PM09J for the Unit 2 SAC. Unit 2 Instrument Air Header Pressure indication is located at the 2PM10J panel.
REFERENCE System Description 120, Plant air, page 10 Photo of Unit 1 MCR panel 1PM09J 300000 2.2.4 Equipment Control: (multiple-unit license) Ability to explain the variations in control board/control room layouts, systems, instrumentation, and procedural actions between units at a facility. HIGH NEW Explanation: When the Common SAC trips and the air header pressure drops below 100 psig, the Unit 2 SAC will start, resulting in the control switch position and light indication for the running SACs to be at the 1PM09J for the Unit 1 SAC and 2PM09J for the Unit 2 SAC. Unit 2 Instrument Air Header Pressure indication is located at the 2PM10J panel.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 022
 
Unit 1 was operating at rated conditions when the following alarms on the 1H13-P603A annunciator panel were received.
 
Which of the following actions should be taken first, based on the alarm indication shown


below?
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION      022 Unit 1 was operating at rated conditions when the following alarms on the 1H13-P603A annunciator panel were received.
A   REACTOR CONTROL 1H13-P603 05 06 07 08 09 10 1 SBLC SQUIB VLV CONTINUITY LOSS SRM INOPERATIVE OR HI IRM HI APRM HI OPRM HI RX VESSEL PRESS HI 1 2 SBLC TANK LVL HI/LO SRM DOWNSCALE IRM DOWNSCALE APRM DOWNSCALE APRM FLOW BIAS OFF NORM CHAN A1/B1 RX VESSEL WTR LVL 1 LO-LO-LO 2 3 1A SBLC PMP AUTO TRIP SRM SHORT PERIOD LPRM HI ROD OUT BLOCK FW CONTROL RX VESSEL LVL 7 HI FW CONTROL RX VESSEL LVL 8 TRIP 3 4 CHAN A APRM HI-HI/INOP RBM HI/INOP LPRM DOWNSCALE OPRM TRIP ENABLE FW CONTROL RX VESSEL LO LVL 4 TDRFP A/B READY LOGIC BYPASS 4 5 CHAN B APRM HI-HI/INOP RBM DOWNSCALE 1A RPS MG SET TROUBLE FW VLV CONT SIGNAL FAIL 05 06 07 08 09 10   a. Depress RR FCV Lower pushbuttons.  
Which of the following actions should be taken first, based on the alarm indication shown below?
: b. Place Reactor Mode Switch to SHUTDOWN.  
A                             REACTOR CONTROL 1H13-P603 05           06         07         08         09           10 SBLC SRM SQUIB VLV                 IRM        APRM      OPRM        RX VESSEL 1  CONTINUITY INOPERATIVE HI        HI          HI        PRESS HI  1 OR HI LOSS CHAN A1/B1 SBLC                                          APRM SRM        IRM       APRM                   RX VESSEL 2   TANK LVL DOWNSCALE   DOWNSCALE DOWNSCALE FLOW BIAS WTR LVL 1 2 HI/LO                                      OFF NORM LO-LO-LO FW CONTROL    FW CONTROL 1A SBLC PMP       SRM      LPRM    ROD OUT    RX VESSEL    RX VESSEL 3    AUTO TRIP SHORT PERIOD     HI       BLOCK       LVL 7         LVL 8 3
: c. Arm and depress all RPS scram pushbuttons.  
HI          TRIP CHAN A                                       FW CONTROL    TDRFP A/B RBM       LPRM      OPRM 4      APRM HI/INOP DOWNSCALE TRIP ENABLE RX VESSEL   READY LOGIC 4 HI-HI/INOP                                     LO LVL 4      BYPASS CHAN B                              1A RPS    FW VLV RBM 5      APRM DOWNSCALE MG SET   CONT SIGNAL               5 HI-HI/INOP                        TROUBLE        FAIL 05           06         07         08         09           10
: d. Place MG Sets Transfer Switch in "ALT A" position. ANSWER d. REFERENCE LOR 1H13-P603-A508; 1A RPS MG SET TROUBLE.
: a. Depress RR FCV Lower pushbuttons.
: b. Place Reactor Mode Switch to SHUTDOWN.
: c. Arm and depress all RPS scram pushbuttons.
: d. Place MG Sets Transfer Switch in "ALT A" position.
ANSWER d.
REFERENCE LOR 1H13-P603-A508; 1A RPS MG SET TROUBLE.
Hardcard - RPS Quick Swap 212000 2.4.45 - Emergency Procedures / Plan: Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm.
Hardcard - RPS Quick Swap 212000 2.4.45 - Emergency Procedures / Plan: Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm.
HIGH NEW Explanation:
HIGH NEW Explanation:
The cause of the alarms is indicated by annunciator 1H13-P603-A508; 1A RPS MG SET TROUBLE. This alarm is due to the tripping of the 1A RPS MG Set, which would cause the other alarm conditions to occur. The RPS Quick Swap Hard Card is written specifically to respond to the loss of a power to an RPS bus and provides direction to restore power to the RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS affected bus. The other distracters are plausible, but incorrect, as they are tied to the alarm indications, however taking actions directed in the procedure will not mitigate the event.
The cause of the alarms is indicated by annunciator 1H13-P603-A508; 1A RPS MG SET TROUBLE. This alarm is due to the tripping of the 1A RPS MG Set, which would cause the other alarm conditions to occur. The RPS Quick Swap Hard Card is written specifically to respond to the loss of a power to an RPS bus and provides direction to restore power to the
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 023
 
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS affected bus. The other distracters are plausible, but incorrect, as they are tied to the alarm indications, however taking actions directed in the procedure will not mitigate the event.


Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        023 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.
* RWLC is operating in the 3-element control mode.
* RWLC is operating in the 3-element control mode.
* The Feedwater Header A and B flow indications below have remained steady for the past 2 seconds.
* The Feedwater Header A and B flow indications below have remained steady for the past 2 seconds.
* The related flow signals are being inputted into the RWLC system.
* The related flow signals are being inputted into the RWLC system.
6 5 4 3 2 9 8 7 6 3 5 7 91C34-R604A1C34-R604B 1 1 0 10 6 X P O U N   D   S   /   H   O U R P  O U N  D  S  /  H  O  U R X 6FW HDR FLOW B 10 A 0 2 4 8  Which of the following identifies how the RWLC system will respond to this condition?  
9                9 8       P        8      P O                 O U                 U 7                7 N                 N 6      D        6      D S                 S 5      /         5        /
: a. The RWLC system will transfer to Single-element control.  
H                 H 4      O         4      O U                 U 3      R        3      R 2                2 X                 X 1      10 6      1      10 6 0                0 FW HDR FLOW A                B 1C34-R604A      1C34-R604B Which of the following identifies how the RWLC system will respond to this condition?
: b. The sum of the individual Feedwater Pump Discharge flow signals will be input into the RWLC system.  
: a.     The RWLC system will transfer to Single-element control.
: c. The higher Feedwater Header flow signal will be used as the Feedwater flow signal input for the RWLC system and then adjusted to stabilize RPV water level.  
: b.     The sum of the individual Feedwater Pump Discharge flow signals will be input into the RWLC system.
: d. The lower Feedwater Header flow signal will be used as the Feedwater flow signal input for the RWLC system and then adjusted to stabilize RPV water level. ANSWER  
: c.     The higher Feedwater Header flow signal will be used as the Feedwater flow signal input for the RWLC system and then adjusted to stabilize RPV water level.
: b. REFERENCE RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS System Description 31, Reactor Water Level Control, page 17. 259002A1.02 - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL SYSTEM controls including:
: d.     The lower Feedwater Header flow signal will be used as the Feedwater flow signal input for the RWLC system and then adjusted to stabilize RPV water level.
ANSWER b.
REFERENCE
 
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS System Description 31, Reactor Water Level Control, page 17.
259002A1.02 - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL SYSTEM controls including:
Reactor feedwater flow HIGH NEW Explanation:
Reactor feedwater flow HIGH NEW Explanation:
A deviation of 1.0 Mlb/hr between feedwater header A and B flow for 2 seconds results in an automatic transfer for the input of the three-element controller from the total feedwater header flow to the sum of the individual feedwater pump discharge flows. The A FW header flow is indicated to be 6.5 Mlb/hr and the B FW header flow is indicated to be 8 Mlb/hr. resulting in a deviation of 1l5 Mlb/hr.
A deviation of 1.0 Mlb/hr between feedwater header A and B flow for 2 seconds results in an automatic transfer for the input of the three-element controller from the total feedwater header flow to the sum of the individual feedwater pump discharge flows. The A FW header flow is indicated to be 6.5 Mlb/hr and the B FW header flow is indicated to be 8 Mlb/hr. resulting in a deviation of 1l5 Mlb/hr.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 024


Which of the following identifies the normal and emergency 125V DC power supplies for the Common Diesel Generator Engine Control System?  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        024 Which of the following identifies the normal and emergency 125V DC power supplies for the Common Diesel Generator Engine Control System?
: a. Normal: 111Y Emergency: 111X  
: a.     Normal: 111Y Emergency: 111X
: b. Normal: 211Y Emergency: 211X  
: b.     Normal: 211Y Emergency: 211X
: c. Normal: 111Y Emergency: 211Y  
: c.     Normal: 111Y Emergency: 211Y
: d. Normal: 211Y Emergency: 111Y ANSWER  
: d.     Normal: 211Y Emergency: 111Y ANSWER c.
: c. REFERENCE 1E-04412AE, Diesel Generator "0" Generator Engine Control System "DG" part 5.
REFERENCE 1E-04412AE, Diesel Generator "0" Generator Engine Control System "DG" part 5.
263000 2.2.3 - Equipment Control: (multi-unit license) Knowledge of the design, procedural, and operational differences between units.
263000 2.2.3 - Equipment Control: (multi-unit license) Knowledge of the design, procedural, and operational differences between units.
FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation: Electrical drawing 1E-0-4412AE indicates that 111Y is the normal 125 VDC control power supply and 211Y is the emergency power supply.  
FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
 
Electrical drawing 1E-0-4412AE indicates that 111Y is the normal 125 VDC control power supply and 211Y is the emergency power supply.
The DC System Description and LOA-DC-101 and 201 were both reviewed to determine differences in the DC systems on the two units and no other specific differences were noted.
The DC System Description and LOA-DC-101 and 201 were both reviewed to determine differences in the DC systems on the two units and no other specific differences were noted.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 025


Unit 1 and Unit 2 were operating at rated conditions when a lighting strike in the switchyard resulted in the trip of the Unit 2 Turbine/Generator.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        025 Unit 1 and Unit 2 were operating at rated conditions when a lighting strike in the switchyard resulted in the trip of the Unit 2 Turbine/Generator.
* Annunciator 2PM01J-A214 4KV BUS 241X/Y OVERCURRENT is NOT LIT.
* Annunciator 2PM01J-A214 4KV BUS 241X/Y OVERCURRENT is NOT LIT.
* All three phases of 241X voltage read approximately the same.
* All three phases of 241X voltage read approximately the same.
* Bus 241Y is being powered by the emergency diesel generator.
* Bus 241Y is being powered by the emergency diesel generator.
* ACB 2414 is OPEN.
* ACB 2414 is OPEN.
Which of the following identifies the actions REQUIRED to be taken in response to this event?  
Which of the following identifies the actions REQUIRED to be taken in response to this event?
: a. Synchronize and close ACB 2414 ONLY.  
: a.     Synchronize and close ACB 2414 ONLY.
: b. Perform an inspection of bus 241X prior to any attempt to re-energize the bus.  
: b.     Perform an inspection of bus 241X prior to any attempt to re-energize the bus.
: c. Synchronize and close ACB 2415 and if possible limit 241X to WS pumps required to support the fire protection system.  
: c.     Synchronize and close ACB 2415 and if possible limit 241X to WS pumps required to support the fire protection system.
: d. Synchronize and close ACB 2414, secure the emergency diesel generator and then synchronize and close ACB 2415 ONLY. ANSWER  
: d.     Synchronize and close ACB 2414, secure the emergency diesel generator and then synchronize and close ACB 2415 ONLY.
: c.
ANSWER c.
REFERENCE LOA-AP-201, Unit 2 AC Power System Abnormal. 262001A2.01 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the A.C. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations:
REFERENCE LOA-AP-201, Unit 2 AC Power System Abnormal.
Turbine/generator trip HIGH NEW Explanation: LOA-AP-201, Unit 2 AC Power System Abnormal section B.7 provides direction to re-energize the bus using the bus tie breaker 2415 even if 241Y is being supplied by the Common D/G.
262001A2.01 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the A.C. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations:
Also, discussion C.7 advises to limit loads to WS if possible, and a Caution statement before step B.7.14 provides the same information.  
Turbine/generator trip HIGH NEW Explanation:
 
LOA-AP-201, Unit 2 AC Power System Abnormal section B.7 provides direction to re-energize the bus using the bus tie breaker 2415 even if 241Y is being supplied by the Common D/G.
This question exams the examinees knowledge of breaker terminology and system lay-out.  
Also, discussion C.7 advises to limit loads to WS if possible, and a Caution statement before step B.7.14 provides the same information.
 
This question exams the examinees knowledge of breaker terminology and system lay-out.
The other distracters are plausible but incorrect, as the bus is not required to be inspected if the alarm PM01J-A214 4KV BUS 241X/Y OVERCURRENT is NOT LIT, and Unit 1, Unit Tie Breaker 1414 must be closed to energize the Unit 2 busses, and it is not normally closed.
The other distracters are plausible but incorrect, as the bus is not required to be inspected if the alarm PM01J-A214 4KV BUS 241X/Y OVERCURRENT is NOT LIT, and Unit 1, Unit Tie Breaker 1414 must be closed to energize the Unit 2 busses, and it is not normally closed.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 026


Unit 1 scrammed from rated conditions.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        026 Unit 1 scrammed from rated conditions.
* A LOCA has occured and ECCS systems have initiated.
* A LOCA has occured and ECCS systems have initiated.
* RPV pressure is 550 psig.
* RPV pressure is 550 psig.
* Pressure switch 1E12-N413B, which monitors pressure between the 1B RHR Injection valve and downstream check valve, has failed and is stuck at RPV pressure for rated conditions.
* Pressure switch 1E12-N413B, which monitors pressure between the 1B RHR Injection valve and downstream check valve, has failed and is stuck at RPV pressure for rated conditions.
Which of the following identifies how the 1E12-F042B; 1B RHR LPCI INJ VLV will be affected by this failure if RPV pressure continues to drop to 400 psig?  
Which of the following identifies how the 1E12-F042B; 1B RHR LPCI INJ VLV will be affected by this failure if RPV pressure continues to drop to 400 psig?
 
The 1E12-F042B; 1B RHR LPCI INJ VLV ....
The 1E12-F042B; 1B RHR LPCI INJ VLV ....  
: a.     can only be opened remotely at the Remote Shutdown Panel (after placing the RSDP Emergency Transfer Switch in the Emergency Position).
: a. can only be opened remotely at the Remote Shutdown Panel (after placing the RSDP Emergency Transfer Switch in the Emergency Position).  
: b.     will open automatically or can be opened manually from the Main Control Room or the Remote Shutdown Panel (after placing the RSDP Emergency Transfer Switch in the Emergency Position).
: b. will open automatically or can be opened manually from the Main Control Room or the Remote Shutdown Panel (after placing the RSDP Emergency Transfer Switch in the Emergency Position).  
: c.     will NOT open automatically but can be opened manually from the Main Control Room or the Remote Shutdown Panel (after placing the RSDP Emergency Transfer Switch in the Emergency Position).
: c. will NOT open automatically but can be opened manually from the Main Control Room or the Remote Shutdown Panel (after placing the RSDP Emergency Transfer Switch in the Emergency Position).  
: d.     will NOT open automatically and can NOT be opened manually from the Main Control Room or the Remote Shutdown Panel (after placing the RSDP Emergency Transfer Switch in the Emergency Position).
: d. will NOT open automatically and can NOT be opened manually from the Main Control Room or the Remote Shutdown Panel (after placing the RSDP Emergency Transfer Switch in the Emergency Position). ANSWER  
ANSWER a.
: a. REFERENCE System Description 64, RHR, page 30.
REFERENCE System Description 64, RHR, page 30.
1E-1-4220AL Schematic Diagram RHR 1E-1-4220BR Schematic Diagram RHR M-2096, Sh. 3 RHR injection line low pressure monitoring 203000K6.09 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the RHR/LPCI: INJECTION MODE (PLANT SPECIFIC) : Nuclear boiler instrumentation HIGH NEW Explanation: Both RPV low pressure and injection line low pressure signals are required for the 1E12-F042B; 1B RHR LPCI INJ VLV to open automatic lly or be opened manually from the Main Control Room. So if the listed pressure switch fails to provide a low pressure signal, the valve can only be opend at the RSDP after placing the Emergency Transfer Switch in the Emergency Position.
1E-1-4220AL Schematic Diagram RHR 1E-1-4220BR Schematic Diagram RHR M-2096, Sh. 3 RHR injection line low pressure monitoring 203000K6.09 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the RHR/LPCI: INJECTION MODE (PLANT SPECIFIC) : Nuclear boiler instrumentation HIGH NEW Explanation:
Both RPV low pressure and injection line low pressure signals are required for the 1E12-F042B; 1B RHR LPCI INJ VLV to open automaticlly or be opened manually from the Main Control Room. So if the listed pressure switch fails to provide a low pressure signal, the valve can only be opend at the RSDP after placing the Emergency Transfer Switch in the Emergency Position.
The other answers are incorrect, but plausible if the examinee does not understand the permissives for the 1E12-F042B; 1B RHR LPCI INJ VLV.
The other answers are incorrect, but plausible if the examinee does not understand the permissives for the 1E12-F042B; 1B RHR LPCI INJ VLV.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 027


Which of the following identifies points where the CRD system physically connects to the Condensate system?  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION      027 Which of the following identifies points where the CRD system physically connects to the Condensate system?
: 1. Condenser Hotwell Reject Line  
: 1. Condenser Hotwell Reject Line
: 2. "A" Condensate Pump suction line from the Hotwell  
: 2. "A" Condensate Pump suction line from the Hotwell
: 3. Condensate pumps discharge header  
: 3. Condensate pumps discharge header
: a. 1, 2 AND 3.  
: a.     1, 2 AND 3.
: b. 1 AND 2 ONLY.  
: b.     1 AND 2 ONLY.
: c. 1 AND 3 ONLY.  
: c.     1 AND 3 ONLY.
: d. 2 AND 3 ONLY. ANSWER  
: d.     2 AND 3 ONLY.
: b. REFERENCE System Description 25, Control Rod Drive Hydraulics, Fig. 25-1 P&IDs M-100, M-74 and M-58 256000K1.05 - Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between REACTOR CONDENSATE SYSTEM and the following: CRD hydraulics system FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
ANSWER b.
REFERENCE System Description 25, Control Rod Drive Hydraulics, Fig. 25-1 P&IDs M-100, M-74 and M-58 256000K1.05 - Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between REACTOR CONDENSATE SYSTEM and the following: CRD hydraulics system FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
Per System Description 25, Control Rod Drive Hydraulics, Fig. 25-1 and P&IDs M-100, M-74 and M-58 it can be determined that CRD is physically connected to the Hotwell reject line and the A Condensate Pump Suction line.
Per System Description 25, Control Rod Drive Hydraulics, Fig. 25-1 and P&IDs M-100, M-74 and M-58 it can be determined that CRD is physically connected to the Hotwell reject line and the A Condensate Pump Suction line.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 028


Which of the following identifies the power source(s) for the Unit 1 Outboard Main Steam Isolation Valve Solenoids?  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION      028 Which of the following identifies the power source(s) for the Unit 1 Outboard Main Steam Isolation Valve Solenoids?
: a. 111Y ONLY  
: a. 111Y ONLY
: b. 1A RPS ONLY  
: b. 1A RPS ONLY
: c. 111Y and 112Y  
: c. 111Y and 112Y
: d. 1A RPS and 1B RPS ANSWER d. REFERENCE  
: d. 1A RPS and 1B RPS ANSWER d.
 
REFERENCE 1E-1-4203AA 239001K2.01 - Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: Main steam isolation valve solenoids FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
1E-1-4203AA 239001K2.01 - Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: Main steam isolation valve solenoids FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
Per E&ID-1E-1-4203AA the Outboard MSIV solenoids are supplied by 1A and 1B RPS.
Per E&ID-1E-1-4203AA the Outboard MSIV solenoids are supplied by 1A and 1B RPS.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 029


While moving a fuel bundle through the cattle shute, the air supply to the control rod grapple is completely depressurized.  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        029 While moving a fuel bundle through the cattle shute, the air supply to the control rod grapple is completely depressurized.
What affect will this have on refueling activities, and why?
Fuel movement ....
: a.      must be STOPPED immediately because the fuel bundle could become dislodged with the grapple NOT air-loaded closed.
: b.      can CONTINUE to the point of releasing the grapple from the fuel bundle because the air supply is required to open the grapple.
: c.      must be STOPPED immediately because the refueling equipment does NOT meet the requirements of SA-AA-03001, "Exelon Nuclear Industry Safety Pocket Guide 2010, page 40, "Nuclear Fuel Handling".
: d.      can CONTINUE to the point of latching onto the next fuel bundle as the grapple will spring open when the weight of the fuel bundle is removed, but an air supply is required to close the grapple onto the next fuel bundle.
ANSWER b.
REFERENCE System Description 30, page 4.
234000K3.03 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the FUEL HANDLING EQUIPMENT will have on following: Fuel handling operations FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
Per System Description 30, Fuel Handling, "The Fuel Grapple Head is designed such that the grapple cannot be opened while lifting or carrying a bundle. This is accomplished by the opposing double "J" design of the hook." So, for the given condition, the fuel bundle can moved to the off-loaded position, however air is required to open the grapple, as described in the System Description as "At the bottom of the grapple mast is an air operated Fuel Grapple Head consisting of opposing air-operated J-hooks".


What affect will this have on refueling activities, and why?
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION      030 In order to ensure adequate NPSH for the Recirculation Pumps, the Reactor Recirculation pumps ....
: a. downshift if Feedwater flow <20%.
: b. downshift if RPV Water Level drops to Level 3.
: c. downshift if <10.1&deg;F dT exists between the steam dome and RR pump suction.
: d. utilize start/upshift logic that requires RR Flow Control Valves to be at a minimum position of 20%.
ANSWER b.
REFERENCE System Description 22, Reactor Recirculation 202001K4.02 - Knowledge of RECIRCULATION System design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Adequate recirculation pump NPSH FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation Per System Description 22, Reactor Recirculation, this design feature ensures adequate NPSH in the RR pumps.


Fuel movement ....  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION      031 Which of the following identifies the design features associated with the approximately 10" long space between the top of the stacked fuel pellets and the top of the fuel rod?
: a. must be STOPPED immediately because the fuel bundle could become dislodged with the grapple NOT air-loaded closed.  
The described space ....
: b. can CONTINUE to the point of releasing the grapple from the fuel bundle because the air supply is required to open the grapple.  
: 1. allows Gadolinium to be added for flux shaping
: c. must be STOPPED immediately because the refueling equipment does NOT meet the requirements of SA-AA-03001, "Exelon Nuclear Industry Safety Pocket Guide 2010, page 40, "Nuclear Fuel Handling".  
: 2. provides an expansion space for axial pellet swelling
: d. can CONTINUE to the point of latching onto the next fuel bundle as the grapple will spring open when the weight of the fuel bundle is removed, but an air supply is required to close the grapple onto the next fuel bundle. ANSWER  
: 3. provides an expansion space for pressure build-up from fission gases such as Xenon
: b. REFERENCE System Description 30, page 4.
: 4. houses a stainless steel spring which provides a compressive load on the fuel pellets
234000K3.03 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the FUEL HANDLING EQUIPMENT will have on following: Fuel handling operations FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation: Per System Description 30, Fuel Handling, "The Fuel Grapple Head is designed such that the grapple cannot be opened while lifting or carrying a bundle. This is accomplished by the opposing double "J" design of the hook."  So, for the given condition, the fuel bundle can moved to the off-loaded position, however air is required to open the grapple, as described in the System Description as "At the bottom of the grapple mast is an air operated Fuel Grapple Head consisting of opposing air-operated J-hooks".
: a. 1, 2, AND 3.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 030
: b. 2, 3, AND 4.
: c. 1, 2, AND 4.
: d. 1, 3, AND 4.
ANSWER b.
REFERENCE System Description 021, Nuclear Fuel, page 5 and Fig. 021-02.
290002K5.02 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to REACTOR VESSEL INTERNALS : Fission product poisons FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
Per System Description 021, Nuclear Fuel, page 5, "The difference between the active fuel length (stacked Fuel Pellets) and the total length of the Fuel Rod is called the fission gas plenum. This plenum provides an expansion space for pressure buildup caused by fission gases, such as Xenon and Krypton. The plenum also provides space for axial pellet swell. The fission gas plenum is approximately 10 inches long.
A plenum spring provides a compressive load to keep Fuel Pellets in the same axial position and to allow axial thermal expansion of the Fuel Pellets.


In order to ensure adequate NPSH for the Recirculation Pumps, the Reactor Recirculation pumps ....
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION      032 Which of the following identifies the effect, if any, that the loss of 111X will have on the Fire Protection system?
: a. downshift if Feedwater flow <20%.  
: a.     NO effect, the Fire Protection system detectors, inverters, and panels are powered from 112X.
: b. downshift if RPV Water Level drops to Level 3.  
: b.     Diesel Generator Room CO2 pressure supply latching valves will unlatch and close and must be re-opened prior to restoring power.
: c. downshift if  <10.1&deg;F  dT exists between the steam dome and RR pump suction.  
: c.     Diesel Generator CO2 systems will swap to a back-up battery power supply which will support system operation for approximately 24 hours.
: d. utilize start/upshift logic that requires RR Flow Control Valves to be at a minimum position of 20%. ANSWER  
: d.     Transformer deluge systems can NOT be actuated automatically or manually due to the loss of power to the Deluge Valve vent valves which utilize an "energize to open" solenoid.
: b.
ANSWER c.
REFERENCE System Description 22, Reactor Recirculation 202001K4.02 - Knowledge of RECIRCULATION System design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following:
REFERENCE LOA-DC-101, Unit 1 DC Power System Failure System Description 125, Fire Protection, page 286000K6.02 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM: DC electrical distribution FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
Adequate recirculation pump NPSH FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation Per System Description 22, Reactor Recirculation, this design feature ensures adequate NPSH
Per LOA-DC-101, Unit 1 DC Power System Failure, Note on page 54, the CO2 panel battery back-up is capable of operating DG CO2 systems for approximately 24 hours.
 
in the RR pumps.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 031
 
Which of the following identifies the design features associated with the approximately 10" long space between the top of the stacked fuel pellets and the top of the fuel rod?


The described space ....
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION       033 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.
: 1. allows Gadolinium to be added for flux shaping 2. provides an expansion space for axial pellet swelling 3. provides an expansion space for pressure build-up from fission gases such as Xenon 4. houses a stainless steel spring which provides a compressive load on the fuel pellets
: a. 1, 2, AND 3.
: b. 2, 3, AND 4.
: c. 1, 2, AND 4.
: d. 1, 3, AND 4. ANSWER b.
REFERENCE System Description 021, Nuclear Fuel, page 5 and Fig. 021-02.
290002K5.02 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to REACTOR VESSEL INTERNALS : Fission product poisons FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
Per System Description 021, Nuclear Fuel, page 5, "The difference between the active fuel length (stacked Fuel Pellets) and the total length of the Fuel Rod is called the fission gas plenum. This plenum provides an expansion space for pressure buildup caused by fission gases, such as Xenon and Krypton. The plenum also provides space for axial pellet swell. The fission gas plenum is approximately 10 inches long. A plenum spring provides a compressive load to keep Fuel Pellets in the same axial position and to allow axial thermal expansion of the Fuel Pellets.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 032 Which of the following identifies the effect, if any, that the loss of 111X will have on the Fire Protection system?
: a. NO effect, the Fire Protection system detectors, inverters, and panels are powered from 112X.
: b. Diesel Generator Room CO 2 pressure supply latching valves will unlatch and close and must be re-opened prior to restoring power.
: c. Diesel Generator CO 2 systems will swap to a back-up battery power supply which will support system operation for approximately 24 hours.
: d. Transformer deluge systems can NOT be actuated automatically or manually due to the loss of power to the Deluge Valve vent valves which utilize an "energize to open" solenoid.
ANSWER c. REFERENCE LOA-DC-101, Unit 1 DC Power System Failure System Description 125, Fire Protection, page 286000K6.02 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM: DC electrical distribution FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
Per LOA-DC-101, Unit 1 DC Power System Failure, Note on page 54, the CO 2 panel battery back-up is capable of operating DG CO2 systems for approximately 24 hours.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 033 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.
Annunciator 1N62-P600-B207; OFF GAS POST-TRTMT RAD HI has just alarmed.
Annunciator 1N62-P600-B207; OFF GAS POST-TRTMT RAD HI has just alarmed.
The Off Gas Post-treat sample pump is running.
The Off Gas Post-treat sample pump is running.
Line 462: Line 497:
: 2. Charcoal Adsorber Vault radiation indication.
: 2. Charcoal Adsorber Vault radiation indication.
: 3. Off-gas Hydrogen Recombiner Temperature indication.
: 3. Off-gas Hydrogen Recombiner Temperature indication.
: a. 1, 2 and 3.
: a.     1, 2 and 3.
: b. 1 and 2 ONLY.
: b.     1 and 2 ONLY.
: c. 2 and 3 ONLY.
: c.     2 and 3 ONLY.
: d. 1 and 3 ONLY.
: d.     1 and 3 ONLY.
ANSWER b.
ANSWER b.
REFERENCE  
REFERENCE LOR-1N62-P600-B207 272000A1.01 - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM controls including: Lights, alarms, and indications associated with normal operations FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
The annunciator response procedure directs that rad levels be checked on Pre-treat, Post-Treat, and at the Adsorbers.
The LOR associated with the Off-gas Pre-treat monitor trouble directs that sample flow be checked locally, while this is not required in response to an alarm for the Off Gas Post-treat monitor.
There is a note in the Off Gas Post Treat LOR stating that if the Off Gas Post Treat sample pump is tripped, untreated Off Gas will be monitored, and is the reason for stating that the sample pump is running in the stem.
Off-gas recombiner temperature indication is plausible, but incorrect, as a fire in the off-gas system can affect rad levels, however it would be related to a charcoal fire vs. a recombiner temperature issue.


LOR-1N62-P600-B207 272000A1.01 - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM controls including: Lights, alarms, and indications associated with normal operations FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:  The annunciator response procedure directs that rad levels be checked on Pre-treat, Post-Treat, and at the Adsorbers.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION       034 Unit 2 is operating at rated conditions.
The LOR associated with the Off-gas Pre-treat monitor trouble directs that sample flow be checked locally, while this is not required in response to an alarm for the Off Gas Post-treat
* The RR Flow Control (RRFC) System is in Ganged Setpoint Mode.
 
* Annunciator 2H13-P602-A507; RRFCS TROUBLE alarms.
monitor. There is a note in the Off Gas Post Treat LOR stating that if the Off Gas Post Treat sample pump is tripped, untreated Off Gas will be monitored, and is the reason for stating that the sample pump is running in the stem.
 
Off-gas recombiner temperature indication is plausible, but incorrect, as a fire in the off-gas system can affect rad levels, however it would be related to a charcoal fire vs. a recombiner temperature issue.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 034 Unit 2 is operating at rated conditions.
The RR Flow Control (RRFC) System is in Ganged Setpoint Mode.
Annunciator 2H13-P602-A507; RRFCS TROUBLE alarms.
o It is determined that the normal power supply to the RRFC system has been lost and is the cause of the alarm.
o It is determined that the normal power supply to the RRFC system has been lost and is the cause of the alarm.
Which of the following identifies the actions to be taken in response to this event?
Which of the following identifies the actions to be taken in response to this event?
: a. Refer to LOP-RR-07, "Operation of the Reactor Recirculation Flow Control System" to verify the RRFC system has properly transferred to the Loop Manual Mode of operation.
: a. Refer to LOP-RR-07, "Operation of the Reactor Recirculation Flow Control System" to verify the RRFC system has properly transferred to the Loop Manual Mode of operation.
: b. Enter LOA-RR-201, "Unit 2 Reactor Recirculation System Abnormal", section B.7 "2A(2B) Recirculation FCV Locked-up" and verify recirculation loop jet pump flows are less than the Tech Spec mismatch.
: b. Enter LOA-RR-201, "Unit 2 Reactor Recirculation System Abnormal", section B.7 "2A(2B) Recirculation FCV Locked-up" and verify recirculation loop jet pump flows are less than the Tech Spec mismatch.
: c. Verify the Unit 2 Reactor Recirculation Flow Control Valves are stable and refer to LOP-FW-16, "1(2) Operator Station Alarm Message Interpretation" to determine if any additional actions are required in response to the event.
: c. Verify the Unit 2 Reactor Recirculation Flow Control Valves are stable and refer to LOP-FW-16, "1(2) Operator Station Alarm Message Interpretation" to determine if any additional actions are required in response to the event.
: d. Refer to LOP-RR-03, "Start-up, Operation, and Shutdown of Reactor Recirc Hydraulic Power Unit", section E.2 "Transfer of Reactor Recirc Hydraulic Power Unit A/B LEAD System Status from one Subloop to the Other" to verify Back-up HPU subloops are operating properly.
: d. Refer to LOP-RR-03, "Start-up, Operation, and Shutdown of Reactor Recirc Hydraulic Power Unit", section E.2 "Transfer of Reactor Recirc Hydraulic Power Unit A/B LEAD System Status from one Subloop to the Other" to verify Back-up HPU subloops are operating properly.
ANSWER  
ANSWER c.
: c.
REFERENCE System Description 023, Recirculation Flow Control, page 36.
REFERENCE System Description 023, Recirculation Flow Control, page 36.  
LOR-2H13-P602-A507 202002A2.02 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RECIRCULATION FLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Loss of A.C.
HIGHER NEW Explanation:
Per System Description 023, Recirculation Flow Control, "The 1(2)H13-P634 and 1(2)H13-P619 cabinets are supplied by two independent 120Vac power sources. Each cabinet is supplied by both 120 Vac sources, 1(2)31A-2 and 1(2)32B-1. The two power sources support all the RRFC and jet pump instrumentation equipment in the cabinets with redundant power.


LOR-2H13-P602-A507 202002A2.02 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RECIRCULATION FLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Loss of A.C.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION         035 The assist NSO is performing a TIP set per LOP-NR-06, Section E.4 "Automatic Operation of TIPS".
HIGHER NEW Explanation:  Per System Description 023, Recirculation Flow Control, "The 1(2)H13-P634 and 1(2)H13-P619 cabinets are supplied by two independent 120Vac power sources. Each cabinet is supplied by both 120 Vac sources, 1(2)31A-2 and 1(2)32B-1. The two power sources support all the RRFC and jet pump instrumentation equipment in the cabinets with redundant power.
The AUTO-START pushbutton on TIP Drive Control Units 1D and 1E were depressed.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 035 The assist NSO is performing a TIP set per LOP-NR-06, Section E.4 "Automatic Operation of TIPS". The AUTO-START pushbutton on TIP Drive Control Units 1D and 1E were depressed.
The following were observed on BOTH TIP Drive Control Units:
The following were observed on BOTH TIP Drive Control Units:
* LOW light illuminated.
* LOW light illuminated.
Line 497: Line 531:
* IN-SHIELD light goes out.
* IN-SHIELD light goes out.
At this point, the Assist NSO observes that the VLV light on the 1D TIP Drive Control Unit is brightly LIT and the VLV light on the 1E TIP Drive Control Unit is dimly LIT.
At this point, the Assist NSO observes that the VLV light on the 1D TIP Drive Control Unit is brightly LIT and the VLV light on the 1E TIP Drive Control Unit is dimly LIT.
Which of the following predicts the continued motion of the 1D and 1E detectors based on the given conditions?  
Which of the following predicts the continued motion of the 1D and 1E detectors based on the given conditions?
: a. 1D will stop before reaching position 0001.
: a.     1D will stop before reaching position 0001.
1E will stop before reaching position 0001.
1E will stop before reaching position 0001.
: b. 1D will stop before reaching position 0001.
: b.     1D will stop before reaching position 0001.
1E will travel to position 0001, then stop.
1E will travel to position 0001, then stop.
: c. 1D will travel to position 0001, then stop.
: c.     1D will travel to position 0001, then stop.
1E will stop before reaching position 0001.
1E will stop before reaching position 0001.
: d. 1D will travel to position 0001, then stop.
: d.     1D will travel to position 0001, then stop.
1E will travel to position 0001, then stop.
1E will travel to position 0001, then stop.
ANSWER  
ANSWER c.
: c.
REFERENCE LOP-NR-06, Revision 026 System Description 046, TIPs, page 215001A3.03 - Ability to monitor automatic operations of the TRAVERSING IN-CORE PROBE including: Valve operation: Not-BWR1 HIGHER NEW Explanation:
REFERENCE LOP-NR-06, Revision 026 System Description 046, TIPs, page 215001A3.03 - Ability to monitor automatic operations of the TRAVERS ING IN-CORE PROBE including: Valve operation: Not-BWR1 HIGHER NEW Explanation: A dim light indication signifies that the ball valve has not fully opened, while bright indication signifies that the ball valve has fully opened. 1D displays bright indication which signifies the ball valve has full opened and then the detector will travel to position 0001. The 1E displays dim indication which signifies the ball valve has NOT full opened and per the note in LOP-NR-06, the forward motion of the detector will stop.
A dim light indication signifies that the ball valve has not fully opened, while bright indication signifies that the ball valve has fully opened. 1D displays bright indication which signifies the ball valve has full opened and then the detector will travel to position 0001. The 1E displays dim indication which signifies the ball valve has NOT full opened and per the note in LOP-NR-06, the forward motion of the detector will stop.
The question tests the examinees knowledge of the significance between a dim or bright "VLV" light indication when operating TIPs.
The question tests the examinees knowledge of the significance between a dim or bright "VLV" light indication when operating TIPs.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 036


Which of the following identifies the method directed for securing and starting a turbine lift pump per LOP-TG-01, "Turbine Trip Resetting, Shell Warming, and Chest Warming?"  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        036 Which of the following identifies the method directed for securing and starting a turbine lift pump per LOP-TG-01, "Turbine Trip Resetting, Shell Warming, and Chest Warming?"
: a. To secure the lift pump, open the associated breaker.
: a. To secure the lift pump, open the associated breaker.
To restart the lift pump, RECLOSE the associated breaker ONLY.
To restart the lift pump, RECLOSE the associated breaker ONLY.
: b. To secure the lift pump, open the associated breaker and after the lift pump has tripped, then next, DEPRESS the Low Suction Pressure Reset Pushbutton on 1(2)PM02J.
: b. To secure the lift pump, open the associated breaker and after the lift pump has tripped, then next, DEPRESS the Low Suction Pressure Reset Pushbutton on 1(2)PM02J.
To restart the lift pump, RECLOSE the associated breaker.  
To restart the lift pump, RECLOSE the associated breaker.
: c. To secure the lift pump, open the associated breaker and after the lift pump has tripped, then next RECLOSE the breaker. To restart the lift pump, DEPRESS the Low Suction Pressure Reset Pushbutton on 1(2)PM02J.  
: c. To secure the lift pump, open the associated breaker and after the lift pump has tripped, then next RECLOSE the breaker.
: d. To secure the lift pump, open the associated breaker and after the lift pump has tripped, then next RECLOSE the breaker. To restart the lift pump, DEPRESS the Low Suction Pressure Reset Pushbutton locally at the main turbine.
To restart the lift pump, DEPRESS the Low Suction Pressure Reset Pushbutton on 1(2)PM02J.
ANSWER  
: d. To secure the lift pump, open the associated breaker and after the lift pump has tripped, then next RECLOSE the breaker.
: c. REFERENCE LOP-TG-01, "Turbine Trip Resetting, Shell Warming, and Chest Warming" pages 13 and 14.
To restart the lift pump, DEPRESS the Low Suction Pressure Reset Pushbutton locally at the main turbine.
245000A4.01 - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Turbine lube oil pumps FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
ANSWER c.
Per LOP-TG-01, "Turbine Trip Resetting, Shell Warming, and Chest Warming" step E.2.7, "Initially TURN OFF three lift pumps (or If Main Turbine continuews to roll off Turning Gear, more as necessary to maintain Turbine on gear during warming) in the following order ........" Step E.2.8 states "After appropriate Lift pump(s) have been tripped, RECLOSE associated breaker."
REFERENCE LOP-TG-01, "Turbine Trip Resetting, Shell Warming, and Chest Warming" pages 13 and 14.
NOTE above step E.2.8 states, "After appropriate Lift Pumps(s) have been tripped, reclosing the breaker will give the NSO control of restarting lift pump(s) via the LIFT PMPS LO SUCTION RESET PB at 1(2)PMO2J" RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 037
245000A4.01 - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Turbine lube oil pumps FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
Per LOP-TG-01, "Turbine Trip Resetting, Shell Warming, and Chest Warming" step E.2.7, "Initially TURN OFF three lift pumps (or If Main Turbine continuews to roll off Turning Gear, more as necessary to maintain Turbine on gear during warming) in the following order ........"
Step E.2.8 states "After appropriate Lift pump(s) have been tripped, RECLOSE associated breaker."
NOTE above step E.2.8 states, "After appropriate Lift Pumps(s) have been tripped, reclosing the breaker will give the NSO control of restarting lift pump(s) via the LIFT PMPS LO SUCTION RESET PB at 1(2)PMO2J"


Unit 1 is in a refueling outage and Unit 2 is operating at rated conditions.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION              037 Unit 1 is in a refueling outage and Unit 2 is operating at rated conditions.
* The Fuel Handling Supervisor called to report that refueling activities are in progress, including the removal of underwater tools from the fuel pool.
* The Fuel Handling Supervisor called to report that refueling activities are in progress, including the removal of underwater tools from the fuel pool.
* A short time later, the three annunciators shown below alarmed and then were able to be cleared after one minute. No other alarms were received.
* A short time later, the three annunciators shown below alarmed and then were able to be cleared after one minute. No other alarms were received.
Which Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs) must be entered, if any, based on the alarm indication below?
Which Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs) must be entered, if any, based on the alarm indication below?
: a. No EOPs require entry.
E 01           02           03         04           05             06             07 MAIN STM                   DIV 2 ADS HI DRYWELL  RX VESSEL      DIV 2 LO-LO    DIV 2 LO-LO OTBD ISOL VLV   ADS OR SRV   1B/1C RHR 1  ACCUMULATOR      LEAKAGE    DSCH PRESS PRESS SIGNAL LO WTR LVL 3 SETPOINT LOGIC SETPOINT VLVS 1 SEALED IN  CONFIRMED      SEALED IN       IN TEST PRESS LO                PERMISSIVE DIV 1/2 ADS                                                         1H13-P601      DIV 2 MSL DIV 2 ADS   DIV 2 ADS     DIV 2        DIV 2 MANUAL                                                          ROSEMOUNT      PIPE TUNNEL 2    INITIATION PB LOGIC B      LOGIC D     RB VENT   FUEL POOL CARD FILE      DIFF TEMP  2 INITIATED    INITIATED  RAD HI-HI   RAD HI-HI ARMED                                                            TROUBLE         BYPASS DIV 2                    DIV 2                      DIV 2 MSL REMOTE SHTDN   FW CHECK VLV                   DIV 2                   FUEL POOL RX LVL LO               FUEL POOL                    PIPE TUNNEL 3    XFER SWITCH  ACCUMULATOR AND/OR RB VENT RAD MON VENT AMB TEMP    3 IN EMER POS    PRESS LO                DOWNSCALE                     RAD HI PRESS HI              DOWNSCALE                          HI DIV 2 RCIC      MSL                                                             DIV 2 MSL MSL      ADS TEST                DIV 2 GROUP 4 EQUIP AREA   C/D RAD MON                               ADS                      PIPE TUNNEL 4        DIFF/AMB  DOWNSCALE/
E     01 02 03 04 05 06 07 1 MAIN STM OTBD ISOL VLV ACCUMULATOR PRESS LO ADS OR SRV LEAKAGE DIV 2 ADS 1B/1C RHR DSCH PRESS PERMISSIVE HI DRYWELL PRESS SIGNAL SEALED IN RX VESSEL LO WTR LVL 3 CONFIRMED DIV 2 LO-LO SETPOINT LOGIC SEALED IN DIV 2 LO-LO SETPOINT VLVS IN TEST 1 2 DIV 1/2 ADS MANUAL INITIATION PB ARMED DIV 2 ADS LOGIC B INITIATED DIV 2 ADS LOGIC D INITIATED DIV 2 RB VENT RAD HI-HI DIV 2 FUEL POOL RAD HI-HI 1H13-P601 ROSEMOUNT CARD FILE TROUBLE DIV 2 MSL PIPE TUNNEL DIFF TEMP BYPASS 2 3 REMOTE SHTDN XFER SWITCH IN EMER POS FW CHECK VLV ACCUMULATOR PRESS LO DIV 2 RX LVL LO AND/OR PRESS HI DIV 2 RB VENT DOWNSCALE DIV 2 FUEL POOL RAD MON DOWNSCALE FUEL POOL VENT RAD HI DIV 2 MSL PIPE TUNNEL AMB TEMP HI 3 4 DIV 2 RCIC EQUIP AREA DIFF/AMB TEMP HI MSL C/D RAD MON DOWNSCALE/ INOP/HI MSL C/D RAD MON HI-HI ADS TEST PROCEDURE FAULTY ADS IN TEST DIV 2 GROUP 4 PCIS ISOL LOGIC IN TEST DIV 2 MSL PIPE TUNNEL DIFF TEMP HI 4 5 DIV 1 CNDSR LO VAC LOGIC BYP DIV 2 CNDSR LO VAC LOGIC BYP DIV 2 ADS DW PRESS BYPASS TIMER INITIATED CHAN B1/B2 MSIV ISOL TRIP DIV 2 ADS MANUALLY INHIBITED DIV 2 VP/WR PCIS ISOL LOGIC IN TEST DIV 2 PCIS MANUAL ISOL SWITCH ARMED 01 02 03 04 050607    b. LGA-002, Secondary Containment Control ONLY.  
C/D RAD MON PROCEDURE IN TEST PCIS ISOL LOGIC DIFF TEMP  4 HI-HI      FAULTY                    IN TEST TEMP HI      INOP/HI                                                                HI DIV 2 ADS DIV 1 CNDSR   DIV 2 CNDSR               CHAN B1/B2   DIV 2 ADS   DIV 2 VP/WR     DIV 2 PCIS DW PRESS 5        LO VAC      LO VAC BYPASS TIMER MSIV ISOL  MANUALLY    PCIS ISOL LOGIC  MANUAL ISOL 5 LOGIC BYP    LOGIC BYP                    TRIP      INHIBITED      IN TEST   SWITCH ARMED INITIATED 01           02           03         04           05            06            07
: c. LGA-009, Radioactivity Release Control ONLY.  
: a.            No EOPs require entry.
: d. LGA-002, Secondary Containment Control AND LGA-009, Radioactivity Release Control ONLY.
: b.           LGA-002, Secondary Containment Control ONLY.
ANSWER b. REFERENCE  
: c.           LGA-009, Radioactivity Release Control ONLY.
: d.           LGA-002, Secondary Containment Control AND LGA-009, Radioactivity Release Control ONLY.
ANSWER b.
REFERENCE LGA-002, Secondary Containment Control.
LGA-002 Lesson Plan, page 6 288000 2.4.4 - Emergency Procedures / Plan: Ability to recognize abnormal indications for


LGA-002, Secondary Containment Control.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS system operating parameters which are entry-level conditions for emergency and abnormal operating procedures.
LGA-002 Lesson Plan, page 6 288000 2.4.4 - Emergency Procedures / Plan: Ability to recognize abnormal indications for RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS system operating parameters which are entry-level conditions for emergency and abnormal operating procedures. HIGH NEW Explanation:
HIGH NEW Explanation:
The slow-flashing windows indicate that valid alarms 1H13-P601-E204; DIV 2 RB VENT RAD HI-HI and 1H13-P601E205; Div. 2 Fuel Pool Rad Hi-Hi were received, which are the alarms associated with the LGA-002 entry condition "VR/FC Exhaust Rad Levels above Max Normal".
The slow-flashing windows indicate that valid alarms 1H13-P601-E204; DIV 2 RB VENT RAD HI-HI and 1H13-P601E205; Div. 2 Fuel Pool Rad Hi-Hi were received, which are the alarms associated with the LGA-002 entry condition "VR/FC Exhaust Rad Levels above Max Normal".
The fact that the alarm is slow-flashing probes the examinees knowledge of a "Valid" alarm and the requirement to enter the LGA even if the condition occurred, and then cleared.
The fact that the alarm is slow-flashing probes the examinees knowledge of a "Valid" alarm and the requirement to enter the LGA even if the condition occurred, and then cleared.
Distracters A, C, and D are incorrect in that an EOP needs to be entered, and the entry condition for LGA-009, "Off-site Release Rate above GSEP Alert Level is not met based on the given conditions.
Distracters A, C, and D are incorrect in that an EOP needs to be entered, and the entry condition for LGA-009, "Off-site Release Rate above GSEP Alert Level is not met based on the given conditions.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 038


Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        038 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.
* The Position Indication Probe (PIP) connector for control rod 30-31 has disconnected.
* The Position Indication Probe (PIP) connector for control rod 30-31 has disconnected.
The monitoring of which of the following Control Rod 30-31 parameters will be affected based on the given conditions?
The monitoring of which of the following Control Rod 30-31 parameters will be affected based on the given conditions?
Line 548: Line 587:
: 2. Control Rod Temperature
: 2. Control Rod Temperature
: 3. Control Rod HCU pressure
: 3. Control Rod HCU pressure
: a. 1, 2 and 3.
: a.     1, 2 and 3.
: b. 1 and 2 ONLY.
: b.     1 and 2 ONLY.
: c. 2 and 3 ONLY.
: c.     2 and 3 ONLY.
: d. 1 and 3 ONLY.
: d.     1 and 3 ONLY.
ANSWER  
ANSWER b.
: b. REFERENCE System Description 024, CRD Mechanical, pages 20 and 28.
REFERENCE System Description 024, CRD Mechanical, pages 20 and 28.
E&ID 1E-1-4231AD  
E&ID 1E-1-4231AD E&ID 1E-1-4206AA 214000K4.02 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the ROD POSITION INFORMATION SYSTEM will have on following: Thermocouple FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
 
RPIS monitors both control rod position and temperature. A thermocouple is installed in the position indicator tube at the top to monitor drive temperature. The output is fed to a recorder in the control room back-panel, which in turn provides input to 1H13-P603-A403; CRD HYD TEMP HI.
E&ID 1E-1-4206AA 214000K4.02 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the ROD POSITION INFORMATION SYSTEM will have on following: Thermocouple FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation: RPIS monitors both control rod position and temperature. A thermocouple is installed in the position indicator tube at the top to monitor drive temperature. The output is fed to a recorder in the control room back-panel, which in turn provides input to 1H13-P603-A403; CRD HYD TEMP  
 
HI.  
 
The other distracters are plausible but incorrect as RPIS is not tied to the monitoring of HCU pressure.
The other distracters are plausible but incorrect as RPIS is not tied to the monitoring of HCU pressure.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 039


Unit 2 was operating at rated conditions when the unit scrammed due to the failure of a bushing on the Unit 2 SAT.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        039 Unit 2 was operating at rated conditions when the unit scrammed due to the failure of a bushing on the Unit 2 SAT.
The NSO has competed the initial action of HARDCARD - Unit 2 Immediate Actions For Reactor Scram and reports the following:
The NSO has competed the initial action of HARDCARD - Unit 2 Immediate Actions For Reactor Scram and reports the following:
* 10 control rods remain out at position 02 AND 1 control rod remains out at position 48.
* 10 control rods remain out at position 02 AND 1 control rod remains out at position 48.
Line 571: Line 605:
* RPV pressure is being controlled with Bypass Valves.
* RPV pressure is being controlled with Bypass Valves.
* APRM Downscale lights are LIT.
* APRM Downscale lights are LIT.
Which of the following identifies actions which must be taken based on the above conditions?
Which of the following identifies actions which must be taken based on the above conditions?
: a. Unit 2 is in an ATWS condition AND control rods must be inserted per Hardcard  
: a.       Unit 2 is in an ATWS condition AND control rods must be inserted per Hardcard
- Unit 2 Immediate Actions for Alternate Rod Insertion on Failure to Scram, Method 3. b. Unit 2 is in an ATWS condition, AND control rods must be inserted per Hardcard  
                  - Unit 2 Immediate Actions for Alternate Rod Insertion on Failure to Scram, Method 3.
- Unit 2 Immediate Actions for Alternate Rod Insertion on Failure to Scram, Method 3 AND boron injection is required
: b.       Unit 2 is in an ATWS condition, AND control rods must be inserted per Hardcard
. c. Unit 2 is NOT in an ATWS condtion AND control rods must be inserted per Hardcard - Unit 2 Immediate Actions for Alternate Rod Insertion on Failure to Scram, Method 3. d. Unit 2 is NOT in an ATWS condtion AND control rods must be inserted per Hardcard - Unit 2 Immediate Actions for Alternate Rod Insertion on Failure to  
                - Unit 2 Immediate Actions for Alternate Rod Insertion on Failure to Scram, Method 3 AND boron injection is required.
: c.       Unit 2 is NOT in an ATWS condtion AND control rods must be inserted per Hardcard - Unit 2 Immediate Actions for Alternate Rod Insertion on Failure to Scram, Method 3.
: d.       Unit 2 is NOT in an ATWS condtion AND control rods must be inserted per Hardcard - Unit 2 Immediate Actions for Alternate Rod Insertion on Failure to Scram, Method 1.
ANSWER c.
REFERENCE LGA-001 RPV Control Hardcard - Unit 2 Immediate Actions for Alternate Rod Insertion on Failure to Scram 295006K1.02 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to SCRAM : Shutdown margin HIGHER NEW Explanation:
Per LGA-001, RPV Control, if all rods except one are at position 02, the reactor core meets shutdown margin requirements to remain shutdown.
The control rods remaining out need to be inserted per Method 3 of the LGA-NB-01 Hardcard, and the Reactor Operators are responsible for identifying the method to be used and then gaining approval of the SRO before implementing the method. In this case, with less than 25 rods failing to scram, Method 3 is the preferred method to be used and method 1 would not apply as the scram lights extinguised indicating that RPS busses de-energized as required.


Scram, Method 1. ANSWER
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION       040 During a loss of Shutdown Cooling, in order to prevent excessive temperature stratification, the NSO is required to ...
: c. REFERENCE LGA-001 RPV Control Hardcard - Unit 2 Immediate Actions for Alternate Rod Insertion on Failure to Scram 295006K1.02 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to SCRAM : Shutdown margin HIGHER NEW Explanation:
: a.     maximize CRD flow into the RPV.
Per LGA-001, RPV Control, if all rods except one are at position 02, the reactor core meets shutdown margin requirements to remain shutdown. The control rods remaining out need to be inserted per Method 3 of the LGA-NB-01 Hardcard, and the Reactor Operators are responsible for identifying the method to be used and then gaining approval of the SRO before implementing the method. In this case, with less than 25 rods failing to scram, Method 3 is the preferred method to be used and method 1 would not apply as the scram lights extinguised indicating that RPS busses de-energized as required.
: b.     minimize RT Bottom Head Drain flow.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 040  
: c.     raise RPV water level above +50 inches.
 
: d.     lower the RR Flow Control Valves position.
During a loss of Shutdown Cooling, in order to prevent excessive temperature stratification, the NSO is required to ...
ANSWER c.
: a. maximize CRD flow into the RPV.  
REFERENCE LOA-RH-101, Revision 14, page 9, Step B.1.12 295021K1.02 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to LOSS OF SHUTDOWN COOLING : Thermal stratification FUNDAMENTAL BANK
: b. minimize RT Bottom Head Drain flow.  
: c. raise RPV water level above +50 inches.  
: d. lower the RR Flow Control Valves position. ANSWER c. REFERENCE LOA-RH-101, Revision 14, page 9, Step B.1.12 295021K1.02 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to LOSS OF SHUTDOWN COOLING : Thermal stratification FUNDAMENTAL BANK RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 041


An ATWS has occurred:
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        041 An ATWS has occurred:
* approximately one quarter of the control rods are inserted (140 rods did NOT insert)
* approximately one quarter of the control rods are inserted (140 rods did NOT insert)
* RPV water level is being maintained between -100 and -60 inches
* RPV water level is being maintained between -100 and -60 inches
* reactor pressure is being maintained between 900 and 1000 psig
* reactor pressure is being maintained between 900 and 1000 psig
* hot shutdown boron weight has just been injected Under which one of the following conditions would you expect the reactor to go critical again?
* hot shutdown boron weight has just been injected Under which one of the following conditions would you expect the reactor to go critical again?
: a. Opening SRVs to cooldown the reactor.  
: a.     Opening SRVs to cooldown the reactor.
: b. Decaying of Xenon over the next seven hours.  
: b.     Decaying of Xenon over the next seven hours.
: c. Placing RCIC in service to maintain vessel level.  
: c.     Placing RCIC in service to maintain vessel level.
: d. Placing RWCU in service to stabilize reactor pressure. ANSWER  
: d.     Placing RWCU in service to stabilize reactor pressure.
: a.
ANSWER a.
REFERENCE LGA-010 Lesson Plan, Sections VI.F. and VII.H. 295037K1.04 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to SCRAM CONDITION PRESENT AND REACTOR POWER ABOVE APRM DOWNSCALE OR UNKNOWN: Hot shutdown boron weight: Plant-Specific HIGHER BANK Explanation:
REFERENCE LGA-010 Lesson Plan, Sections VI.F. and VII.H.
Hot shutdown boron weight implies that the reactor should be subcritical at rated pressures and temperatures.
295037K1.04 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to SCRAM CONDITION PRESENT AND REACTOR POWER ABOVE APRM DOWNSCALE OR UNKNOWN: Hot shutdown boron weight: Plant-Specific HIGHER BANK Explanation:
 
Hot shutdown boron weight implies that the reactor should be subcritical at rated pressures and temperatures.
A cooldown may only be commenced if cold shutdown boron weight has been injected.
A cooldown may only be commenced if cold shutdown boron weight has been injected.
RWCU may be utilized provided F/Ds are NOT used and it does NOT remove boron inventory.
RWCU may be utilized provided F/Ds are NOT used and it does NOT remove boron inventory.
Operation of RCIC will not affect pressure as the stem states it is being maintained 900 - 1000 psig. Xenon will be building in for the stated time period.
Operation of RCIC will not affect pressure as the stem states it is being maintained 900 - 1000 psig.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 042
Xenon will be building in for the stated time period.


Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        042 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.
* The Main Turbine Generator trips on Generator Differential Current signal.
* The Main Turbine Generator trips on Generator Differential Current signal.
What turbine valves must respond properly following the receipt of the trip signal to ensure reactor pressure can be controlled automatically within normal operating parameter limits for the given conditions?
What turbine valves must respond properly following the receipt of the trip signal to ensure reactor pressure can be controlled automatically within normal operating parameter limits for the given conditions?
Main Turbine ....  
Main Turbine ....
: a. Bypass Valves ONLY.
: a.     Bypass Valves ONLY.
: b. Stop Valves OR Control Valves ONLY.  
: b.     Stop Valves OR Control Valves ONLY.
: c. Stop Valves AND Bypass Valves ONLY.  
: c.     Stop Valves AND Bypass Valves ONLY.
: d. Bypass Valves AND Stop Valves OR Control Valves. ANSWER  
: d.     Bypass Valves AND Stop Valves OR Control Valves.
: d.
ANSWER d.
REFERENCE LOA-TG-101(201), "Unit 1(2) Turbine Trip", pages 4 and 5. 295005K2.07 - Knowledge of the interrelations between MAIN TURBINE GENERATOR TRIP and the following: Reactor pressure control FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
REFERENCE LOA-TG-101(201), "Unit 1(2) Turbine Trip", pages 4 and 5.
295005K2.07 - Knowledge of the interrelations between MAIN TURBINE GENERATOR TRIP and the following: Reactor pressure control FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
LOA-TG-101(201), "Unit 1(2) Turbine Trip" provides direction to check Turbine Bypass Valves controlling reactor pressure, and later to CHECK at least one of the following closed: All MSVs or ALL CVs."


LOA-TG-101(201), "Unit 1(2) Turbine Trip" provides direction to check Turbine Bypass Valves controlling reactor pressure, and later to CHECK at least one of the following closed: All MSVs or ALL CVs."
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION       043 Which of the following design features are used to ensure the Outboard Main Steam Isolation Valves will close if the normal pneumatic supply is lost?
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 043 Which of the following design features are used to ensure the Outboard Main Steam Isolation Valves will close if the normal pneumatic supply is lost?
: 1. Bottle bank
: 1. Bottle bank
: 2. Actuator springs
: 2. Actuator springs
: 3. Pneumatic accumulators
: 3. Pneumatic accumulators
: 4. Emergency pressurization station
: 4. Emergency pressurization station
: a. 2 AND 3 ONLY.  
: a.     2 AND 3 ONLY.
: b. 2, AND 4 ONLY.  
: b.     2, AND 4 ONLY.
: c. 1, 3 AND 4 ONLY.  
: c.     1, 3 AND 4 ONLY.
: d. 1, 2, 3, AND 4. ANSWER  
: d.     1, 2, 3, AND 4.
: a.
ANSWER a.
REFERENCE P&ID M-81, Sh.2 and enlargements. System Description 70, Main Steam Figure 70-10b MSIV Air Supply Fast Close System Description 70, Main Steam, page 14 295019K2.05 - Knowledge of the interrelations between PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF INSTRUMENT AIR and the following: Main steam system FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
REFERENCE P&ID M-81, Sh.2 and enlargements.
: 1. Bottle bank - Incorrect as this is used as back-up pneumatic source for ADS SRVs.  
System Description 70, Main Steam Figure 70-10b MSIV Air Supply Fast Close System Description 70, Main Steam, page 14 295019K2.05 - Knowledge of the interrelations between PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF INSTRUMENT AIR and the following: Main steam system FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
: 2. Actuator springs - Correct. Four helical springs are mounted on the MSIV actuators to provide closing force, which alone will close an MSIV. 3. Pneumatic accumulators - Correct. Accumulators are used on Inboard and Outboard MSIVs, as well as SRVs. 4. Emergency pressurization station - Incorrect, as emergency pressurization stations support only the ADS SRVs.
: 1. Bottle bank - Incorrect as this is used as back-up pneumatic source for ADS SRVs.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 044
: 2. Actuator springs - Correct. Four helical springs are mounted on the MSIV actuators to provide closing force, which alone will close an MSIV.
: 3. Pneumatic accumulators - Correct. Accumulators are used on Inboard and Outboard MSIVs, as well as SRVs.
: 4. Emergency pressurization station - Incorrect, as emergency pressurization stations support only the ADS SRVs.


Unit 1 and Unit 2 are operating at rated conditions.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        044 Unit 1 and Unit 2 are operating at rated conditions.
* The LaSalle Main Control Room was just notified by Transmission Switching Operations that voltage in the LaSalle switchyard has fallen below 353 kV due to the scram of the Braidwood Unit 1 reactor.
* The LaSalle Main Control Room was just notified by Transmission Switching Operations that voltage in the LaSalle switchyard has fallen below 353 kV due to the scram of the Braidwood Unit 1 reactor.
Which of the following actions will increase switchyard voltage?
Which of the following actions will increase switchyard voltage?
: a. Transfer loads from the Unit SATs to the Unit UATs.
: a.     Transfer loads from the Unit SATs to the Unit UATs.
: b. Start the Division 1 and Division 2 Emergency Diesel Generators.
: b.     Start the Division 1 and Division 2 Emergency Diesel Generators.
: c. Rotate BOTH the Unit 1 and Unit 2 "GENERATOR TERMINAL VOLTS ADJUST" controls in the CLOCKWISE direction.
: c.     Rotate BOTH the Unit 1 and Unit 2 "GENERATOR TERMINAL VOLTS ADJUST" controls in the CLOCKWISE direction.
: d. Take BOTH the Unit 1 and Unit 2 "GENERATOR FIELD VOLTS ADJUST" control switches to the "RAISE" position.
: d.     Take BOTH the Unit 1 and Unit 2 "GENERATOR FIELD VOLTS ADJUST" control switches to the "RAISE" position.
ANSWER  
ANSWER c.
: c. REFERENCE LOA-GRID-001, "Low Grid Voltage".
REFERENCE LOA-GRID-001, "Low Grid Voltage".
700000K2.07 - Knowledge of the interrelations between GENERATOR VOLTAGE AND ELECTRIC GRID DISTURBANCES and the following: Turbine/generator control. HIGHER NEW Explanation:
700000K2.07 - Knowledge of the interrelations between GENERATOR VOLTAGE AND ELECTRIC GRID DISTURBANCES and the following: Turbine/generator control.
Per LOA-GRID-001, "Low Grid Voltage", step B.1.2, "As directed by Transmission Operations, raise VARs to increase switchyard voltage." VARs are raised by raising the settings of the Unit 1 and Unit 2 Generator Voltage Adjusters.
HIGHER NEW Explanation:
The other distracters are plausible but incorrect. A.Transfer loads from the Unit SATs to the Unit UATs, incorrect as this will increase load on the generators that are supplying the grid.  
Per LOA-GRID-001, "Low Grid Voltage", step B.1.2, "As directed by Transmission Operations, raise VARs to increase switchyard voltage." VARs are raised by raising the settings of the Unit 1 and Unit 2 Generator Voltage Adjusters.
 
The other distracters are plausible but incorrect.
B. Start the Division 1 and Division 2 Emergency Diesel Generators, is in correct as this is not allowed by procedure.  
A.Transfer loads from the Unit SATs to the Unit UATs, incorrect as this will increase load on the generators that are supplying the grid.
 
B. Start the Division 1 and Division 2 Emergency Diesel Generators, is in correct as this is not allowed by procedure.
D. Take BOTH the Unit 1 and Unit 2 "GENERATOR FIELD VOLTS ADJUST" control switches to the "RAISE" position, is incorrect as the Field Volts Adjust only works in manual and the normal line-up is automatic control.
D. Take BOTH the Unit 1 and Unit 2 "GENERATOR FIELD VOLTS ADJUST" control switches to the "RAISE" position, is incorrect as the Field Volts Adjust only works in manual and the normal line-up is automatic control.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 045


Unit 1 and Unit 2 have just been scrammed as the result of a hostile action.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION          045 Unit 1 and Unit 2 have just been scrammed as the result of a hostile action.
* The Outside Rounds Equipment Operator called to report that an explosion was observed near the Northeast corner of the lake, and water is flowing into the adjacent field at a high, rising rate.
* The Outside Rounds Equipment Operator called to report that an explosion was observed near the Northeast corner of the lake, and water is flowing into the adjacent field at a high, rising rate.
* Three large fires have been reported in progress on site.
* Three large fires have been reported in progress on site.
* Security has notified the Main Control Room that all intruders have been caught and the site is secure.
* Security has notified the Main Control Room that all intruders have been caught and the site is secure.
* It has been determined that an Alternate Supply to the Fire Protection System is required and pumper trucks have just arrived on-site.
* It has been determined that an Alternate Supply to the Fire Protection System is required and pumper trucks have just arrived on-site.
Where is the best location for the pumper trucks to take a suction from, and why?
Where is the best location for the pumper trucks to take a suction from, and why?
: a. The North Parking lot, as this is the easiest and quickest place to gain access to the lake.  
: a.       The North Parking lot, as this is the easiest and quickest place to gain access to the lake.
: b. The Lake Screen House, as this allows suction to be taken from the Ultimate Heat Sink.  
: b.       The Lake Screen House, as this allows suction to be taken from the Ultimate Heat Sink.
: c. Near the CW discharge flume, as this area is protected by DB40 fencing and the pumper truck(s) will be protected if additional hostile action occurs.  
: c.       Near the CW discharge flume, as this area is protected by DB40 fencing and the pumper truck(s) will be protected if additional hostile action occurs.
: d. Fire Hydrant House B07, located near the Reactor Building Missile Door 20, as this will allow connecting directly into the Fire Protection ring header, increasing NPSH for the pumper truck(s). ANSWER  
: d.       Fire Hydrant House B07, located near the Reactor Building Missile Door 20, as this will allow connecting directly into the Fire Protection ring header, increasing NPSH for the pumper truck(s).
: b.
ANSWER b.
REFERENCE LOA-FP-001, "Unit 0 Fire Protection System Abnormal" 600000AK3.04 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to PLANT FIRE ON SITE: Actions contained in the abnormal procedure for plant fire on site HIGHER NEW Explanation:
REFERENCE LOA-FP-001, "Unit 0 Fire Protection System Abnormal" 600000AK3.04 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to PLANT FIRE ON SITE: Actions contained in the abnormal procedure for plant fire on site HIGHER NEW Explanation:
LOA-FP-001, "Unit 0 Fire Protection System Abnormal", "Station the pumper trucks at one of the following locations:
LOA-FP-001, "Unit 0 Fire Protection System Abnormal", "Station the pumper trucks at one of the following locations:
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 046


Which of the following identifies the reason(s) for placing the 1B Diesel Gen Control Selector switch to "LOCAL MANUAL" when abandoning the control room?  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        046 Which of the following identifies the reason(s) for placing the 1B Diesel Gen Control Selector switch to "LOCAL MANUAL" when abandoning the control room?
: 1. Defeat automatic initiation of the 1B Diesel Generator.  
: 1. Defeat automatic initiation of the 1B Diesel Generator.
: 2. Transfer control power from DC Bus 113 to AC Bus 143-1.  
: 2. Transfer control power from DC Bus 113 to AC Bus 143-1.
: 3. Transfer manual control of the 1B Diesel Generator to the 1B DG Room.  
: 3. Transfer manual control of the 1B Diesel Generator to the 1B DG Room.
: a. 1, 2, AND 3.
: a.     1, 2, AND 3.
: b. 3 ONLY. c. 1 AND 3 ONLY.
: b.     3 ONLY.
: d. 2 AND 3 ONLY.
: c.     1 AND 3 ONLY.
ANSWER  
: d.     2 AND 3 ONLY.
: b.
ANSWER b.
REFERENCE System Description 011, EDG and Auxiliaries 295016K3.03 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to CONTROL ROOM ABANDONMENT : Disabling control room controls FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
REFERENCE System Description 011, EDG and Auxiliaries 295016K3.03 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to CONTROL ROOM ABANDONMENT : Disabling control room controls FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
Placing the 1B Diesel Gen Control Selector switch to "LOCAL MANUAL" simply transfers control to the 1B DG room.
Placing the 1B Diesel Gen Control Selector switch to "LOCAL MANUAL" simply transfers control to the 1B DG room.
The other distracters are plausible but incorrect.
The other distracters are plausible but incorrect.
DC to AC power is credible as the UFSAR discusses transfering control power to a more reliable source at the RSDP. In this case, the more reliable source for DG would be DC power, however the control power is always supplied from DC for the HPCS DG.  
DC to AC power is credible as the UFSAR discusses transfering control power to a more reliable source at the RSDP. In this case, the more reliable source for DG would be DC power, however the control power is always supplied from DC for the HPCS DG.
 
Defeating initiation signals is credible in that the UFSAR and System Description 54, RSDP discusses defeating all interlocks, with a few exceptions, when transferring control out of the main control room.
Defeating initiation signals is credible in that the UFSAR and System Description 54, RSDP discusses defeating all interlocks, with a few exceptions, when transferring control out of the main control room.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 047


The reason for the Low-Low Set relief mode of operation is to....  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION      047 The reason for the Low-Low Set relief mode of operation is to....
: a. minimize containment fatigue due to SRV cycling.  
: a. minimize containment fatigue due to SRV cycling.
: b. evenly disperse heat input into the suppression pool.  
: b. evenly disperse heat input into the suppression pool.
: c. minimize SRV cycling in order to prevent SRV seat damage.  
: c. minimize SRV cycling in order to prevent SRV seat damage.
: d. prolong SRV operation in the event the normal pneumatic supply to the SRVs is lost. ANSWER a. REFERENCE System Description 70, Main Steam, page 11.
: d. prolong SRV operation in the event the normal pneumatic supply to the SRVs is lost.
295025K3.09 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH REACTOR PRESSURE : Low-low set initiation: Plant-Specific FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
ANSWER a.
REFERENCE System Description 70, Main Steam, page 11.
295025K3.09 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH REACTOR PRESSURE : Low-low set initiation: Plant-Specific FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
Per System Description 70, Main Steam, Low-Low Set Relief Logic (LLS) (Figures 70-05 & 6) minimizes containment fatigue due to SRV cycling.
Per System Description 70, Main Steam, Low-Low Set Relief Logic (LLS) (Figures 70-05 & 6) minimizes containment fatigue due to SRV cycling.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 048
The Main Control Room has been evacuated and control has been established at the Remote Shutdown Panels.


RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        048 The Main Control Room has been evacuated and control has been established at the Remote Shutdown Panels.
The following conditions exist on Unit 1:
The following conditions exist on Unit 1:
* RPV pressure is 945 psig.
* RPV pressure is 945 psig.
Line 701: Line 736:
* RCIC is injecting.
* RCIC is injecting.
* SRV "K" is open.
* SRV "K" is open.
* A loss of Bus 111Y occurs.  
* A loss of Bus 111Y occurs.
 
Which of the following predicts the status of the RCIC Turbine and SRV "K" one minute from now?
Which of the following predicts the status of the RCIC Turbine and SRV "K" one minute from  
The RCIC turbine will be ____(1)____ and SRV "K" will be ____(2)____.
 
: a.      (1) tripped (2) open
now?
: b.      (1) tripped (2) closed
: c.      (1) running (2) open
: d.      (1) running (2) closed ANSWER b.
REFERENCE E&ID 1E-1-4201AE E&ID 1E 4214AA 295004A1.02 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF D.C. POWER : Systems necessary to assure safe plant shutdown HIGHER NEW Explanation:
RCIC will trip on overspeed due to the loss of 111Y. 111Y also provides control power for SRV K when the emergency transfer switch is in emergency and power will be lost to the C solenoid, causing K SRV to go closed.


The RCIC turbine will be ____(1)____ and SRV "K" will be ____(2)____.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION       049 Unit 2 has scrammed from rated conditions.
: a. (1) tripped (2) open  b. (1) tripped (2) closed
: c. (1) running (2) open  d. (1) running (2) closed ANSWER b. REFERENCE E&ID 1E-1-4201AE E&ID 1E 4214AA 295004A1.02 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF D.C. POWER : Systems necessary to assure safe plant shutdown HIGHER NEW Explanation:  RCIC will trip on overspeed due to the loss of 111Y. 111Y also provides control power for SRV K when the emergency transfer switch is in emergency and power will be lost to the C solenoid, causing K SRV to go closed.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 049  
 
Unit 2 has scrammed from rated conditions.
* RCIC is OOS.
* RCIC is OOS.
* Feedwater has been isolated due to a leak in the drywell.
* Feedwater has been isolated due to a leak in the drywell.
Line 718: Line 752:
* RPV water level first dropped to -70", recovered and peaked at 59.5" and has now dropped to -65".
* RPV water level first dropped to -70", recovered and peaked at 59.5" and has now dropped to -65".
* No manual actions have been taken with the HPCS system.
* No manual actions have been taken with the HPCS system.
* The Assist NSO checks HPCS system status and observes the HPCS pump running with the HPCS Min Flow Valve OPEN and the HPCS Injection Valve CLOSED.
* The Assist NSO checks HPCS system status and observes the HPCS pump running with the HPCS Min Flow Valve OPEN and the HPCS Injection Valve CLOSED.
* The 1.69# AND/OR -50 indicator is LIT
* The 1.69# AND/OR -50 indicator is LIT
* The Level 8 TRIP indicator is LIT  
* The Level 8 TRIP indicator is LIT Which of the following identifies the action(s) required to be taken, if any, for the given conditions?
: a.      No action required.
: b.      Depress the "HI WTR LVL" RESET pushbutton and then take the HPCS Injection Valve control switch to OPEN.
: c.      Take the HPCS Min Flow Valve control switch to CLOSE, and then take the HPCS Injection Valve control switch to OPEN.
: d.      Depress the "HI DW PRESS LO WTR LVL" and "HI WTR LVL" RESET pushbuttons, and then Arm and Depress the "HPCS Manual Initiation" pushbutton.
ANSWER b.
REFERENCE Correct Answer: B Depress the "HI WTR LVL" RESET pushbutton and then take the HPCS Injection Valve control switch to OPEN.
295031A1.04 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to REACTOR LOW WATER LEVEL : High pressure core spray: Plant-Specific HIGHER HIGHER Explanation:
The only systems that could have restored level is HPCS. Since no operator actions were taken, HPCS must have operated properly in response to the intiation signals.
The injection valve has failed to automatically re-open when RPV level dropped to -50", so the proper action is to clear the Level 8 signal keeping the valve closed by depressing the reset pushbutton, and then manually complete the failed automatic action, which in this case is to take the injection valve control switch to the OPEN position.


Which of the following identifies the action(s) required to be taken, if any, for the given conditions?
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION       050 Unit 2 has scrammed from rated conditions.
: a. No action required.
: b. Depress the "HI WTR LVL" RESET pushbutton and then take the HPCS Injection Valve control switch to OPEN.
: c. Take the HPCS Min Flow Valve control switch to CLOSE, and then take the HPCS Injection Valve control switch to OPEN.
: d. Depress the "HI DW PRESS LO WTR LVL"  and "HI WTR LVL" RESET pushbuttons, and then Arm and Depress the "HPCS Manual Initiation" pushbutton. ANSWER
: b. REFERENCE Correct Answer: B Depress the "HI WTR LVL" RESET pushbutton and then take the HPCS Injection Valve control switch to OPEN. 295031A1.04 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to REACTOR LOW WATER LEVEL : High pressure core spray:  Plant-Specific HIGHER HIGHER Explanation:  The only systems that could have restored level is HPCS. Since no operator actions were taken, HPCS must have operated properly in response to the intiation signals.
The injection valve has failed to automatically re-open when RPV level dropped to -50", so the proper action is to clear the Level 8 signal keeping the valve closed by depressing the reset pushbutton, and then manually complete the failed automatic action, which in this case is to take the injection valve control switch to the OPEN position.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 050 Unit 2 has scrammed from rated conditions.
* A leak has developed in the drywell.
* A leak has developed in the drywell.
o Drywell pressure is 3.5 psig and stable.
o   Drywell pressure is 3.5 psig and stable.
o Drywell Temperature is 200&deg;F. and stable.
o   Drywell Temperature is 200&deg;F. and stable.
o RPV water level is +35".
o   RPV water level is +35".
o RPV pressure is 850 psig.
o   RPV pressure is 850 psig.
Which of the following statements describes the status of drywell cooling assuming no operator actions have been taken?
Which of the following statements describes the status of drywell cooling assuming no operator actions have been taken?
Drywell cooling is ....  
Drywell cooling is ....
: a. running in the same configuration it was before the scram.
: a.     running in the same configuration it was before the scram.
: b. isolated and procedurally allowed to be restarted after defeating isolation signals.
: b.     isolated and procedurally allowed to be restarted after defeating isolation signals.
: c. isolated and procedurally prohibited from being restarted due to high drywell  
: c.     isolated and procedurally prohibited from being restarted due to high drywell pressure.
 
: d.     isolated and procedurally prohibited from being restarted due to high drywell tempertature.
pressure. d. isolated and procedurally prohibited from being restarted due to high drywell  
ANSWER b.
 
REFERENCE LGA-003, Primary Containment Control LPGP-PSTG-01S05A NEED TO INCLUDE THIS REFERENCE 295024A1.14 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE: Drywell ventilation system HIGH NEW Explanation:
tempertature.
With drywell pressure above the Group 2 isolation setpoint, VP has isolated. Per LGA-003, Primary Containment Control, all available drywell cooling should be started, and it is OK to defeat isolation signals.
ANSWER  
: b.
REFERENCE LGA-003, Primary Containment Control LPGP-PSTG-01S05A NEED TO INCLUDE THIS REFERENCE 295024A1.14 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE: Drywell ventilation system HIGH NEW Explanation: With drywell pressure above the Group 2 isolation setpoint, VP has isolated. Per LGA-003, Primary Containment Control, all available drywell cooling should be started, and it is OK to defeat isolation signals.
This is an RO level question as it asks the status of the VP system, not what action is required to be directed. The examinee must understand that VP will isolate when drywell pressure exceeds 1.93 psig. and identify that VP can still be operated if drywell temperature is below 212&deg;F., however isolation signals must be defeated and is allowed per LGA direction.
This is an RO level question as it asks the status of the VP system, not what action is required to be directed. The examinee must understand that VP will isolate when drywell pressure exceeds 1.93 psig. and identify that VP can still be operated if drywell temperature is below 212&deg;F., however isolation signals must be defeated and is allowed per LGA direction.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 051


Unit 1 scrammed from rated conditions due to a spurious scram signal caused by seismic motion.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        051 Unit 1 scrammed from rated conditions due to a spurious scram signal caused by seismic motion.
* RPV water level dropped to -20" and is now 25".
* RPV water level dropped to -20" and is now 25".
* RPV pressure is 750 psig and going down.
* RPV pressure is 750 psig and going down.
Line 758: Line 790:
* Suppression Chamber pressure is 3 psig.
* Suppression Chamber pressure is 3 psig.
* Suppression Pool water level is -11 feet and going down 6" per minute.
* Suppression Pool water level is -11 feet and going down 6" per minute.
Based on the given conditions, RPV pressure is currently being discharged ....  
Based on the given conditions, RPV pressure is currently being discharged ....
: a. into the Suppression Pool water volume ONLY.  
: a.     into the Suppression Pool water volume ONLY.
: b. into the Suppression Pool water volume AND Drywell ONLY.  
: b.     into the Suppression Pool water volume AND Drywell ONLY.
: c. into the Drywell AND Suppression Chamber air space ONLY.  
: c.     into the Drywell AND Suppression Chamber air space ONLY.
: d. into the Suppression Pool water volume, Drywell, AND Suppression Chamber air space.
: d.     into the Suppression Pool water volume, Drywell, AND Suppression Chamber air space.
ANSWER  
ANSWER b.
: b. REFERENCE Figure 070-01 Main Steam System Overview LGA-004 RPV Blowdown Lesson Plan LGA-003, Primary Containment Control Lesson Plan System Description 70, Main Steam, page 12. 295030A2.03 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to LOW SUPPRESSION POOL WATER LEVEL : Reactor pressure HIGHER NEW Explanation: Correct, as the SRV will discharge into the SP water volume and the MSL leak will go into the drywell and then through the downcomers to the SP water volume.  
REFERENCE Figure 070-01 Main Steam System Overview LGA-004 RPV Blowdown Lesson Plan LGA-003, Primary Containment Control Lesson Plan System Description 70, Main Steam, page 12.
 
295030A2.03 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to LOW SUPPRESSION POOL WATER LEVEL : Reactor pressure HIGHER NEW Explanation:
Correct, as the SRV will discharge into the SP water volume and the MSL leak will go into the drywell and then through the downcomers to the SP water volume.
A. into the Suppression Pool water volume ONLY.
A. into the Suppression Pool water volume ONLY.
Incorrect as indicated flow in a MSL with ALL MSIVs closed indicates a leak into the drywell.
Incorrect as indicated flow in a MSL with ALL MSIVs closed indicates a leak into the drywell.
This distracter is plausible if the examinee attributed the MSL flow indication to the open SRV.
This distracter is plausible if the examinee attributed the MSL flow indication to the open SRV.
C. into the Drywell AND Suppression Chamber air space ONLY.
C. into the Drywell AND Suppression Chamber air space ONLY.
Incorrect, as the SRV will discharge into the SP water volume and the MSL leak will go into the drywell and then through the downcomers to the SP water volume. This disracter is plausible if the examinee did not know the location of the SRV T-quencher is lower than -11 feet.  
Incorrect, as the SRV will discharge into the SP water volume and the MSL leak will go into the drywell and then through the downcomers to the SP water volume. This disracter is plausible if the examinee did not know the location of the SRV T-quencher is lower than -11 feet.
D. into the Suppression Pool water volume, Drywell, AND Suppression Chamber air space.
Incorrect, as nothing is being discharged in to the SC Air Space.


D. into the Suppression Pool water volume, Drywell, AND Suppression Chamber air space. Incorrect, as nothing is being discharged in to the SC Air Space.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION      052 LGA-009, Radioactivity Release Control, directs operation of ventilation in areas that may be releasing radioactivity, including the Turbine Building.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 052
Which one of the following describes the relationship between this action and the radiation levels that may exist in the Turbine Building?
: a. Results in recirculation of the Turbine Building, to limit the dispersion of the radioactivity.
: b. Results in positive pressure inside the Turbine Building, to limit the intrusion of radioactivity from the Reactor Building.
: c. Assures that any radioactivity in the Turbine Building is discharged through a ground level release point to limit the dispersion of the radioactivity.
: d. Assures that any radioactivity in the Turbine Building is discharged through an elevated release point and allows the dispersion of the radioactivity to be monitored.
ANSWER d.
REFERENCE LGA-009 Lesson Plan 509, Section IV 295038A2.03 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH OFF-SITE RELEASE RATE : Radiation levels HIGHER NEW Explanation:
The other answers are incorrect because:
A) Discharges at an elevated discharge, without recirculating TB air B) TB Ventilation takes a suction from the TB, maintaining the TB at a slightly negative pressure C) TB discharge is elevated and not at ground level


LGA-009, Radioactivity Release Control, directs operation of ventilation in areas that may be releasing radioactivity, including the Turbine Building.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION       053 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.
 
Which one of the following describes the relationship between this action and the radiation levels that may exist in the Turbine Building?
: a. Results in recirculation of the Turbine Building, to limit the dispersion of the radioactivity.
: b. Results in positive pressure inside the Turbine Building, to limit the intrusion of radioactivity from the Reactor Building.
: c. Assures that any radioactivity in the Turbine Building is discharged through a ground level release point to limit the dispersion of the radioactivity.
: d. Assures that any radioactivity in the Turbine Building is discharged through an elevated release point and allows the dispersion of the radioactivity to be
 
monitored. ANSWER
: d.
REFERENCE LGA-009 Lesson Plan 509, Section IV 295038A2.03 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH OFF-SITE RELEASE RATE : Radiation levels HIGHER NEW Explanation:  The other answers are incorrect because: A) Discharges at an elevated discharge, without recirculating TB air B) TB Ventilation takes a suction from the TB, maintaining the TB at a slightly negative pressure C) TB discharge is elevated and not at  ground level RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 053  
 
Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.
* Rod Line is 100%.
* Rod Line is 100%.
* RR loop flows are matched.
* RR loop flows are matched.
* The 1A RR FCV is locked up.
* The 1A RR FCV is locked up.
The 1B RR Pump trips off and coasts to zero speed.
The 1B RR Pump trips off and coasts to zero speed.
* Power stabilizes at 54%.  
* Power stabilizes at 54%.
 
What is core flow for the given conditions, using the reference provided?
What is core flow for the given conditions, using the reference provided?
Provide LOA-RR-101, Attachment A for reference.  
Provide LOA-RR-101, Attachment A for reference.
: a. 41 M#/Hr.  
: a. 41 M#/Hr.
: b. 43 M#/Hr.  
: b. 43 M#/Hr.
: c. 50 M#/Hr.  
: c. 50 M#/Hr.
: d. 54 M#/Hr. ANSWER a. REFERENCE LOA-RR-101, "Unit 1 Reactor Recirculation Abnormal", Attachment A.
: d. 54 M#/Hr.
295001A2.03 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF FORCED CORE FLOW CIRCULATION : Actual core flow HIGHER NEW Explanation: Using Attachment A of LOA-RR-101, the given power and rod line are used to determine that RR flow is 41M#/Hr. A marked up Att. A is included.
ANSWER a.
The other distracters are plausible but incorrect, using values that could be determined if the examinee does not pay close attention to the Power To Flow Map's different rod lines and top  
REFERENCE LOA-RR-101, "Unit 1 Reactor Recirculation Abnormal", Attachment A.
 
295001A2.03 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF FORCED CORE FLOW CIRCULATION : Actual core flow HIGHER NEW Explanation:
and bottom axis.
Using Attachment A of LOA-RR-101, the given power and rod line are used to determine that RR flow is 41M#/Hr. A marked up Att. A is included.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 054
The other distracters are plausible but incorrect, using values that could be determined if the examinee does not pay close attention to the Power To Flow Map's different rod lines and top and bottom axis.


The purpose of the "Critical L Path" interlock is to keep the ....
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        054 The purpose of the "Critical L Path" interlock is to keep the ....
: a. Reactor Building Overhead crane main hook aligned with a pre-determined path when transporting the reactor head between the reactor and the reactor head pedestal.  
: a.     Reactor Building Overhead crane main hook aligned with a pre-determined path when transporting the reactor head between the reactor and the reactor head pedestal.
: b. Refueling Main Hoist grapple a minimum of 2 feet away from the walls of the fuel pools in order to prevent damage to suspended fuel bundles during loading into the spent fuel racks.  
: b.     Refueling Main Hoist grapple a minimum of 2 feet away from the walls of the fuel pools in order to prevent damage to suspended fuel bundles during loading into the spent fuel racks.
: c. Refueling Bridge Main Hoist grapple aligned with the centerline of the "cattle shute" in order to prevent damage to suspended fuel bundles during transport between the reactor and the fuel pool.  
: c.     Refueling Bridge Main Hoist grapple aligned with the centerline of the "cattle shute" in order to prevent damage to suspended fuel bundles during transport between the reactor and the fuel pool.
: d. Reactor Building Overhead Crane from traveling over the Spent Fuel Pool during spent fuel cask movement, and to allow the cask to travel only over strengthened structural members that can support a cask drop accident. ANSWER d.
: d.     Reactor Building Overhead Crane from traveling over the Spent Fuel Pool during spent fuel cask movement, and to allow the cask to travel only over strengthened structural members that can support a cask drop accident.
ANSWER d.
REFERENCE System Description 30, Fuel Handling, page 13.
REFERENCE System Description 30, Fuel Handling, page 13.
295023 2.1.28 - Conduct of Operations: Knowledge of the purpose and function of major system components and controls FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
295023 2.1.28 - Conduct of Operations: Knowledge of the purpose and function of major system components and controls FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
System Description 30, Fuel Handling, states: Critical L-path: A restricted movement mode of operation for the overhead crane is required by Technical Specifications during spent fuel cask movement.
System Description 30, Fuel Handling, states:
This is called the Critical L Path. Its purpose is to keep the spent fuel cask from traveling over the Spent Fuel Pool and to allow the cask to travel only over strengthened structural members that can support a cask drop.  
Critical L-path:
A restricted movement mode of operation for the overhead crane is required by Technical Specifications during spent fuel cask movement. This is called the Critical L Path. Its purpose is to keep the spent fuel cask from traveling over the Spent Fuel Pool and to allow the cask to travel only over strengthened structural members that can support a cask drop.


RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 055  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION       055 Unit 2 scrammed from rated conditions following the loss of the Unit 2 SAT.
 
Unit 2 scrammed from rated conditions following the loss of the Unit 2 SAT.
* RCIC is OOS.
* RCIC is OOS.
* FW has been isolated due to a leak outside the drywell.
* FW has been isolated due to a leak outside the drywell.
Line 824: Line 854:
* RPV pressure is 900 psig and being controlled with Turbine Bypass Valves.
* RPV pressure is 900 psig and being controlled with Turbine Bypass Valves.
* The 2B Diesel Generator has failed to start.
* The 2B Diesel Generator has failed to start.
The given conditions will require entry into ....  
The given conditions will require entry into ....
: 1. LGA-001, RPV Control. 2. LOA-AP-201, "Unit 2, AC Power System Abnormal" 3. LOA-DG-201, "DG Failure" a. 1, 2 AND 3.  
: 1. LGA-001, RPV Control.
: b. 1 AND 2 ONLY.  
: 2. LOA-AP-201, "Unit 2, AC Power System Abnormal"
: c. 2 AND 3 ONLY.  
: 3. LOA-DG-201, "DG Failure"
: d. 1 AND 3 ONLY. ANSWER a. REFERENCE  
: a.     1, 2 AND 3.
: 1. LGA-001, RPV Control.  
: b.     1 AND 2 ONLY.
: 2. LOA-AP-201, "Unit 2, AC Power System Abnormal"  
: c.     2 AND 3 ONLY.
: 3. LOA-DG-201, "DG Failure" 295003 2.4.8 - Emergency Procedures / Plan: Knowledge of how abnormal operating procedures are used in conjunction with EOPs. HIGH NEW Explanation: The conditions in the stem provide enough details for the student to discern that Bus 243 is de-energized due to the loss of the Unit 2 SAT and the failure of the 2B D/G to start. With RPV level at -65" and RCIC OOS and FW isolated, HPCS is needed to restore RPV water level.
: d.     1 AND 3 ONLY.
ANSWER a.
REFERENCE
: 1. LGA-001, RPV Control.
: 2. LOA-AP-201, "Unit 2, AC Power System Abnormal"
: 3. LOA-DG-201, "DG Failure" 295003 2.4.8 - Emergency Procedures / Plan: Knowledge of how abnormal operating procedures are used in conjunction with EOPs.
HIGH NEW Explanation:
The conditions in the stem provide enough details for the student to discern that Bus 243 is de-energized due to the loss of the Unit 2 SAT and the failure of the 2B D/G to start. With RPV level at -65" and RCIC OOS and FW isolated, HPCS is needed to restore RPV water level.
Entry into LGA-001 was met when RPV water level dropped below 12.5 inches, entry into LOA-AP-201 and LOA-DG-201 is required with Bus 243 de-energized and the 2B D/G failing to start.
Entry into LGA-001 was met when RPV water level dropped below 12.5 inches, entry into LOA-AP-201 and LOA-DG-201 is required with Bus 243 de-energized and the 2B D/G failing to start.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 056
What is the significance of the 1/4-inch diameter black dot located on the label for Control Room recorder 1TR-CM037A "AVG SP TEMP"?
The black dot signifies that the recorder........
: a. is intended for use under accident conditions.
: b. is a Technical Specification related instrument.
: c. has redundant indication available at the Remote Shutdown Panel.
: d. requires manual compensation based on environmental conditions. ANSWER
: a.
REFERENCE
LAP-1600-15, Rev. 8, "Regulatory Guide 1.97 Instruments", step D.2. 295026 2.4.3 - Emergency Procedures / Plan: Ability to identify post-accident instrumentation. FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
Regulatory Guide 1.97, Instrumentation for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants to Assess Plant and Environs Conditions During and Following an Accident. These instruments are intended and qualified for use under accident conditions.


RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION      056 What is the significance of the 1/4-inch diameter black dot located on the label for Control Room recorder 1TR-CM037A "AVG SP TEMP"?
The black dot signifies that the recorder........
: a. is intended for use under accident conditions.
: b. is a Technical Specification related instrument.
: c. has redundant indication available at the Remote Shutdown Panel.
: d. requires manual compensation based on environmental conditions.
ANSWER a.
REFERENCE LAP-1600-15, Rev. 8, "Regulatory Guide 1.97 Instruments", step D.2.
295026 2.4.3 - Emergency Procedures / Plan: Ability to identify post-accident instrumentation.
FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
Regulatory Guide 1.97, Instrumentation for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants to Assess Plant and Environs Conditions During and Following an Accident. These instruments are intended and qualified for use under accident conditions.
Distracters B, C, and D identify plausible, but incorrect reasons for the significance of the black dots.
Distracters B, C, and D identify plausible, but incorrect reasons for the significance of the black dots.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 057


What is the primary concern associated with Drywell temperature exceeding 340 degrees F.?  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION      057 What is the primary concern associated with Drywell temperature exceeding 340 degrees F.?
: a. loss of core circulation.  
: a.     loss of core circulation.
: b. loss of rpv pressure control.  
: b.     loss of rpv pressure control.
: c. failure of primary penetration seals.  
: c.     failure of primary penetration seals.
: d. loss of pressure suppression capability. ANSWER b. REFERENCE LGA-003, Primary Containment Control Lesson Plan, page 23.
: d.     loss of pressure suppression capability.
ANSWER b.
REFERENCE LGA-003, Primary Containment Control Lesson Plan, page 23.
295028A2.02 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURE : Reactor pressure FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
295028A2.02 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURE : Reactor pressure FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
340 degrees F. is the maximum temperature at which the ADS solenoids are qualified, which would lead to the concern for the loss of pressure control.  
340 degrees F. is the maximum temperature at which the ADS solenoids are qualified, which would lead to the concern for the loss of pressure control.
A. Loss of core circulation is plausible if the RR pump motors were affected by the high DW temperature, but they are not.
D. Loss of pressure suppression capability is plausible of vacuum breakers were affected by the high DW temperature, but they are not.


A. Loss of core circulation is plausible if the RR pump motors were affected by the high DW temperature, but they are not.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION       058 Unit 1 is operating at rated condtions.
 
D. Loss of pressure suppression capability is plausible of vacuum breakers were affected by the
 
high DW temperature, but they are not.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 058  
 
Unit 1 is operating at rated condtions.
* The 1B TBCCW Pump is OOS.
* The 1B TBCCW Pump is OOS.
* Annunciator 1PM10J-A304; TBCCW PMP DSC HDR PRESS LO alarms.
* Annunciator 1PM10J-A304; TBCCW PMP DSC HDR PRESS LO alarms.
* Unit 1 TBCCW Discharge Header pressure is indicated below:
* Unit 1 TBCCW Discharge Header pressure is indicated below:
TBCCW  PMPSDSCH  HDR PRESS1PI-WT008 10 0 70 P   S   I   G 40 30 50 60 20 Which of the following action should be taken next?  
70 60 50 40        P S
: a. SCRAM the reactor per LGP 3-2.  
I 30        G 20 10 0
: b. SWAP TBCCW heat exchangers.  
TBCCW PMPS DSCH HDR PRESS 1PI-WT008 Which of the following action should be taken next?
: c. Commence a Unit 1 SHUTDOWN.  
: a.     SCRAM the reactor per LGP 3-2.
: d. Secure TBCCW flow through off-line equipment. ANSWER a. REFERENCE LOA-WT-101, "Loss of TBCCW" 295018 2.4.11 - Knowledge of abnormal condition procedures.
: b.     SWAP TBCCW heat exchangers.
: c.     Commence a Unit 1 SHUTDOWN.
: d.     Secure TBCCW flow through off-line equipment.
ANSWER a.
REFERENCE LOA-WT-101, "Loss of TBCCW" 295018 2.4.11 - Knowledge of abnormal condition procedures.
HIGHER NEW Explanation:
HIGHER NEW Explanation:
The TBCCW low pressure alarm comes in at 50 psig, and LOA-WT-101, "Loss of TBCCW" requires the stand-by pump to be started if TBCCW pressure is below 57 psig. The standby TBCCW pump is OOS and can not be started so the next applicable step is to scram the reactor RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS per LGP-3-2.
The TBCCW low pressure alarm comes in at 50 psig, and LOA-WT-101, "Loss of TBCCW" requires the stand-by pump to be started if TBCCW pressure is below 57 psig. The standby TBCCW pump is OOS and can not be started so the next applicable step is to scram the reactor


RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS per LGP-3-2.
Swapping heat exchanges is an action in LOA-WT-101 if TBCCW pressure is above 57 psig, but low.
Swapping heat exchanges is an action in LOA-WT-101 if TBCCW pressure is above 57 psig, but low.
Commencing a Unit Shutdown and securing off-line loads are plausible, but incorrect.
Commencing a Unit Shutdown and securing off-line loads are plausible, but incorrect.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 059


Unit 1 is starting up from a refueling outage.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        059 Unit 1 is starting up from a refueling outage.
* RPV Water Level is 36" on narrow range
* RPV Water Level is 36 on narrow range
* MDRFP is on-line, in manual, with feedwater header flow at 3.8 MLB/HR.
* MDRFP is on-line, in manual, with feedwater header flow at 3.8 MLB/HR.
* Reactor power is 15% and steady
* Reactor power is 15% and steady
* Pressure is being controlled with Turbine Bypass Valves.
* Pressure is being controlled with Turbine Bypass Valves.
* Steam flow is as indicated. (Note: Low er portion of band is displayed for clarity)
* Steam flow is as indicated. (Note: Lower portion of band is displayed for clarity)
C D A B Based on the information provided, which of the following annunciators will alarm first if no operator action is taken regarding the operation of the MDRFP?  
C           D         A           B Based on the information provided, which of the following annunciators will alarm first if no operator action is taken regarding the operation of the MDRFP?
: a. 1H13-P603 A512, RWLCS FAILURE  
: a.       1H13-P603 A512, RWLCS FAILURE
: b. 1H13-P603 A110, RX VESSEL PRESS HI  
: b.       1H13-P603 A110, RX VESSEL PRESS HI
: c. 1H13-P603 A309, FW CONTROL RX VESSEL LVL 7 HI  
: c.       1H13-P603 A309, FW CONTROL RX VESSEL LVL 7 HI
: d. 1H13-P603 A409, FW CONTROL RX VESSEL LO LVL 4 ANSWER c. REFERENCE LOA-FW-101 Reactor Level / Feedwater Pump Control Trouble 295008K1.03 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to HIGH REACTOR WATER LEVEL : Feed flow/steam flow mismatch HIGHER NEW EXPLANATION Correct Answer C: 1H13-P603 A309, FW CONTROL RX VESSEL LVL 7 HI Explanation: Feedwater flow is greater than steam flow. Level will increase, causing a level 7  
: d.       1H13-P603 A409, FW CONTROL RX VESSEL LO LVL 4 ANSWER c.
REFERENCE LOA-FW-101 Reactor Level / Feedwater Pump Control Trouble 295008K1.03 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to HIGH REACTOR WATER LEVEL : Feed flow/steam flow mismatch HIGHER NEW EXPLANATION Correct Answer C: 1H13-P603 A309, FW CONTROL RX VESSEL LVL 7 HI Explanation: Feedwater flow is greater than steam flow. Level will increase, causing a level 7 alarm.
Distracter A 1H13-P603 A512, RWLCS FAILURE


alarm.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS Reason Distracter A is incorrect: RWLC will not be affected by a slow increase in RPV level before the LVL 7 alarm is received.
Distracter A  1H13-P603 A512, RWLCS FAILURE RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS Reason Distracter A is incorrect: RWLC will not be affected by a slow increase in RPV level before the LVL 7 alarm is received. Distracter B 1H13-P603 A110, RX VESSEL PRESS HI Reason Distracter B is incorrect: RPV pressure will not change due the steam flow/feewater flow mismatch. Distracter D: 1H13-P603 A409, FW CONTROL RX VESSEL LO LVL 4 Reason Distracter D is incorrect: RPV level will rise, not go down.
Distracter B 1H13-P603 A110, RX VESSEL PRESS HI Reason Distracter B is incorrect: RPV pressure will not change due the steam flow/feewater flow mismatch.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 060
Distracter D: 1H13-P603 A409, FW CONTROL RX VESSEL LO LVL 4 Reason Distracter D is incorrect: RPV level will rise, not go down.


Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION      060 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.
* 1A CRD pump is in the process of being returned to service
* 1A CRD pump is in the process of being returned to service
* At 06:55, 1B CRD pump trips
* At 06:55, 1B CRD pump trips
* At 06:57 1H13-P601-A503; CRD HYD ACCUM TROUBLE alarms due to HCU 30-31 low accumulator pressure
* At 06:57 1H13-P601-A503; CRD HYD ACCUM TROUBLE alarms due to HCU 30-31 low accumulator pressure
* At 07:00 CRD charging water pressure drops below 940 psig
* At 07:00 CRD charging water pressure drops below 940 psig
* At 07:03 1H13-P601-A503; CRD HYD ACCUM TROUBLE alarms due to HCU 46-07 low accumulator pressure  
* At 07:03 1H13-P601-A503; CRD HYD ACCUM TROUBLE alarms due to HCU 46-07 low accumulator pressure Which of the following identifies 1) the action required to be taken for the given conditions, and
: 2) the predicted response of control rods 30-31 and 46-07 if a scram signal is inserted?
: a. 1)      An immediate scram is required.
: 2)      Control rods 30-31 and 46-07 will be fully inserted from the driving force created primarily by reactor water pressure.
: b. 1)      An immediate scram is required.
: 2)      Control rods 30-31 and 46-07 will be fully inserted from the driving force created primarily by HCU accumulator water pressure.
: c. 1)      A scram is required if CRD charging water pressure remains below 940 psig until 07:20.
: 2)      Control rods 30-31 and 46-07 will be fully inserted from the driving force created primarily by reactor water pressure.
: d. 1)      A scram is required if CRD charging water pressure remains below 940 psig until 07:20.
: 2)      Control rods 30-31 and 46-07 will be fully inserted from the driving force created primarily by HCU accumulator water pressure.
ANSWER c.
REFERENCE System Description 24, CRD Mechanical, pages 6, 20, 23, 33 and 34.
System Description 24, CRD Mechanical, Figures 24-7 and 24-12.
LOR-1H13-P603-A204; CRD CHARGING WTR PRESS LO LOR-1H13-P603-A503; CRD HYD ACCUM TROUBLE 295022 K2.07 - Knowledge of the interrelations between LOSS OF CRD PUMPS and the following: Reactor pressure (SCRAM assist): Plant-Specific HIGHER NEW Explanation:
Per LOR-1H13-P603-A204; CRD CHARGING WTR PRESS LO, a reactor scram is required for the given situation, specifically:
Reactor Mode Switch in Run Reactor Pressure is > 900 psig.
CRD charging water pressure is <940 psig for >20 minutes Two or more Withdrawn Control Rods' Accumulators have a Low Pressure alarms present.


Which of the following identifies 1) the action required to be taken for the given conditions, and 2) the predicted response of control rods 30-31 and 46-07 if a scram signal is inserted?
: a. 1) An immediate scram is required. 2) Control rods 30-31 and 46-07 will be fully inserted from the driving force created primarily by reactor water pressure.
: b. 1) An immediate scram is required. 2) Control rods 30-31 and 46-07 will be fully inserted from the driving force created primarily by HCU accumulator water pressure.
: c. 1) A scram is required if CRD charging water pressure remains below 940 psig until 07:20. 2) Control rods 30-31 and 46-07 will be fully inserted from the driving force created primarily by reactor water pressure.
: d. 1) A scram is required if CRD charging water pressure remains below 940 psig until 07:20. 2) Control rods 30-31 and 46-07 will be fully inserted from the driving force created primarily by HCU accumulator water pressure. ANSWER c. REFERENCE System Description 24, CRD Mechanical, pages 6, 20, 23, 33 and 34. System Description 24, CRD Mechanical, Figures 24-7 and 24-12.
LOR-1H13-P603-A204; CRD CHARGING WTR PRESS LO LOR-1H13-P603-A503; CRD HYD ACCUM TROUBLE 295022 K2.07 - Knowledge of the interrelations between LOSS OF CRD PUMPS and the following: Reactor pressure (SCRAM assist):  Plant-Specific HIGHER NEW Explanation:
Per LOR-1H13-P603-A204; CRD CHARGING WTR PRESS LO,  a reactor scram is required for the given situation, specifically: Reactor Mode Switch in Run Reactor Pressure is > 900 psig.
CRD charging water pressure is <940 psig for >20 minutes Two or more Withdrawn Control Rods' Accumulators have a Low Pressure alarms present.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS From System Description 24, CRD Mechanical, page 24, "Basically, if reactor water pressure is greater than accumulator water pressure, then reactor water will develop the driving force to scram the rod."
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS From System Description 24, CRD Mechanical, page 24, "Basically, if reactor water pressure is greater than accumulator water pressure, then reactor water will develop the driving force to scram the rod."
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 061


What is the reason for the following note provided in LGA-001, RPV Control?
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION          061 What is the reason for the following note provided in LGA-001, RPV Control?
* It is okay to delay depressurization in order to restore systems, such as to reopen the MSIVs and restore the Main Condenser (except in SBO).  
* It is okay to delay depressurization in order to restore systems, such as to reopen the MSIVs and restore the Main Condenser (except in SBO).
: a. To limit heat addition to the primary containment.  
: a.       To limit heat addition to the primary containment.
: b. To improve pressure control during cooldown by using BPVs.  
: b.       To improve pressure control during cooldown by using BPVs.
: c. To eliminate the need to make up for reactor inventory discharged to the suppression pool.  
: c.       To eliminate the need to make up for reactor inventory discharged to the suppression pool.
: d. To prevent the need to lower suppression pool water level to remain within Tech Spec limits. ANSWER a. REFERENCE LGA-001, RPV Control Lesson Plan, page 16.
: d.       To prevent the need to lower suppression pool water level to remain within Tech Spec limits.
295013K3.02 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH SUPPRESSION POOL TEMPERATURE : Limiting heat additions FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation: The LGA-001, RPV Control lesson plan includes an instructor note explaining the LGA-001 note referenced in the stem and states, "This is to remind operators that SBO is the exception. Big picture, this keeps max heat in vessel & least in the PC until can move heat from PC. Generally this is better to do, esp. if accident gets worse.
ANSWER a.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 062
REFERENCE LGA-001, RPV Control Lesson Plan, page 16.
295013K3.02 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH SUPPRESSION POOL TEMPERATURE : Limiting heat additions FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
The LGA-001, RPV Control lesson plan includes an instructor note explaining the LGA-001 note referenced in the stem and states, "This is to remind operators that SBO is the exception. Big picture, this keeps max heat in vessel & least in the PC until can move heat from PC. Generally this is better to do, esp. if accident gets worse.


Unit 2 just scrammed from rated conditions.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        062 Unit 2 just scrammed from rated conditions.
* Two control rods are NOT indicating "00" on the RCMS displays.  
* Two control rods are NOT indicating "00" on the RCMS displays.
Which of the following identifies a means for determining if the control rods NOT indicating "00" have inserted to at least position "01"?
: a.      Check the "Maintenance Display" at the AEER RCMS Panel 2H13-P659.
: b.      Obtain and review a "Detailed Scram Time Report" using the Operable Demandable feature of the PPC.
: c.      Utilize the Rod Control Management System On Demand Function for "RCMS Alarms and Messages".
: d.      Right click the SPDS "Reactor Power Bar" and check rod position inputs for the two control rods NOT indicating "00" on the RCMS display.
ANSWER b.
REFERENCE LTS-1100-4, Attachment N "Instructions for Obtaining a Detailed Scram Time Report from PPC" 295015A1.08 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to INCOMPLETE SCRAM : Process computer/SPDS/ERIS/CRIDS/GDS: Plant-Specific FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
LTS-1100-4, Attachment N "Instructions for Obtaining a Detailed Scram Time Report from PPC" provides directions for checking scram times to determine if control rods have inserted to at least "01" using the PPC on demand function for "Detailed Scram Time Report".
The other distracters are plausible, but incorrect.


Which of the following identifies a means for determining if the control rods NOT indicating "00" have inserted to at least position "01"?
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION         063 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.
: a. Check the "Maintenance Display" at the AEER RCMS Panel 2H13-P659.
* Annunciator 1H13-P601-C408; LPCS/RCIC PMP CUBICLE TEMP HI has just alarmed.
: b. Obtain and review a "Detailed Scram Time Report" using the Operable Demandable feature of the PPC.
Which indicator must be referenced to verify the alarm setpoint has been reached?
: c. Utilize the Rod Control Management System On Demand Function for "RCMS Alarms and Messages".
: a.       1TI-VY021, "LPCS VENT TEMPS - DUCT" located on the 1H13-P601 panel.
: d. Right click the SPDS "Reactor Power Bar" and check rod position inputs for the two control rods NOT indicating "00" on the RCMS display. ANSWER
: b.       1TI-VY022, "LPCS VENT TEMPS - AREA" located on the 1H13-P601 panel.
: b.
: c.       1E31-R001C, "DIV 1 LD-RCIC/MSL TEMP RCDR", located on the 1H13-P632 Backpanel (ONLY).
REFERENCE LTS-1100-4, Attachment N "Instructions for Obtaining a Detailed Scram Time Report from PPC" 295015A1.08 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to INCOMPLETE SCRAM : Process computer/SPDS/ERIS/CRIDS/GDS:  Plant-Specific FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation: 
: d.       1E31-R001C, "DIV 1 LD-RCIC/MSL TEMP RCDR" or 1E31-R002C, "DIV 2 LD-RCIC/MSL TEMP RCDR" located on the 1H13-P632/642 Backpanel.
 
ANSWER b.
LTS-1100-4, Attachment N "Instructions for Obta ining a Detailed Scram Time Report from PPC" provides directions for checking scram times to determine if control rods have inserted to at least "01" using the PPC on demand function for "Detailed Scram Time Report". The other distracters are plausible, but incorrect.
REFERENCE 1H13-P601-C408; LPCS/RCIC PMP CUBICLE TEMP HI 295032A2.01 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREA TEMPERATURE : Area temperature FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 063  
1H13-P601-C408; LPCS/RCIC PMP CUBICLE TEMP HI directs to "Check LPCS/RCIC Pump Cubicle Temperature on panel 1H13-P601. 1TI-VY022, "LPCS VENT TEMPS - AREA" is the indicator that is intended to be checked.
 
Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.
* Annunciator 1H13-P601-C408; LPCS/RCIC PMP CUBICLE TEMP HI has just alarmed.  
 
Which indicator must be referenced to verify the alarm setpoint has been reached?  
: a. 1TI-VY021, "LPCS VENT TEMPS - DUCT" located on the 1H13-P601 panel.  
: b. 1TI-VY022, "LPCS VENT TEMPS - AREA" located on the 1H13-P601 panel.  
: c. 1E31-R001C, "DIV 1 LD-RCIC/MSL TEMP RCDR", located on the 1H13-P632 Backpanel (ONLY).  
: d. 1E31-R001C, "DIV 1 LD-RCIC/MSL TEMP RCDR" or 1E31-R002C, "DIV 2 LD-RCIC/MSL TEMP RCDR" located on the 1H13-P632/642 Backpanel. ANSWER b. REFERENCE 1H13-P601-C408; LPCS/RCIC PMP CUBICLE TEMP HI 295032A2.01 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREA TEMPERATURE : Area temperature FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation: 1H13-P601-C408; LPCS/RCIC PMP CUBICLE TEMP HI directs to "Check LPCS/RCIC Pump Cubicle Temperature on panel 1H13-P601. 1TI-VY022, "LPCS VENT TEMPS - AREA" is the indicator that is intended to be checked.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 064


Unit 1 is in an accident condition.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        064 Unit 1 is in an accident condition.
* The Unit 2 SBGT system is OOS.
* The Unit 2 SBGT system is OOS.
* The Unit 1 SBGT system auto-initiated in response to the event.
* The Unit 1 SBGT system auto-initiated in response to the event.
Line 956: Line 1,000:
* 1VG001; U1 SBGT INLET ISOL VLV closed indication is EXTINGUISHED and open indication is LIT.
* 1VG001; U1 SBGT INLET ISOL VLV closed indication is EXTINGUISHED and open indication is LIT.
* 1VG002Y; U1 SBGT FLOW CONT VLV closed indication is EXTINGUISHED and open indication is LIT.
* 1VG002Y; U1 SBGT FLOW CONT VLV closed indication is EXTINGUISHED and open indication is LIT.
* U1 SBGT ELEC HEATING COIL 1VG01A off indication is LIT.  
* U1 SBGT ELEC HEATING COIL 1VG01A off indication is LIT.
 
Based on the above conditions, which of the following identifies:
Based on the above conditions, which of the following identifies:  
: 1) the panel location(s) the NSO can go to in order to determine if SBGT flow is Hi or Lo, and
: 1) the panel location(s) the NSO can go to in order to determine if SBGT flow is Hi or Lo, and
: 2) the action required to be taken first with the SBGT system?
: 2) the action required to be taken first with the SBGT system?  
: a.     1) 1PM07J - STANDBY GAS TREATMENT (ONLY)
: a. 1) 1PM07J - STANDBY GAS TREATMENT (ONLY) 2) PLACE the 1VG003, DSCH ISOL VLV control switch in the OPEN position.
: 2) PLACE the 1VG003, DSCH ISOL VLV control switch in the OPEN position.
: b. 1) 1PM07J - STANDBY GAS TREATMENT (ONLY) 2) VERIFY 1VG002Y; U1 SBGT FLOW CONT VLV is modulating to control flow.  
: b.     1) 1PM07J - STANDBY GAS TREATMENT (ONLY)
: c. 1) 1PM06J - HVAC CONTROL and 1PM07J - STANDBY GAS TREATMENT 2) PLACE the 1VG003, DSCH ISOL VLV control switch in the OPEN position.  
: 2) VERIFY 1VG002Y; U1 SBGT FLOW CONT VLV is modulating to control flow.
: d. 1) 1PM06J - HVAC CONTROL and 1PM07J - STANDBY GAS TREATMENT 2) VERIFY 1VG002Y; U1 SBGT FLOW CONT VLV is modulating to control flow. ANSWER a. REFERENCE LOR 1PM07J; SBGT PRI FAN FLOW HI/LO System Description 095, SBGT, page 8, 12, and 17. 295035 2.4.50 - Emergency Procedures / Plan: Ability to verify system alarm setpoints and operate controls identified in the alarm response manual.
: c.     1) 1PM06J - HVAC CONTROL and 1PM07J - STANDBY GAS TREATMENT
HIGHER NEW Explanation: SBGT flow indication is indicated on the 1PM07J panel, and the given light indications present a situation where the position of the 1VG003 should be able to be verified open, however the position is unknown and could be either due to a burned out bulb or a tripped breaker.
: 2) PLACE the 1VG003, DSCH ISOL VLV control switch in the OPEN position.
In this case the correct action is to make sure that 1VG003 has gone open by placing the associated control switch in the open position (if auto action fails, take manual action).  
: d.     1) 1PM06J - HVAC CONTROL and 1PM07J - STANDBY GAS TREATMENT
: 2) VERIFY 1VG002Y; U1 SBGT FLOW CONT VLV is modulating to control flow.
ANSWER a.
REFERENCE LOR 1PM07J; SBGT PRI FAN FLOW HI/LO System Description 095, SBGT, page 8, 12, and 17.
295035 2.4.50 - Emergency Procedures / Plan: Ability to verify system alarm setpoints and operate controls identified in the alarm response manual.
HIGHER NEW Explanation:
SBGT flow indication is indicated on the 1PM07J panel, and the given light indications present a situation where the position of the 1VG003 should be able to be verified open, however the position is unknown and could be either due to a burned out bulb or a tripped breaker.
In this case the correct action is to make sure that 1VG003 has gone open by placing the associated control switch in the open position (if auto action fails, take manual action).
1VG002Y; U1 SBGT FLOW CONT VLV is full open and correctly responding to system low flow. Normally the valve would modulate to control system flow, however when it sees low output flow it will continue to open with the intent to achieve required system flow.


1VG002Y; U1 SBGT FLOW CONT VLV is full open and correctly responding to system low flow. Normally the valve would modulate to control system flow, however when it sees low output flow it will continue to open with the intent to achieve required system flow.  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS The other distracters are plausible but incorrect. The Station Vent Stack flow recorder is located on the 1PM06J panel and is a credible distracter if the examinee does not recall the SBGT Vent Stack flow is monitored separate from the Station Vent Stack flow.


RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS The other distracters are plausible but incorrect. The Station Vent Stack flow recorder is located on the 1PM06J panel and is a credible distracter if the examinee does not recall the SBGT Vent
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION       065 Unit 1 is in a Refueling Outage.
 
Stack flow is monitored separate from the Station Vent Stack flow.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 065  
 
Unit 1 is in a Refueling Outage.
* HPCS is running for a post-maintenance test.
* HPCS is running for a post-maintenance test.
* LPCS is being drained for a pump inspection.
* LPCS is being drained for a pump inspection.
* A RHR is running in the SDC mode of operation.
* A RHR is running in the SDC mode of operation.
* C RHR pump discharge valve repair is in progress.
* C RHR pump discharge valve repair is in progress.
* Annunciator 1PM13J-B304; RB SE-SW EQUIP DRN SUMP TROUBLE is LIT.
* Annunciator 1PM13J-B304; RB SE-SW EQUIP DRN SUMP TROUBLE is LIT.
o R1438 RB SE DRN SUMP TROUBLE is indicated on the SER display.
o R1438 RB SE DRN SUMP TROUBLE is indicated on the SER display.
* Annunciator 1PM13J-402; RB SOUTH FLOOR DRN SUMP TROUBLE just LIT.
* Annunciator 1PM13J-402; RB SOUTH FLOOR DRN SUMP TROUBLE just LIT.
o R1437 RB S FLR DRN SUMP TROUBLE is indicated on the SER display.  
o R1437 RB S FLR DRN SUMP TROUBLE is indicated on the SER display.
 
Which of the following systems should be checked FIRST to determine the cause of the listed alarms?
Which of the following systems should be checked FIRST to determine the cause of the listed  
: a.     A RHR
 
: b.     C RHR
alarms?  
: c.     HPCS
: a. A RHR b. C RHR c. HPCS d. LPCS ANSWER  
: d.     LPCS ANSWER c.
: c.
REFERENCE LOP-RE-01T, "Reactor Building Equipment Drain Sumps" M-11, General Arrangement (Excerpt provided)
REFERENCE LOP-RE-01T, "Reactor Building Equipment Drain Sumps" M-11, General Arrangement (Excerpt provided) M-INDEX, Sheet 3, General Arrangement (Excerpt provided) 295036A2.03 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SECONDARY CONTAINMENT HIGH SUMP/AREA WATER LEVEL : Cause of the high water level HIGHER NEW Explanation: The SE Sump is located at 673' A-8.9 to 10, in the B/C RHR Pump Room, and pumps to the South Main Floor Drain Sump (1RF02).  
M-INDEX, Sheet 3, General Arrangement (Excerpt provided) 295036A2.03 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SECONDARY CONTAINMENT HIGH SUMP/AREA WATER LEVEL : Cause of the high water level HIGHER NEW Explanation:
 
The SE Sump is located at 673' A-8.9 to 10, in the B/C RHR Pump Room, and pumps to the South Main Floor Drain Sump (1RF02).
The areas listed in the distracters do not provide input to the SE or South Sumps. The other areas do not drain to the SE Sump or the South Main Floor Drain Sump RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 066
The areas listed in the distracters do not provide input to the SE or South Sumps.
 
The other areas do not drain to the SE Sump or the South Main Floor Drain Sump
Unit 1 is shutdown for a refueling outage.
 
Reactor Engineering verfied the Unit 1 reactor was subcritical at 00:05 on 2/23/2010.


Which of the following identifies the earliest time and date that core alterations can begin?  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION      066 Unit 1 is shutdown for a refueling outage.
: a. 08:05, 2/23/2010  
Reactor Engineering verfied the Unit 1 reactor was subcritical at 00:05 on 2/23/2010.
: b. 12:05, 2/23/2010  
Which of the following identifies the earliest time and date that core alterations can begin?
: c. 00:05, 2/24/2010  
: a. 08:05, 2/23/2010
: d. 12:05, 2/24/2010 ANSWER  
: b. 12:05, 2/23/2010
: c.
: c. 00:05, 2/24/2010
: d. 12:05, 2/24/2010 ANSWER c.
REFERENCE LFS-100-4, "Core Alterations and Control Blade Maintenance Move Shiftly Surviellances", step E.2.1.
REFERENCE LFS-100-4, "Core Alterations and Control Blade Maintenance Move Shiftly Surviellances", step E.2.1.
TRM 3.9.a Decay Time 2.1.36, Knowledge of procedures and limitations involved in core alterations.
TRM 3.9.a Decay Time 2.1.36, Knowledge of procedures and limitations involved in core alterations.
HIGHER NEW Explanation: Per "LFS-100-4, Core Alterations and Control Blade Maintenance Move Shiftly Surviellances" step E.2.1, Obtain verification from Reactor Engineering on Attachment D that the reactor has been subcritical for 24 hours, 24 hours after 00:05, 2/23/2010.  
HIGHER NEW Explanation:
Per "LFS-100-4, Core Alterations and Control Blade Maintenance Move Shiftly Surviellances" step E.2.1, Obtain verification from Reactor Engineering on Attachment D that the reactor has been subcritical for 24 hours, 24 hours after 00:05, 2/23/2010.
The other distracters are plausible but incorrect.


The other distracters are plausible but incorrect.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION         067 Which of the following describes the proper method for administratively controlling the key for the Reactor Mode Switch when it is required to be LOCKED?
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 067 Which of the following describes the proper method for administratively controlling the key for the Reactor Mode Switch when it is required to be LOCKED?
Place Reactor Mode Switch in the required position, and then ....
Place Reactor Mode Switch in the required position, and then ....
: a. place the key to the lock position, do NOT remove the key from the mode switch.
: a.       place the key to the lock position, do NOT remove the key from the mode switch.
: b. remove the key from the Reactor Mode Switch and place in the key locker at the  
: b.       remove the key from the Reactor Mode Switch and place in the key locker at the Center Desk area.
 
: c.       remove the key from the Reactor Mode Switch and place in the key locker in the Shift Manager's Office.
Center Desk area.
: d.       remove the key from the Reactor Mode Switch and locate the key at the Reactor Mode Switch, but NOT in the lock.
: c. remove the key from the Reactor Mode Switch and place in the key locker in the Shift Manager's Office.
ANSWER d.
: d. remove the key from the Reactor Mode Switch and locate the key at the Reactor Mode Switch, but NOT in the lock.
REFERENCE LOP-AA-03, "Reactor Mode Changes", step D.20.2.
ANSWER  
2.1.32, Ability to explain and apply all system limits and precautions FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
: d. REFERENCE LOP-AA-03, "Reactor Mode Changes", step D.20.2.
per LOP-AA-03, Limitation D.20.2, "The Reactor Mode Switch Key shall be located at the switch but NOT in the lock when Reactor Mode Switch is required to be LOCKED.
2.1.32, Ability to explain and apply all system limits and precautions FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation: per LOP-AA-03, Limitation D.20.2, "The Reactor Mode Switch Key shall be located at the switch but NOT in the lock when Reactor Mode Switch is required to be LOCKED.  
 
The other distracters are plausible but incorrect.
The other distracters are plausible but incorrect.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 068


Units 1 and 2 are operating at rated conditions.  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        068 Units 1 and 2 are operating at rated conditions.
 
Which of the following would require entry into a Technical Specification LCO?
Which of the following would require entry into a Technical Specification LCO?  
: a.       DWFDs FIll-Up Rate 1.9 gpm.
: a. DWFDs FIll-Up Rate 1.9 gpm.  
: b.       Primary Containment Oxygen concentration 4.5%.
: b. Primary Containment Oxygen concentration 4.5%.  
: c.       Average Circulating Water inlet temperature 100.25&deg;F.
: c. Average Circulating Water inlet temperature 100.25&deg;F.  
: d.       Hydrogen concentration in the Main Condenser Offgas Treatment System 3.8%
: d. Hydrogen concentration in the Main Condenser Offgas Treatment System 3.8% by volume. ANSWER  
by volume.
: b.
ANSWER b.
REFERENCE LCO 3.6.3.2 LCO 3.4.5 SR 3.7.3.1 TRM 3.7.e 2.2.42, Ability to recognize system parameters that are entry-level conditions for Technical Specifications.
REFERENCE LCO 3.6.3.2 LCO 3.4.5 SR 3.7.3.1 TRM 3.7.e 2.2.42, Ability to recognize system parameters that are entry-level conditions for Technical Specifications.
FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
Per LCO 3.6.3.2 Oxygen concentration must be less than 4%.
Per LCO 3.6.3.2 Oxygen concentration must be less than 4%.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 069


What will be the final positions of valves 1XX-001 and 1XX-002 if DC power is lost to the pilot solenoids?  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        069 What will be the final positions of valves 1XX-001 and 1XX-002 if DC power is lost to the pilot solenoids?
 
IA                IA S                  S 1XX-001            1XX-002
S S1XX-0011XX-002 IA IAa. 1XX-001; OPEN 1XX-002; OPEN  
: a.       1XX-001; OPEN 1XX-002; OPEN
: b. 1XX-001; OPEN 1XX-002; CLOSED  
: b.       1XX-001; OPEN 1XX-002; CLOSED
: c. 1XX-001; CLOSED 1XX-002; OPEN  
: c.       1XX-001; CLOSED 1XX-002; OPEN
: d. 1XX-001; CLOSED 1XX-002; CLOSED ANSWER d. REFERENCE P&ID M-101, Sh. 1, RCIC M-54, Sh. 2 and enlargement 2.2.15 Ability to determine the expected plant configuration using design and configuration control documentation, such as drawings, line-ups, tag-outs, etc. HIGHER NEW Explanation:
: d.       1XX-001; CLOSED 1XX-002; CLOSED ANSWER d.
REFERENCE P&ID M-101, Sh. 1, RCIC M-54, Sh. 2 and enlargement 2.2.15 Ability to determine the expected plant configuration using design and configuration control documentation, such as drawings, line-ups, tag-outs, etc.
HIGHER NEW Explanation:
The diagram shown is actually the arrangement for the RCIC drain valves 1E51-F004 and F005.
The diagram shown is actually the arrangement for the RCIC drain valves 1E51-F004 and F005.
With DC power removed, 1XX-002 will have the IA supply shut off, causing the valve to fail closed and 1XX-001 will not be able to reposition the pilot valve and will remain closed.
With DC power removed, 1XX-002 will have the IA supply shut off, causing the valve to fail closed and 1XX-001 will not be able to reposition the pilot valve and will remain closed.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 070
Unit-1 is operating at 50% power when the 1C Inboard MSIV goes CLOSED. After the plant stabilizes, reactor power is 50% and reactor pressure has increased slightly.
How do the MSL Radiation Monitor indications compare to those before the 1C MSIV closed?


Compared to the readings before the 1C MSIV closed, ...
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        070 Unit-1 is operating at 50% power when the 1C Inboard MSIV goes CLOSED. After the plant stabilizes, reactor power is 50% and reactor pressure has increased slightly.
: a. all four MSL Radiation Monitors indicate approximately the same.  
How do the MSL Radiation Monitor indications compare to those before the 1C MSIV closed?
: b. 1C MSL Radiation Monitor indicates lower, the other monitors indicate higher.  
Compared to the readings before the 1C MSIV closed, ...
: c. 1C MSL Radiation Monitor indicates lower, the other monitors indicate approximately the same.  
: a.     all four MSL Radiation Monitors indicate approximately the same.
: d. 1C AND 1D MSL Radiation Monitors indicate lower, the other monitors indicate approximately the same. ANSWER  
: b.     1C MSL Radiation Monitor indicates lower, the other monitors indicate higher.
: a.
: c.     1C MSL Radiation Monitor indicates lower, the other monitors indicate approximately the same.
: d.     1C AND 1D MSL Radiation Monitors indicate lower, the other monitors indicate approximately the same.
ANSWER a.
REFERENCE System Description 52, Process Rad Monitors, page 8.
REFERENCE System Description 52, Process Rad Monitors, page 8.
2.3.15, Knowledge of radiation monitoring systems, such as fixed radiation monitors and alarms, portable survey instruments, personnel monitoring equipment, etc. HIGHER BANK Explanation: Per System Description 52, Process Rad Moni tors, "The main steam line log radiation monitor detects any gross release of fission products from the fuel. It provides control room indication of the gross gamma radiation level in the main steam tunnel. The four detectors are gamma sensitive ion chambers with a range of 1 to 10 6 mR/hr. They are downstream of the outboard Main Steam Isolation Valves (MSIVs), in the space between the Primary Containment and Secondary Containment walls. The geometric arrangement of the detectors allow detection of significant increases in radiation level with any number of main steam lines in operation. The location of the detectors allow for the earliest practical detection of a gross fuel failure." The other distracters are plausible but incorrect as they identify responses that could be expected if the examinee does not understand the configuration of the MSL rad monitors in relation to the MSLs.
2.3.15, Knowledge of radiation monitoring systems, such as fixed radiation monitors and alarms, portable survey instruments, personnel monitoring equipment, etc.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 071
HIGHER BANK Explanation:
Per System Description 52, Process Rad Monitors, "The main steam line log radiation monitor detects any gross release of fission products from the fuel. It provides control room indication of the gross gamma radiation level in the main steam tunnel.
The four detectors are gamma sensitive ion chambers with a range of 1 to 106 mR/hr.
They are downstream of the outboard Main Steam Isolation Valves (MSIVs), in the space between the Primary Containment and Secondary Containment walls. The geometric arrangement of the detectors allow detection of significant increases in radiation level with any number of main steam lines in operation. The location of the detectors allow for the earliest practical detection of a gross fuel failure."
The other distracters are plausible but incorrect as they identify responses that could be expected if the examinee does not understand the configuration of the MSL rad monitors in relation to the MSLs.


Unit 1 has scrammed from rated conditions.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION      071 Unit 1 has scrammed from rated conditions.
* 5 Control rods failed to fully insert.
* 5 Control rods failed to fully insert.
* Reactor power is less than 3%.
* Reactor power is less than 3%.
* You are assigned to perform in-plant actions to insert the 5 control rods using the SRI Test Switches
* You are assigned to perform in-plant actions to insert the 5 control rods using the SRI Test Switches
* Your current annual exposure is 0 mrem.
* Your current annual exposure is 0 mrem.
What is the maximum TEDE exposure you are allowed to receive for the given task, without obtaining any extensions, in accordance with the guidance of RP-AA-203, "Exposure Control and Authorization"?  
What is the maximum TEDE exposure you are allowed to receive for the given task, without obtaining any extensions, in accordance with the guidance of RP-AA-203, "Exposure Control and Authorization"?
: a. 2 rem b. 5 rem c. 25 rem  
: a. 2 rem
: b. 5 rem
: c. 25 rem
: d. 40 rem ANSWER a.
: d. 40 rem ANSWER a.
REFERENCE RP-AA-203, "Exposure Control and Authorization" pages 3 and 4.
REFERENCE RP-AA-203, "Exposure Control and Authorization" pages 3 and 4.
Line 1,073: Line 1,120:
Per RP-AA-203, "Exposure Control and Authorization" step 4.1.2, "Administrative dose control levels (ADCL) have been established for Total Dose Equivalent Limits as follows: 2000 mrem routine cumulative TEDE/yr., however step 4.2.8 allows the ADCL to be raised to 5000 mrem with written approval from the Site Vice President.
Per RP-AA-203, "Exposure Control and Authorization" step 4.1.2, "Administrative dose control levels (ADCL) have been established for Total Dose Equivalent Limits as follows: 2000 mrem routine cumulative TEDE/yr., however step 4.2.8 allows the ADCL to be raised to 5000 mrem with written approval from the Site Vice President.
The conditions in the stem require the examinee to determine that the task being assigned is NOT an emergency condition, no extension is being pursued so the 2 rem limit applies.
The conditions in the stem require the examinee to determine that the task being assigned is NOT an emergency condition, no extension is being pursued so the 2 rem limit applies.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 072


Unit 2 is in an ATWS condition.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        072 Unit 2 is in an ATWS condition.
* RPV water level dropped to -140" and is currently being controlled at -100".
* RPV water level dropped to -140" and is currently being controlled at -100".
* Drywell pressure is 1.5 psig.
* Drywell pressure is 1.5 psig.
* You are an extra NSO and have been assigned to perform all the applicable actions of "Hardcard - Unit 1 Using Main Condenser as Heat Sink in ATWS", including any actions needed to be performed outside of the main control room.
* You are an extra NSO and have been assigned to perform all the applicable actions of "Hardcard - Unit 1 Using Main Condenser as Heat Sink in ATWS", including any actions needed to be performed outside of the main control room.
Which of the following identifies actions, if any, needing to be performed outside of the main control room for the given conditions?  
Which of the following identifies actions, if any, needing to be performed outside of the main control room for the given conditions?
: a. No actions are required to be performed outside of the main control room.  
: a.     No actions are required to be performed outside of the main control room.
: b. Bypass isolation logic for the 1IN017; DW PNEUMATICS 100lb HDR ISOL. to restore pneumatic supply to the Drywell (ONLY).  
: b.     Bypass isolation logic for the 1IN017; DW PNEUMATICS 100lb HDR ISOL. to restore pneumatic supply to the Drywell (ONLY).
: c. Bypass isolation logic for the 1N62-F057; OFF GAS DISCHARGE TO STACK to maintain condenser vacuum (ONLY).  
: c.     Bypass isolation logic for the 1N62-F057; OFF GAS DISCHARGE TO STACK to maintain condenser vacuum (ONLY).
: d. Bypass isolation logic for BOTH the 1IN017; DW PNEUMATICS 100lb HDR ISOL to restore pneumatic supply to the Drywell and 1N62-F057; OFF GAS DISCHARGE TO STACK to maintain condenser vacuum. ANSWER  
: d.     Bypass isolation logic for BOTH the 1IN017; DW PNEUMATICS 100lb HDR ISOL to restore pneumatic supply to the Drywell and 1N62-F057; OFF GAS DISCHARGE TO STACK to maintain condenser vacuum.
: b.
ANSWER b.
REFERENCE LGA-MS-01, "Hardcard - Unit 1 Using Main Condenser as Heat Sink in ATWS" 2.4.34, Knowledge of RO tasks performed outside the main control room during an emergency and the resultant operational effects. HIGHER NEW Explanation: When RPV water level dropped to -140", IN to the drywell isolated and the isolation signals for the 1IN017 need to be bypassed.
REFERENCE LGA-MS-01, "Hardcard - Unit 1 Using Main Condenser as Heat Sink in ATWS" 2.4.34, Knowledge of RO tasks performed outside the main control room during an emergency and the resultant operational effects.
HIGHER NEW Explanation:
When RPV water level dropped to -140", IN to the drywell isolated and the isolation signals for the 1IN017 need to be bypassed.
The isolation signals for the 1N62-F057 need to be bypassed, however the 1H13-P604 panel is located in the MRC not in the plant. The distracter is credible as the P604 panel is seldom referenced and the location is not called out by the hard card.
The isolation signals for the 1N62-F057 need to be bypassed, however the 1H13-P604 panel is located in the MRC not in the plant. The distracter is credible as the P604 panel is seldom referenced and the location is not called out by the hard card.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 073
What LGA entry condition is aligned with an Emergency Action Level threshold?


LGA                                                     EAL Threshold  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION      073 What LGA entry condition is aligned with an Emergency Action Level threshold?
: a. LGA-001, "RPV Control"                                   RPV water level  
LGA                                            EAL Threshold
: b. LGA-002, "Secondary Containment Control"           Differential Pressure  
: a.     LGA-001, "RPV Control"                                     RPV water level
: c. LGA-003, "Primary Containment Control"           Suppression pool level  
: b.     LGA-002, "Secondary Containment Control"                   Differential Pressure
: d. LGA-009, "Radioactivity Release Control"               Offsite release rate ANSWER  
: c.     LGA-003, "Primary Containment Control"                     Suppression pool level
: d.
: d.     LGA-009, "Radioactivity Release Control"                   Offsite release rate ANSWER d.
REFERENCE LGA-001, "RPV Control" LGA-002, "Secondary Containment Control" LGA-003, "Primary Containment Control" LGA-009, "Radioactivity Release Control" 2.4.41, Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications.
REFERENCE LGA-001, "RPV Control" LGA-002, "Secondary Containment Control" LGA-003, "Primary Containment Control" LGA-009, "Radioactivity Release Control" 2.4.41, Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications.
FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation: The LGA-009 entry condition is "Off-site release rate above GSEP "Alert" level (1.9E+07 uCi/sec).
FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
The distracters are LGA entry conditions, but are not aligned with EAL thresholds.  
The LGA-009 entry condition is "Off-site release rate above GSEP "Alert" level (1.9E+07 uCi/sec).
The distracters are LGA entry conditions, but are not aligned with EAL thresholds.


RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 074  
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION       074 Which of the following methods are allowed for use when verifying a Direct (continuous) communication link between the Control Room and the Refueling Platform for the performance of core alterations?
: 1. Dial telephones
: 2. Sound Powered Phones
: 3. Dedicated GAI-tronics PA system
: a.      1, 2, AND 3.
: b.      1 AND 2 ONLY.
: c.      2 AND 3 ONLY.
: d.      1 AND 3 ONLY.
ANSWER a.
REFERENCE LFS-100-4, "Core Alteration and Control Rod Blade Maintenance Move Shiftly Surveillance, Attachment A 2.1.44, Knowledge of RO duties in the control room during fuel handling such as responding to alarms from the fuel handling area, communication with fuel storage facility, systems operated from the control room in support of fueling operations, and supporting instrumentation.
FUNDAMENTAL NEW Per LFS-100-4, "Core Alteration and Control Rod Blade Maintenance Move Shiftly Surveillance, Attachment A, "VERIFY operability of Direct (continuous) Communications between the Control Room and the Refueling Platform once per 12 hours. TRM TSR 3.9.b.1. The dedicated GAI-tronics PA System is the primary system but Sound Powered Phones, Dial Telephones, or Radio Communication may be used. TRM B 3.9.b Background.


Which of the following methods are allowed for use when verifying a Direct (continuous) communication link between the Control Room and the Refueling Platform for the performance of core alterations?
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION         075 LGA-RT-101, RPV Depressurization Using RWCU Blowdown is in progress and the Main Condenser is NOT available to accept RWCU flow.
: 1. Dial telephones
For the given conditions, LGA-RT-101 provides an ALARA warning for abnormally high airborne radiation levels in the
: 2. Sound Powered Phones 3. Dedicated GAI-tronics PA system
: a.       Radwaste Control Room.
: a. 1, 2, AND 3.
: b.       Division 3 Switchgear room.
: b. 1 AND 2 ONLY.
: c.       vicinity of the Radwaste Tanks.
: c. 2 AND 3 ONLY.
: d.       RWCU Heat Exchanger rooms.
: d. 1 AND 3 ONLY. ANSWER
ANSWER c.
: a. REFERENCE LFS-100-4, "Core Alteration and Control Rod Blade Maintenance Move Shiftly Surveillance, Attachment A 2.1.44, Knowledge of RO duties in the control room during fuel handling such as responding to alarms from the fuel handling area, communication with fuel storage facility, systems operated from the control room in support of fueling operations, and supporting instrumentation. FUNDAMENTAL NEW Per LFS-100-4, "Core Alteration and Control Rod Blade Maintenance Move Shiftly Surveillance, Attachment A, "VERIFY operability of Direct (continuous) Communications between the Control Room and the Refueling Platform once per 12 hours. TRM TSR 3.9.b.1. The dedicated GAI-tronics PA System is the primary system but Sound Powered Phones, Dial Telephones, or Radio Communication may be used. TRM B 3.9.b Background.
REFERENCE LGA RT-101, RPV Depressurization Using RWCU Blowdown, ALARA warning. page 13.
RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 075  
2.3.14, Knowledge of radiation or containment hazards that may arise during normal, abnormal, or emergency conditions or activities.
 
FUNDAMENTAL BANK Explanation: With the condenser unavailable, the blowdown flow is directed to the Waste Surge Tank. The ALARA warning in LGA-RT-101 warns of abnormally high airborne radiation levels in the vicinity of the Radwaste Tanks.
LGA-RT-101, "RPV Depressurization Using RWCU Blowdown" is in progress and the Main Condenser is NOT available to accept RWCU flow.  
Reason Distracters A/B/D are incorrect but plausible: The three distracters identify plausible, but incorrect, rad hazards the examinee might select if they do not understand where the blowdown flow is going (Waste Surge Tank in Rad Waste) when the main condenser is unavailable. Note that the Division 3 Switchgear room is a plausible distracter as drain lines to the condenser pass through the room.
 
For the given conditions, LGA-RT-101 provides an ALARA warning for abnormally high airborne radiation levels in the -
: a. Radwaste Control Room.
: b. Division 3 Switchgear room.  
: c. vicinity of the Radwaste Tanks.  
: d. RWCU Heat Exchanger rooms. ANSWER c.
REFERENCE LGA RT-101, "RPV Depressurization Using RWCU Blowdown", ALARA warning. page 13. 2.3.14, Knowledge of radiation or containment hazards that may arise during normal, abnormal, or emergency conditions or activities. FUNDAMENTAL BANK Explanation: With the condenser unavailable, the blowdown flow is directed to the Waste Surge Tank. The ALARA warning in LGA-RT-101 warns of abnormally high airborne radiation levels in the vicinity of the Radwaste Tanks.  
 
Reason Distracters A/B/D are incorrect but plausible: The three distracters identify plausible, but incorrect, rad hazards the examinee might select if they do not understand where the blowdown flow is going (Waste Surge Tank in Rad Waste) when the main condenser is unavailable. Note that the Division 3 Switchgear room is a plausible distracter as drain lines to the condenser pass through the room.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 076


Unit 1 is operating in Mode 3 with 1A RHR in the SDC mode of operation.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        076 Unit 1 is operating in Mode 3 with 1A RHR in the SDC mode of operation.
* RPV pressure is 105 psig.
* RPV pressure is 105 psig.
* RPV level is +35".
* RPV level is +35".
Line 1,131: Line 1,177:
* The 1A RHR pump just tripped.
* The 1A RHR pump just tripped.
* Actions are in-progress to place the 1B RHR system in the SDC mode of operation.
* Actions are in-progress to place the 1B RHR system in the SDC mode of operation.
When re-establishing SDC flow with the 1B RHR pump in the given conditions, significant ____(1)____ fluctuations may occur, and if an isolation occurs as a result, an ENS notification
When re-establishing SDC flow with the 1B RHR pump in the given conditions, significant
____(2)____ required.  
____(1)____ fluctuations may occur, and if an isolation occurs as a result, an ENS notification
: a. (1) level (2) IS b. (1) level (2) IS NOT  
____(2)____ required.
: c. (1) pressure (2) IS d. (1) pressure (2) IS NOT ANSWER  
: a.     (1) level (2) IS
: a.
: b.     (1) level (2) IS NOT
REFERENCE LOP-RH-07, "Shutdown Cooling System Startup, Operation, and Transfer" 295021A2.02 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to LOSS OF SHUTDOWN COOLING : RHR/shutdown cooling system flow HIGHER NEW Explanation: The given conditions in the stem create a situation in which there is no forced circulation through the core, so when re-establishing flow with the 1B RHR pump, level oscillations may occur. This is pointed out in a NOTE in LOP-RH-07, which states "With no other forced flow through the reactor, the start of an RHR pump in Shutdown Cooling Mode results in significant level fluctuations. ENS notification required if spurious isolation occurs."
: c.     (1) pressure (2) IS
: d.     (1) pressure (2) IS NOT ANSWER a.
REFERENCE LOP-RH-07, "Shutdown Cooling System Startup, Operation, and Transfer" 295021A2.02 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to LOSS OF SHUTDOWN COOLING : RHR/shutdown cooling system flow HIGHER NEW Explanation:
The given conditions in the stem create a situation in which there is no forced circulation through the core, so when re-establishing flow with the 1B RHR pump, level oscillations may occur. This is pointed out in a NOTE in LOP-RH-07, which states "With no other forced flow through the reactor, the start of an RHR pump in Shutdown Cooling Mode results in significant level fluctuations. ENS notification required if spurious isolation occurs."
The requirement to make an ENS notification for the spurious isolation is a change in that the isolations were NOT reported previously.
The requirement to make an ENS notification for the spurious isolation is a change in that the isolations were NOT reported previously.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 077


Which of the following must occur in order to prevent exceeding 10CFR100 "Reactor Site Criteria" limits in the event of a design basis fuel handling accident?  
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION          077 Which of the following must occur in order to prevent exceeding 10CFR100 "Reactor Site Criteria" limits in the event of a design basis fuel handling accident?
: a. VG must initiate, RB Ventilation must isolate and TB Ventilation must be manually started.  
: a.       VG must initiate, RB Ventilation must isolate and TB Ventilation must be manually started.
: b. VG must initiate and RB Ventilation must isolate ONLY.  
: b.       VG must initiate and RB Ventilation must isolate ONLY.
: c. RB Ventilation must isolate ONLY.  
: c.       RB Ventilation must isolate ONLY.
: d. VG must initiate ONLY. ANSWER  
: d.       VG must initiate ONLY.
: b.
ANSWER b.
REFERENCE LOA-FH-001, "Irradiated Fuel Assembly Damage", step C.3, Rev. 12.
REFERENCE LOA-FH-001, "Irradiated Fuel Assembly Damage", step C.3, Rev. 12.
295023 A2.03 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to REFUELING ACCIDENTS : Airborne contamination levels FUNDAMENTAL NEW EXPLANATION Per LOA-FH-001, "Irradiated Fuel Assembly Damage", step C.3, For the design basis event, action to evacuate all personnel from the Reactor Building and potentially contaminated areas (Auxiliary and Turbine Buildings) is mandatory. Furthermore, ensuring that the Standby Gas Treatment System initiates and the Reactor Building Ventilation system isolates is necessary to prevent exceeding 10CFR100 limits.  
295023 A2.03 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to REFUELING ACCIDENTS : Airborne contamination levels FUNDAMENTAL NEW EXPLANATION Per LOA-FH-001, "Irradiated Fuel Assembly Damage", step C.3, For the design basis event, action to evacuate all personnel from the Reactor Building and potentially contaminated areas (Auxiliary and Turbine Buildings) is mandatory. Furthermore, ensuring that the Standby Gas Treatment System initiates and the Reactor Building Ventilation system isolates is necessary to prevent exceeding 10CFR100 limits.
 
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 078


Units 1 and 2 are operating at rated conditions.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        078 Units 1 and 2 are operating at rated conditions.
* You are the Unit 1 Unit Supervisor
* You are the Unit 1 Unit Supervisor
* The A VC/VE train is in operation
* The A VC/VE train is in operation
* A fire outside the plant has resulted in heavy smoke surrounding the VC air intake.
* A fire outside the plant has resulted in heavy smoke surrounding the VC air intake.
* The Unit 1 Assist Reactor Operator reports A VC train is in its normal configuration.  
* The Unit 1 Assist Reactor Operator reports A VC train is in its normal configuration.
 
Which of the following actions must be performed in response to the given conditions?
Which of the following actions must be performed in response to the given conditions?
Direct an available Reactor Operator to ....  
Direct an available Reactor Operator to ....
: a. SWAP to the B VC train per LOP-VC-01, "Control Room HVAC Operation" and immediately declare A VC Inoperable.  
: a.     SWAP to the B VC train per LOP-VC-01, "Control Room HVAC Operation" and immediately declare A VC Inoperable.
: b. Manually place A VC train Emergency Make-up Unit on-line per LOP-VC-01,"Control Room HVAC Operation" and pr omptly evaluate the operability of the A VC System.  
: b.     Manually place A VC train Emergency Make-up Unit on-line per LOP-VC-01,"Control Room HVAC Operation" and promptly evaluate the operability of the A VC System.
: c. SWAP to the B VC train per LOA-VC-001, "VC Abnormal Actions for an Inoperable Control Room Envelope Boundary (CRE)" and immediately declare A  
: c.     SWAP to the B VC train per LOA-VC-001, "VC Abnormal Actions for an Inoperable Control Room Envelope Boundary (CRE)" and immediately declare A VC Inoperable.
 
: d.     Manually place A VC train Emergency Make-up Unit on-line per LOA-VC-001,"VC Abnormal Actions for an Inoperable Control Room Envelope Boundary (CRE)" and promptly evaluate the operability of the A VC System.
VC Inoperable.  
ANSWER b.
: d. Manually place A VC train Emergency Make-up Unit on-line per LOA-VC-001,"VC Abnormal Actions for an Inoperable Control Room Envelope Boundary (CRE)" and promptly evaluate the operability of the A VC System. ANSWER  
REFERENCE VC System Lesson Plan, pages 3 and 4.
: b. REFERENCE VC System Lesson Plan, pages 3 and 4. LOP-VC-01, page 2, 20 and 21. LOA-VC-001, page 3 TRM 3.3.p, Fire Protection Instrumentation Tech Spec Basis B.2.1.a, Micellaneous Test Requirements 600000 A2.06 - Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to PLANT FIRE ON SITE: Need for pressurizing control room (recirculating mode).
LOP-VC-01, page 2, 20 and 21.
HIGHER NEW Explanation: Per the VC System Lesson Plan, "High radiation or smoke concentration in outside air automatically places the EMU in service."
LOA-VC-001, page 3 TRM 3.3.p, Fire Protection Instrumentation Tech Spec Basis B.2.1.a, Micellaneous Test Requirements 600000 A2.06 - Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to PLANT FIRE ON SITE: Need for pressurizing control room (recirculating mode).
HIGHER NEW Explanation:
Per the VC System Lesson Plan, "High radiation or smoke concentration in outside air automatically places the EMU in service."
In this case, the system did not automatically re-align so it should be placed in the proper configuration.
In this case, the system did not automatically re-align so it should be placed in the proper configuration.
Per the Tech Spec Basis, the train must be evaluated to see if it is operable, as the failure to re-align does not automatically make the train inoperable, however an evaluation is required.
Per the Tech Spec Basis, the train must be evaluated to see if it is operable, as the failure to re-align does not automatically make the train inoperable, however an evaluation is required.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 079


You are the Unit 2 Unit Supervisor
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION      079 You are the Unit 2 Unit Supervisor
* U1 SBGT is OOS
* U1 SBGT is OOS
* Unit 2 has scrammed from rated conditions
* Unit 2 has scrammed from rated conditions
Line 1,180: Line 1,226:
* The inboard and outboard MSIVs for "A" MSL can NOT be closed
* The inboard and outboard MSIVs for "A" MSL can NOT be closed
* U2 SBGT is unable to be started Which of the following actions are required to be directed based on the instrument indication shown below?
* U2 SBGT is unable to be started Which of the following actions are required to be directed based on the instrument indication shown below?
Honeywell a. Immediately perform a Blowdown per LGA-004, "RPV Blowdown".  
Honeywell                                     Minitrend V5 E7        E8      E9        E10        E11      E12      E13 E1        E2      E3        E4        E5      E6      E7 Ch.2 Stack WRGM Effluent Release Rate (high range) 3.5E+08 uCi/sec MAIN MENU    SCREEN      MESSAGES        HELP        ENTER STACK WRGM EFF ACT 0D18-R522
: b. Wait until the recorder reading goes up an additional 0.4 E+08 uCi/sec, and then perform a Blowdown per LGA-004, "RPV Blowdown".  
: a.     Immediately perform a Blowdown per LGA-004, "RPV Blowdown".
: c. Immediately terminate and prevent A LL RPV injection except Boron, CRD, and RCIC, and then perform a Blowdown per LGA-006, "ATWS Blowdown".  
: b.     Wait until the recorder reading goes up an additional 0.4 E+08 uCi/sec, and then perform a Blowdown per LGA-004, "RPV Blowdown".
: d. Wait until the recorder reading goes up an additional 0.4 E+08 uCi/sec, next terminate and prevent ALL RPV injection except Boron, CRD, and RCIC, and then perform a Blowdown per LGA-006, "ATWS Blowdown".
: c.     Immediately terminate and prevent ALL RPV injection except Boron, CRD, and RCIC, and then perform a Blowdown per LGA-006, "ATWS Blowdown".
E7E8 E9E10E11E12  E13Ch.2 Stack WRGM Effluent Release Rate (high range)
: d.     Wait until the recorder reading goes up an additional 0.4 E+08 uCi/sec, next terminate and prevent ALL RPV injection except Boron, CRD, and RCIC, and then perform a Blowdown per LGA-006, "ATWS Blowdown".
E1E2 E3 E4E5 E6  E7STACK WRGM EFF ACT0D18-R522HELPENTERMinitrend V 5MAIN MENUSCREENMESSAGES3.5E+08  uCi/sec SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS ANSWER c.
 
REFERENCE LGA-001 "RPV Control" LGA-009 "Radioactivity Release Control" LGA-006 "ATWS Blowdown" 295038 2.1.7 - Conduct of Operations: Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation. HIGHER NEW Explanation: The given condtions require entry into LGA-010 "Failure to Scram", LGA-009 "Radioactivity Release Control, and LGA-006 "ATWS Blowdown".
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS ANSWER c.
REFERENCE LGA-001 "RPV Control" LGA-009 "Radioactivity Release Control" LGA-006 "ATWS Blowdown" 295038 2.1.7 - Conduct of Operations: Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation.
HIGHER NEW Explanation:
The given condtions require entry into LGA-010 "Failure to Scram", LGA-009 "Radioactivity Release Control, and LGA-006 "ATWS Blowdown".
LGA-009 directs that a Blowdown be performed before Off-site release rate reaches 3.7E+8.
LGA-009 directs that a Blowdown be performed before Off-site release rate reaches 3.7E+8.
The Blowdown will be performed per LGA-006, which requires that all injection except Boron, CRD, and RCIC are terminated and prevented prior to performing the Blowdown.
The Blowdown will be performed per LGA-006, which requires that all injection except Boron, CRD, and RCIC are terminated and prevented prior to performing the Blowdown.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 080


Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions when an SRV spuriously opened.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION                  080 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions when an SRV spuriously opened.
* The Main Control Room actions of LOA-SRV-101, "Unit 1 Stuck Open Safety Relief Valve" were completed and did NOT close the SRV.
* The Main Control Room actions of LOA-SRV-101, "Unit 1 Stuck Open Safety Relief Valve" were completed and did NOT close the SRV.
* Suppression Pool Temperature is rising 1 degree F. every three minutes.
* Suppression Pool Temperature is rising 1 degree F. every three minutes.
HoneywellMinitrend V 5200.0   250.0MAINMENUSCREENMESSAGESHELPENTERAVG SP TEMP1TR-CM037A100.0150.0SUPP POOL WATER TEMP  0.050.0 106.0                 FBased on the recorder indication above, which of the following identifies the Main Control Room action(s) required to be directed and in the proper order?  
Honeywell                                              Minitrend V5 0.0             50.0        100.0      150.0     200.0        250.0 SUPP POOL WATER TEMP 106.0                         F MAINMENU          SCREEN    MESSAGES      HELP        ENTER AVG SP TEMP 1TR-CM037A Based on the recorder indication above, which of the following identifies the Main Control Room action(s) required to be directed and in the proper order?
: a. Direct the Unit 1 Assist NSO to start ONE loop of SP cooling ONLY.  
: a.           Direct the Unit 1 Assist NSO to start ONE loop of SP cooling ONLY.
: b. Direct the Unit 1 Assist NSO to start BOTH loops of SP cooling ONLY.  
: b.           Direct the Unit 1 Assist NSO to start BOTH loops of SP cooling ONLY.
: c. Direct the Unit 1 NSO to SCRAM the Unit 1 reactor, and then direct the Unit 1 Assist NSO to start BOTH loops of SP cooling.  
: c.           Direct the Unit 1 NSO to SCRAM the Unit 1 reactor, and then direct the Unit 1 Assist NSO to start BOTH loops of SP cooling.
: d. Direct the Unit 1 Assist NSO to start BOTH loops of SP cooling and then immediately direct the Unit 1 NSO to SCRAM the Unit 1 reactor. ANSWER  
: d.           Direct the Unit 1 Assist NSO to start BOTH loops of SP cooling and then immediately direct the Unit 1 NSO to SCRAM the Unit 1 reactor.
: b. REFERENCE LGA-003, "Primary Containment Control" 2.2.44 - Equipment Control: Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives effect plant and system conditions. HIGHER NEW Explanation SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS Per direction provided in LGA-003, "Primary Containment Control", both loops of SP cooling should be started due to exceeding 105 degrees F. in the suppression pool.
ANSWER b.
REFERENCE LGA-003, "Primary Containment Control" 2.2.44 - Equipment Control: Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives effect plant and system conditions.
HIGHER NEW Explanation


SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS Per direction provided in LGA-003, "Primary Containment Control", both loops of SP cooling should be started due to exceeding 105 degrees F. in the suppression pool.
Scramming the reactor is not required at this time because the temperature trend for the SP provides time to determine if SPC will lower SP temperature without approaching the 110&deg;F.
Scramming the reactor is not required at this time because the temperature trend for the SP provides time to determine if SPC will lower SP temperature without approaching the 110&deg;F.
which requires a reactor scram.  
which requires a reactor scram.
 
The other distracters are plausible but incorrect.
The other distracters are plausible but incorrect.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 081


Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions, with the 1B CW pump OOS.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        081 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions, with the 1B CW pump OOS.
* Bus 141X experiences an overcurrent trip.
* Bus 141X experiences an overcurrent trip.
* The crew responds to the event per:
* The crew responds to the event per:
Line 1,213: Line 1,262:
* LOA-CW-101, "Unit 1 Circulating Water System Abnormal".
* LOA-CW-101, "Unit 1 Circulating Water System Abnormal".
Which of the following technical specification actions must be taken for the given conditions?
Which of the following technical specification actions must be taken for the given conditions?
Perform a functional test of each ____________ within the next 12 hours.  
Perform a functional test of each ____________ within the next 12 hours.
: a. Safety Relief Valve  
: a.     Safety Relief Valve
: b. Main Steam Isolation Valve  
: b.     Main Steam Isolation Valve
: c. Main Turbine Bypass Valve  
: c.     Main Turbine Bypass Valve
: d. Suppression Chamber to Drywell Vacuum Breaker ANSWER  
: d.     Suppression Chamber to Drywell Vacuum Breaker ANSWER d.
: d.
REFERENCE LOA-AP-101, "Unit 1 AC Power System Abnormal", Section B.7, Rev. 16.
REFERENCE LOA-AP-101, "Unit 1 AC Power System Abnormal", Section B.7, Rev. 16. LOA-CW-101, "Unit 1 Circulating Water System Abnormal", Section B.1, Rev. 31.
LOA-CW-101, "Unit 1 Circulating Water System Abnormal", Section B.1, Rev. 31.
LGP-2-1, "Normal Unit Shutdown", step E5.3.1, Rev. 84 Tech Spec SR 3.6.1.6.2.
LGP-2-1, "Normal Unit Shutdown", step E5.3.1, Rev. 84 Tech Spec SR 3.6.1.6.2.
2.2.40 - Equipment Control: Ability to apply technical specifications for a system.
2.2.40 - Equipment Control: Ability to apply technical specifications for a system.
HIGHER NEW Explanation: Per LOA-AP-101 Section B.7, "Loss of Bus 141X", direction is provided to close the discharge valves of the non-running Circ Water Pumps and then enter LOA-CW-101. Per LOA-CW-101, Section B.1, the crew is required to SCRAM the reactor and close the MSIVs and MSL drains to prevent steam from going to the condenser. This will cause SRVs to open to control reactor pressure.  
HIGHER NEW Explanation:
 
Per LOA-AP-101 Section B.7, "Loss of Bus 141X", direction is provided to close the discharge valves of the non-running Circ Water Pumps and then enter LOA-CW-101.
Per SR 3.6.1.6.2 a functional test of each vacuum breaker is required to be performed within 12 hours after any discharge of steam to the suppression chamber from the SRVs.  
Per LOA-CW-101, Section B.1, the crew is required to SCRAM the reactor and close the MSIVs and MSL drains to prevent steam from going to the condenser. This will cause SRVs to open to control reactor pressure.
 
Per SR 3.6.1.6.2 a functional test of each vacuum breaker is required to be performed within 12 hours after any discharge of steam to the suppression chamber from the SRVs.
This question explores the examinee's knowledge of relationship between the discharge of an SRV to the suppression pool and the requirement to cycle vacuum breakers within the next 12  
This question explores the examinees knowledge of relationship between the discharge of an SRV to the suppression pool and the requirement to cycle vacuum breakers within the next 12 hours.
 
hours.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 082
 
Unit 2 has scrammed and experienced a DBA LOCA.
* RPV pressure is 15 psig and going down slow.
 
Based on the following indications, determine if adequate core cooling exists, and why.  


X 1 0 0 800HPCS PMPFLOW2E22-R603 400 200G  P M 600100 80 0 20 40 G  P M X 1  0  0LPCS PMPFLOW2E21-R600 60-19 2-20 4 I  N  C H E S-1612B21-R610-250-200-150-300-311RX LEVELFUEL ZONERANGE-111 a. Does NOT exist. RPV water level is too low.  
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION      082 Unit 2 has scrammed and experienced a DBA LOCA.
: b. Does NOT exist. Core spray flow is too low for the indicated RPV water level.  
* RPV pressure is 15 psig and going down slow.
: c. Does exist. RPV water level alone is high enough to ensure adequate core cooling. d. Does exist. Core spray flow and RPV water level are high enough to ensure adequate core cooling. ANSWER d. REFERENCE LGA-001, RPV Control, Rev. 10. 295031A2.04 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to REACTOR LOW WATER LEVEL : Adequate core cooling HIGHER NEW Explanation: Per LGA-001, RPV Control, Detail AC, Adequate Core Cooling exists for a DBA LOCA, when RPV water level is greater than or equal to -210 inch on Fuel Zone AND at least one core spray SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS system is injecting onto the core at greater than or equal to 6250 gpm, and RPV pressure is less than or equal to 20 psig. 
Based on the following indications, determine if adequate core cooling exists, and why.
800                100
                                                                -111 G                        -150 P                           -161 600        M                 G 80       P                   I M
X                           -192      N
                                                                -200 X        -204      C 1
0                                    H 60        1                  E 400                          0 0      -250 S
40 200                20                -300 0                0                -311 HPCS PMP          LPCS PMP            RX LEVEL FUEL ZONE FLOW              FLOW                RANGE 2E22-R603        2E21-R600          2B21-R610
: a. Does NOT exist. RPV water level is too low.
: b. Does NOT exist. Core spray flow is too low for the indicated RPV water level.
: c. Does exist. RPV water level alone is high enough to ensure adequate core cooling.
: d. Does exist. Core spray flow and RPV water level are high enough to ensure adequate core cooling.
ANSWER d.
REFERENCE LGA-001, RPV Control, Rev. 10.
295031A2.04 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to REACTOR LOW WATER LEVEL : Adequate core cooling HIGHER NEW Explanation:
Per LGA-001, RPV Control, Detail AC, Adequate Core Cooling exists for a DBA LOCA, when RPV water level is greater than or equal to -210 inch on Fuel Zone AND at least one core spray


SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS system is injecting onto the core at greater than or equal to 6250 gpm, and RPV pressure is less than or equal to 20 psig.
This is an SRO question as ROs report the parameters to the SRO, and then the SRO place-keeps Figure AC to determine if adequate core cooling exists.
This is an SRO question as ROs report the parameters to the SRO, and then the SRO place-keeps Figure AC to determine if adequate core cooling exists.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 083
Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions with 1A VP in-service, when an inadvertent Group 2 Isolation occurs.
Drywell temperature was recorded as 95 degrees F. at the time of the isolation, 1 minute ago.
Which of the following identifies the procedure to be directed for use for bulk drywell temperature determination while recovering from the isolation signal?
: a. LGA-003, "Primary Containment Control"  b. LOP-CX-02, "Safety Parameter Display System"  c. LOA-PC-101, "Primary Secondary Containment Trouble"  d. LOP-CM-04, "Primary Containment Temperature Determination" ANSWER d. REFERENCE LOP-CM-04 , "Primary Containment Temperature Determination", Rev. 13 295020A2.02 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to INADVERTENT CONTAINMENT ISOLATION : Drywell/containment temperature HIGHER NEW Explanation:
The spurious Group 2 isolation signal will cause the running VP Chiller and associated Chilled Water pump to trip. The VP supply fan and area cooler fans will continue running. As such, drywell temperature will continue to be monitored per the direction of LOP-CM-04, "Primary Containment Temperature Determination". Per step D.5, "If the A VP loop is on-line, the single point data is non-conservative relative to the drywell bulk average temperature."  "This bias must be used when using the data from the Tracor digital display for confirmation that the Technical Specification limit of 135 degrees F. on TS 3.6.1.5 is met."  This information is also provided in LOS-AA-S101 "Unit 1 Shiftly Surveillance" step D.11., but is not listed as a distracter.


SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        083 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions with 1A VP in-service, when an inadvertent Group 2 Isolation occurs.
Drywell temperature was recorded as 95 degrees F. at the time of the isolation, 1 minute ago.
Which of the following identifies the procedure to be directed for use for bulk drywell temperature determination while recovering from the isolation signal?
: a.      LGA-003, "Primary Containment Control"
: b.      LOP-CX-02, "Safety Parameter Display System"
: c.      LOA-PC-101, "Primary Secondary Containment Trouble"
: d.      LOP-CM-04, "Primary Containment Temperature Determination" ANSWER d.
REFERENCE LOP-CM-04 , "Primary Containment Temperature Determination", Rev. 13 295020A2.02 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to INADVERTENT CONTAINMENT ISOLATION : Drywell/containment temperature HIGHER NEW Explanation:
The spurious Group 2 isolation signal will cause the running VP Chiller and associated Chilled Water pump to trip. The VP supply fan and area cooler fans will continue running. As such, drywell temperature will continue to be monitored per the direction of LOP-CM-04, "Primary Containment Temperature Determination". Per step D.5, "If the A VP loop is on-line, the single point data is non-conservative relative to the drywell bulk average temperature." "This bias must be used when using the data from the Tracor digital display for confirmation that the Technical Specification limit of 135 degrees F. on TS 3.6.1.5 is met."
This information is also provided in LOS-AA-S101 "Unit 1 Shiftly Surveillance" step D.11., but is not listed as a distracter.
The other distracters are plausible, but incorrect.
The other distracters are plausible, but incorrect.
A. is incorrect, as this determination is made when the VP supply fans are not in operation.
A. is incorrect, as this determination is made when the VP supply fans are not in operation.
B. is incorrect as SPDS is used after entry into the LGAs. C. is incorrect, as it does not address temperature determination.
B. is incorrect as SPDS is used after entry into the LGAs.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 084 A GSEP Alert must declared if an off-site release rate exceeds 200 times the ODCM limit for _______ minutes or longer.
C. is incorrect, as it does not address temperature determination.
: a. 5  b. 15  c. 30  d. 60 ANSWER b. REFERENCE EP-AA-1005, LaSalle Annex, page LS 3-10


T.S. 5.5.4, Radioactive Effluent Controls Program ODCM 1.5 REC and RSR Implementation, page I-1.5-1 ODCM Table 1-1 ODCM 2.6.5, Release Limits, pages II.2-10 and 11 LGA-009 Lesson Plan, page 2.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        084 A GSEP Alert must declared if an off-site release rate exceeds 200 times the ODCM limit for _______ minutes or longer.
295017 2.2.22 - Equipment Control: Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety  
: a.      5
: b.      15
: c.      30
: d.      60 ANSWER b.
REFERENCE EP-AA-1005, LaSalle Annex, page LS 3-10 T.S. 5.5.4, Radioactive Effluent Controls Program ODCM 1.5 REC and RSR Implementation, page I-1.5-1 ODCM Table 1-1 ODCM 2.6.5, Release Limits, pages II.2-10 and 11 LGA-009 Lesson Plan, page 2.
295017 2.2.22 - Equipment Control: Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
The LGA-009 lesson plan states the following:
The initiating condition for the EAL is any unplanned release of gaseous or liquid radioactivity to the environment that exceeds 200 times the ODCM limit for 15 minutes or longer.


limits FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:  The LGA-009 lesson plan states the following: The initiating condition for the EAL is any unplanned release of gaseous or liquid radioactivity to the environment that exceeds 200 times the ODCM limit for 15 minutes or longer.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION       085 The reactor vessel water level Safety Limit (SL) ensures that adequate core cooling capability is maintained during ____(1)____ of reactor operation. Establishment of Emergency Core Cooling System ____(2)____ provides margin such that the SL will NOT be reached or exceeded.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 085 The reactor vessel water level Safety Limit (SL) ensures that adequate core cooling capability is maintained during ____(1)____ of reactor operation. Establishment of Emergency Core Cooling System ____(2)____ provides margin such that the SL will NOT be reached or exceeded.
: a.     (1) all MODES (2) divisional separation
: a. (1) all MODES (2) divisional separation
: b.     (1) all MODES (2) instrumentation setpoints higher than the SL
: b. (1) all MODES (2) instrumentation setpoints higher than the SL
: c.     (1) MODES 1, 2, and 3 (ONLY)
: c. (1) MODES 1, 2, and 3 (ONLY)
(2) divisional separation
(2) divisional separation
: d.     (1) MODES 1, 2, and 3 (ONLY)
: d. (1) MODES 1, 2, and 3 (ONLY)
(2) instrumentation setpoints higher than the SL ANSWER b.
(2) instrumentation setpoints higher than the SL ANSWER  
REFERENCE LaSalle Safety Limits Bases B.2.1.1, page B2.1.1-2 295009 2.2.25 - Equipment Control: Knowledge of the bases in Technical Specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
: b. REFERENCE LaSalle Safety Limits Bases B.2.1.1, page B2.1.1-2 295009 2.2.25 - Equipment Control: Knowledge of the bases in Technical Specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits. FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
The following is taken directly from the SL bases for water level:
The following is taken directly from the SL bases for water level:
The reactor vessel water level SL ensures that adequate core cooling capability is maintained  
The reactor vessel water level SL ensures that adequate core cooling capability is maintained during all MODES of reactor operation. Establishment of Emergency Core Cooling System instrumentation setpoints higher than this SL provides margin such that the SL will not be reached or exceeded.


during all MODES of reactor operation. Estab lishment of Emergency Core Cooling System instrumentation setpoints higher than this SL provides margin such that the SL will not be reached or exceeded.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION       086 Units 1 is operating at rated conditions when the Unit 1 Process Computer UPS Normal and Alternate AC power feed breakers trip.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 086  
* It has been determined it will be at least one hour before the Normal and/or Alternate Power Supplies will be restored.
 
Which of the following identifies the procedure to be directed in response to this event and the immediate actions, if any, required to be taken?
Units 1 is operating at rated conditions when the Unit 1 Process Computer UPS Normal and Alternate AC power feed breakers trip.  
: a.      LOP-CX-08, "Uninterruptible Power Supply Startup, Operation, and Shutdown" No immediate actions required.
 
: b.      LOP-CX-08, "Uninterruptible Power Supply Startup, Operation, and Shutdown" Limit PPC operation to less than 30 minutes.
It has been determined it will be at least one hour before the Normal and/or Alternate Power Supplies will be restored.  
: c.      LOA-RM-101, "Unit 1 RCMS Abnormal Operation" Verify RCMS controllers have automatically rebooted.
: d.      LOA-RM-101, "Unit 1 RCMS Abnormal Operation" Manually transfer RCMS to the Alternate Power Supply.
ANSWER a.
REFERENCE LOP-CX-08 "Uninterruptible Power Supply Startup, Operation, and Shutdown" 262002 A2.01 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY (A.C./D.C.) ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Under voltage HIGHER NEW Explanation:
With the normal and alternate power supplies unavailable (135X-3, and 135X-2) to the Unit 1 UPS, the udervoltage condition will cause the UPS to utilize the DC power source 121Y to supply the UPS. The output of the UPS will remain unaffected and will have no impact on RCMS.
The proper procedure to be directed is LOP-CX-08, to prepare for the restoration of normal power to the UPS, however there are no immediate actions required.
B. LOP-CX-08, "Uninterruptible Power Supply Startup, Operation, and Shutdown" Limit PPC operation to less than 30 minutes.
Operation of the PPC is NOT limited to less than 30 minutes because the UPS is powered from the battery charger for Bus 121Y. If only the battery was supplying the UPS, PPC operation would be required to be limited to 30 minutes. This is a plausible distracter if the examinee does not understand LOP-CX-08 Limitation D.1 which discusses limiting PPC operation to 30 minutes if the 250VDC battery is the only power source to the UPS.
C. LOA-RM-101, "Unit 1 RCMS Abnormal Operation" Verify RCMS controllers have automatically rebooted.


Which of the following identifies the procedure to be directed in response to this event and the immediate actions, if any, required to be taken?
: a. LOP-CX-08, "Uninterruptible Power Supply Startup, Operation, and Shutdown" No immediate actions required.
: b. LOP-CX-08, "Uninterruptible Power Supply Startup, Operation, and Shutdown" Limit PPC operation to less than 30 minutes.
: c. LOA-RM-101, "Unit 1 RCMS Abnormal Operation" Verify RCMS controllers have automatically rebooted.
: d. LOA-RM-101, "Unit 1 RCMS Abnormal Operation" Manually transfer RCMS to the Alternate Power Supply. ANSWER a.
REFERENCE
LOP-CX-08 "Uninterruptible Power Supply Startup, Operation, and Shutdown" 262002 A2.01 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY (A.C./D.C.) ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Under voltage HIGHER NEW Explanation:  With the normal and alternate power supplies unavailable (135X-3, and 135X-2) to the Unit 1 UPS, the udervoltage condition will cause the UPS to utilize the DC power source 121Y to supply the UPS. The output of the UPS will remain unaffected and will have no impact on RCMS. The proper procedure to be directed is LOP-CX-08, to prepare for the restoration of normal power to the UPS,  however there are no immediate actions required.
B. LOP-CX-08, "Uninterruptible Power Supply Startup, Operation, and Shutdown" Limit PPC operation to less than 30 minutes. Operation of the PPC is NOT limited to less than 30 minutes because the UPS is powered from the battery charger for Bus 121Y. If only the battery was supplying the UPS, PPC operation would be required to be limited to 30 minutes. This is a plausible distracter if the examinee does not understand LOP-CX-08 Limitation D.1 which discusses limiting PPC operation to 30 minutes if the 250VDC battery is the only power source to the UPS.
C. LOA-RM-101, "Unit 1 RCMS Abnormal Operation" Verify RCMS controllers have automatically rebooted.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS D. LOA-RM-101, "Unit 1 RCMS Abnormal Operation" Manually transfer RCMS to the Alternate Power Supply.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS D. LOA-RM-101, "Unit 1 RCMS Abnormal Operation" Manually transfer RCMS to the Alternate Power Supply.
These distracters are incorrect as even though the PPC UPS is the normal power supply to RCMS, there are no entry requirements into LOA-RM-101 because the PPC UPS will provide uninterrupted power to RCMS. This is a plausible distracter if the examinee does not understand the operation of a UPS.
These distracters are incorrect as even though the PPC UPS is the normal power supply to RCMS, there are no entry requirements into LOA-RM-101 because the PPC UPS will provide uninterrupted power to RCMS. This is a plausible distracter if the examinee does not understand the operation of a UPS.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 087
Unit 2 is operating at rated conditions.
The 2A SBLC pump is OOS. Annunciator 2H13-P603-B502; STANDBY LIQ TANK TEMP HI/LO just alarmed. An Equipment Operator is dispatched to investigate the cause of the alarm and reports that the circuit breaker to the "A" 10kW heater for the SBLC Storage Tank is tripped and will NOT reset. Standby Liquid Tank Temperature is 69 degrees F.
What action must be directed to mitigate the consequences of the situation, and why?
Place the Standby Liquid Tank Heater Control Switch in " B ON"  to allow the "B" 40kW heater to be used to ____(1)____ control Standby Liquid Tank temperature to ensure the boron does NOT ____(2)____
: a. 1)  MANUALLY 2)  precipitate out in the storage tank.
: b. 1)  MANUALLY 2)  clog the SBLC injection sparger if injected.
: c. 1)  AUTOMATICALLY  2)  precipitate out in the storage tank.
: d. 1)  AUTOMATICALLY 2)  clog the SBLC injection sparger if injected. ANSWER a. REFERENCE System Description 028, SBLC, page 15 B 3.1.7 Standby Liquid Control (SLC) System Bases, page B 3.1.7-3 and 4. LOR 2H13-P603-B502; STANDBY LIQ TANK TEMP HI/LO 211000A2.03 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the STANDBY LIQUID CONTROL SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: A.C. power failures HIGHER NEW Explanation:
LOR 2H13-P603-B502; STANDBY LIQ TANK TEMP HI/LO provides direction to manually control SBLC Tank temperature by cycling the heater control switch to maintain proper temperature if the temperature controller is bad. It would be an SRO decision to cycle the B heater manually if the A heater was not working.


SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        087 Unit 2 is operating at rated conditions.
* The 2A SBLC pump is OOS.
* Annunciator 2H13-P603-B502; STANDBY LIQ TANK TEMP HI/LO just alarmed.
* An Equipment Operator is dispatched to investigate the cause of the alarm and reports that the circuit breaker to the "A" 10kW heater for the SBLC Storage Tank is tripped and will NOT reset.
* Standby Liquid Tank Temperature is 69 degrees F.
What action must be directed to mitigate the consequences of the situation, and why?
Place the Standby Liquid Tank Heater Control Switch in " B ON" to allow the "B" 40kW heater to be used to ____(1)____ control Standby Liquid Tank temperature to ensure the boron does NOT ____(2)____
: a.      1) MANUALLY
: 2) precipitate out in the storage tank.
: b.      1) MANUALLY
: 2) clog the SBLC injection sparger if injected.
: c.      1) AUTOMATICALLY
: 2) precipitate out in the storage tank.
: d.      1) AUTOMATICALLY
: 2) clog the SBLC injection sparger if injected.
ANSWER a.
REFERENCE System Description 028, SBLC, page 15 B 3.1.7 Standby Liquid Control (SLC) System Bases, page B 3.1.7-3 and 4.
LOR 2H13-P603-B502; STANDBY LIQ TANK TEMP HI/LO 211000A2.03 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the STANDBY LIQUID CONTROL SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: A.C. power failures HIGHER NEW Explanation:
LOR 2H13-P603-B502; STANDBY LIQ TANK TEMP HI/LO provides direction to manually control SBLC Tank temperature by cycling the heater control switch to maintain proper temperature if the temperature controller is bad. It would be an SRO decision to cycle the B heater manually if the A heater was not working.
Per System Description 028, SBLC, page 15, "B ON" - "B" heater is manually energized. In "AUTO", "A" heater is controlled by Storage Tank temperature, cycles between 75-85&deg;F.
Per System Description 028, SBLC, page 15, "B ON" - "B" heater is manually energized. In "AUTO", "A" heater is controlled by Storage Tank temperature, cycles between 75-85&deg;F.
Per B 3.1.7 Standby Liquid Control (SLC) System Bases, page B 3.1.7-3, "Maintaining a minimum specified borated solution temperature is important in ensuring that the boron remains SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS in solution and does not precipitate out in the storage tank or in the pump suction piping".
Per B 3.1.7 Standby Liquid Control (SLC) System Bases, page B 3.1.7-3, "Maintaining a minimum specified borated solution temperature is important in ensuring that the boron remains


Note, the pump suction piping utilizes heat trace and is monitored by SR 3.1.7.3 and does not apply to this question.  
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS in solution and does not precipitate out in the storage tank or in the pump suction piping".
Note, the pump suction piping utilizes heat trace and is monitored by SR 3.1.7.3 and does not apply to this question.
The other distracters are plausible but incorrect.


The other distracters are plausible but incorrect.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION         088 Unit 2 scrammed from rated conditions 4 hours ago due to a spurious Group 1 isolation signal that will not clear.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 088 Unit 2 scrammed from rated conditions 4 hours ago due to a spurious Group 1 isolation signal that will not clear.
* RPV level dropped to -25" and is now +35" and being controlled with the MDRFP.
* RPV level dropped to -25" and is now +35" and being controlled with the MDRFP.
* Drywell pressure is 1.2 psig
* Drywell pressure is 1.2 psig
Line 1,321: Line 1,389:
: 3. LOA-RH-201
: 3. LOA-RH-201
: 4. LOP-RT-09
: 4. LOP-RT-09
: a. 1 AND 2 ONLY.
: a.     1 AND 2 ONLY.
: b. 2 AND 3 ONLY.
: b.     2 AND 3 ONLY.
: c. 3 AND 4 ONLY.
: c.     3 AND 4 ONLY.
: d. 2, 3, AND 4 ONLY.
: d.     2, 3, AND 4 ONLY.
ANSWER  
ANSWER c.
: c.
REFERENCE LGA-001, "RPV Control" 205000 2.4.6 - Emergency Procedures / Plan: Knowledge of EOP mitigation strategies.
REFERENCE LGA-001, "RPV Control" 205000 2.4.6 - Emergency Procedures / Plan: Knowledge of EOP mitigation strategies. HIGH NEW Explanation:
HIGH NEW Explanation:
This question tests the examinees knowledge of procedures directed for use in LGA-001. Titles were purposely omitted as they are not always provided in the LGAs and require the SROs to understand what is being directed when assigning a procedure to an RO for implementation.  
This question tests the examinees knowledge of procedures directed for use in LGA-001. Titles were purposely omitted as they are not always provided in the LGAs and require the SROs to understand what is being directed when assigning a procedure to an RO for implementation.
 
LOA-RH-201, "Unit 2 RHR Abnormal" is directed for use if SDC does not work and LOP-RT-09 "Reactor Water Cleanup System (RWCU) - Coolant Rejection is directed for use as an alternate pressure control system.
LOA-RH-201, "Unit 2 RHR Abnormal" is directed for use if SDC does not work and LOP-RT-09 "Reactor Water Cleanup System (RWCU) - Coolant Rejection is directed for use as an alternate pressure control system.
LGA-MS-01, "Using Main Condenser as Heat Sink in an ATWS and LGA-RH-101, "Alternate Vessel Injection Using Shutdown Cooling Return" are not directed for use in LGA-001 but appear to be tied to the given situation.
LGA-MS-01, "Using Main Condenser as Heat Sink in an ATWS and LGA-RH-101, "Alternate Vessel Injection Using Shutdown Cooling Return" are not directed for use in LGA-001 but appear to be tied to the given situation.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 089 Unit 2 is in Mode 5.
 
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION         089 Unit 2 is in Mode 5.
* You are the Unit 2 Control Room Supervisor
* You are the Unit 2 Control Room Supervisor
* Fuel movements are scheduled to begin, for the first time in the outage, later this shift.
* Fuel movements are scheduled to begin, for the first time in the outage, later this shift.
Line 1,340: Line 1,408:
* The only item remaining to be checked is the operability of required nuclear instrumentation.
* The only item remaining to be checked is the operability of required nuclear instrumentation.
Based on the given conditions, fuel movements ____(1)____ as ____(2)____.
Based on the given conditions, fuel movements ____(1)____ as ____(2)____.
NOTE: Technical Specification 3.3.1.2 SRM Instrumentation is to be provided as a hand-out for this question.
NOTE: Technical Specification 3.3.1.2 SRM Instrumentation is to be provided as a hand-out for this question.
: a. (1) can begin (2) the required number of SRMs and their locations meet LCO requirements.
: a.       (1) can begin (2) the required number of SRMs and their locations meet LCO requirements.
: b. (1) can NOT begin (2) the required number of SRMs will NOT meet LCO requirements (ONLY).
: b.       (1) can NOT begin (2) the required number of SRMs will NOT meet LCO requirements (ONLY).
: c. (1) can NOT begin (2) the location of operable SRMs will NOT meet LCO requirements (ONLY).  
: c.       (1) can NOT begin (2) the location of operable SRMs will NOT meet LCO requirements (ONLY).
: d. (1) can NOT begin (2) the required number AND location of operable SRMs will NOT meet LCO requirements.
: d.       (1) can NOT begin (2) the required number AND location of operable SRMs will NOT meet LCO requirements.
ANSWER c.
ANSWER c.
REFERENCE T.S. 3.3.1.2 SRM Instrumentation System Description 041, SRMs, page 7. System Description 041, Figure 41-08.
REFERENCE T.S. 3.3.1.2 SRM Instrumentation System Description 041, SRMs, page 7.
215004 2.2.36 - Equipment Control: Ability to analyze the effect of maintenance activities, such as degraded power sources, on the status of limiting conditions for operations. HIGH NEW Explanation:
System Description 041, Figure 41-08.
SRMs are located in the core in the following quadrants:   A     B D     C                                                             SRMs A and C are energized from 24/48VDC Bus A and are inoperable. No matter what quadrant is picked, the requirement for an operable SRM in the adjacent quadrant can not be met. In addition, information in the stem identifies that a non-spiral offloading is being utilized resulting in 2 SRMs being required to be operable, rather than just one if a spiral offloading was being used. The other distracters are plausible but incorrect.
215004 2.2.36 - Equipment Control: Ability to analyze the effect of maintenance activities, such as degraded power sources, on the status of limiting conditions for operations.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 090 The 1B Diesel Generator received a spurious start signal and has been running loaded for approximately one minute.
HIGH NEW Explanation:
In response to this event, a Reactor Operator must be directed to enter ____(1)____ and then
SRMs are located in the core in the following quadrants: A         B D   C SRMs A and C are energized from 24/48VDC Bus A and are inoperable.
No matter what quadrant is picked, the requirement for an operable SRM in the adjacent quadrant can not be met. In addition, information in the stem identifies that a non-spiral offloading is being utilized resulting in 2 SRMs being required to be operable, rather than just one if a spiral offloading was being used. The other distracters are plausible but incorrect.


SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION          090 The 1B Diesel Generator received a spurious start signal and has been running loaded for approximately one minute.
In response to this event, a Reactor Operator must be directed to enter ____(1)____ and then
____(2)____.
____(2)____.
: a. (1) LOP-DG-03, "Diesel Generator Shutdown" (2) shutdown the diesel immediately to prevent excessive wear to the turbocharger gear drive.  
: a.     (1)   LOP-DG-03, "Diesel Generator Shutdown" (2)   shutdown the diesel immediately to prevent excessive wear to the turbocharger gear drive.
: b. (1) LOP-DG-03, "Diesel Generator Shutdown" (2) run the diesel for a total of 5 to 10 minutes before shutdown to allow temperatures to reach equilibrium values.
: b.     (1)   LOP-DG-03, "Diesel Generator Shutdown" (2)   run the diesel for a total of 5 to 10 minutes before shutdown to allow temperatures to reach equilibrium values.
: c. (1) LOS-DG-M3, "1B(2B) Diesel Generator Operability Test" (2) load the diesel for a total 5 to 15 minutes to allow diesel and generator temperatures to stabilize.
: c.     (1)   LOS-DG-M3, "1B(2B) Diesel Generator Operability Test" (2)   load the diesel for a total 5 to 15 minutes to allow diesel and generator temperatures to stabilize.
: d. (1) LOS-DG-M3, "1B(2B) Diesel Generator Operability Test" (2) run the diesel for a total of 5 to 10 minutes before shutdown to allow temperatures to reach equilibrium values.
: d.     (1)   LOS-DG-M3, "1B(2B) Diesel Generator Operability Test" (2)   run the diesel for a total of 5 to 10 minutes before shutdown to allow temperatures to reach equilibrium values.
ANSWER b.
ANSWER b.
REFERENCE LOP-DG-03, "Diesel Generator Shutdown" LOS-DG-M3, "1B(2B) Diesel Generator Operability Test" 264000A2.03 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the EMERGENCY GENERATORS (DIESEL/JET) ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Operating unloaded, lightly loaded, and highly loaded. HIGHER NEW Explanation: Per LOP-DG-03, A.2: "Shutdown of DG is normally a controlled evolution, using LOS procedures in order to document reliability of the DG. This procedure should be used in abnormal conditions, when testing DG as part of troubleshooting processes, or for initial verification of repaired equipment."
REFERENCE LOP-DG-03, "Diesel Generator Shutdown" LOS-DG-M3, "1B(2B) Diesel Generator Operability Test" 264000A2.03 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the EMERGENCY GENERATORS (DIESEL/JET) ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Operating unloaded, lightly loaded, and highly loaded.
Per LOP-DG-03, D.4:  
HIGHER NEW Explanation:
"If a spurious start occurs and DG is NOT loaded long enough to allow temperatures to reach equilibrium values, DG should be run for 5 or 10 minutes prior to shutdown. The other distracters are plausible but incorrect as the LOP-DG-03 A.2 states that LOP-DG-03 is to be used to shutdown the DG under abnormal conditions, which a spurious start is. The immediate shutdown is not required to prevent excessive wear of the turbocharger drive, although LOS-DG-M3 step D.11 states "DG should NOT be operated below 2200 KW for an extended period of time to prevent excessive wear to turbocharger gear drive.
Per LOP-DG-03, A.2:
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 091 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.
"Shutdown of DG is normally a controlled evolution, using LOS procedures in order to document reliability of the DG. This procedure should be used in abnormal conditions, when testing DG as part of troubleshooting processes, or for initial verification of repaired equipment."
* At 07:00 annunciator 1H13-P603-A102; SCRAM PILOT VLV AIR HDR PRESS LO alarms
Per LOP-DG-03, D.4:
"If a spurious start occurs and DG is NOT loaded long enough to allow temperatures to reach equilibrium values, DG should be run for 5 or 10 minutes prior to shutdown.
The other distracters are plausible but incorrect as the LOP-DG-03 A.2 states that LOP-DG-03 is to be used to shutdown the DG under abnormal conditions, which a spurious start is. The immediate shutdown is not required to prevent excessive wear of the turbocharger drive, although LOS-DG-M3 step D.11 states "DG should NOT be operated below 2200 KW for an extended period of time to prevent excessive wear to turbocharger gear drive.
 
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION       091 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.
* At 07:00 annunciator 1H13-P603-A102; SCRAM PILOT VLV AIR HDR PRESS LO alarms
* An Equipment Operator dispatched to investigate the alarm reports that a crack has developed between the Scram Air Header pressure transmitter 1C11-N052 and root stop valve 1C11-F416.
* An Equipment Operator dispatched to investigate the alarm reports that a crack has developed between the Scram Air Header pressure transmitter 1C11-N052 and root stop valve 1C11-F416.
* While actions are taken to close root stop valve 1C11-F416, the full core display for control rods 30-59, 30-55, 50-51, and 30-47 are as shown below, with changes in indication at the given times.
* While actions are taken to close root stop valve 1C11-F416, the full core display for control rods 30-59, 30-55, 50-51, and 30-47 are as shown below, with changes in indication at the given times.
Time:07:0007:0107:0207:0307:0407:0530-5930-5930-5930-5930-5930-5930-5530-5530-5530-5530-5530-5550-5150-5150-5150-5150-5150-51 30-4730-4730-4730-4730-4730-47Rod 30-59 RCMS DisplayRod 30-55 RCMS DisplayRod 50-51 RCMS DisplayRod 30-47 RCMS Display0000000000 00 In response to these events and indications, as the Unit 1 Control Room Supervisor, you must direct the crew to enter ____(1)____, and a reactor scram per LGP-3-2 ____(2)____ required.  
Time:       07:00      07:01      07:02      07:03      07:04      07:05 Rod 30-59    30-59      30-59      30-59      30-59    30-59        30-59 RCMS Display                          00          00        00          00 30-55      30-55      30-55      30-55    30-55        30-55 Rod 30-55 RCMS Display                                                00          00 50-51      50-51      50-51      50-51     50-51        50-51 Rod 50-51 RCMS Display 30-47      30-47      30-47      30-47    30-47        30-47 Rod 30-47 RCMS Display In response to these events and indications, as the Unit 1 Control Room Supervisor, you must direct the crew to enter ____(1)____, and a reactor scram per LGP-3-2 ____(2)____ required.
: a. (1) LOA-RD-101, "Control Rod Drive Abnormal" ONLY (2) IS b. (1) LOA-RD-101, "Control Rod Drive Abnormal" AND LOA-RM-101, "Unit 1 RCMS Abnormal Situations" (2) IS c. (1) LOA-RD-101, "Control Rod Drive Abnormal" ONLY (2) is NOT
: a.     (1)     LOA-RD-101, "Control Rod Drive Abnormal" ONLY (2)     IS
: d. (1) LOA-RD-101, "Control Rod Drive Abnormal" AND LOA-RM-101, "Unit 1 RCMS Abnormal Situations" (2) is NOT ANSWER  
: b.     (1)     LOA-RD-101, "Control Rod Drive Abnormal" AND LOA-RM-101, "Unit 1 RCMS Abnormal Situations" (2)     IS
: a. REFERENCE LOA-RD-101, "Control Rod Drive Abnormal" pages 4.
: c.     (1)     LOA-RD-101, "Control Rod Drive Abnormal" ONLY (2)     is NOT
: d.     (1)     LOA-RD-101, "Control Rod Drive Abnormal" AND LOA-RM-101, "Unit 1 RCMS Abnormal Situations" (2)     is NOT ANSWER a.
REFERENCE LOA-RD-101, "Control Rod Drive Abnormal" pages 4.
LOA-RM-101, "Unit 1 RCMS Abnormal Situations", page 3.
LOA-RM-101, "Unit 1 RCMS Abnormal Situations", page 3.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS General Electric RCMS Reference Manual, page 23. 201002A2.02 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the REACTOR MANUAL CONTROL SYSTEM ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Rod drift alarm HIGHER NEW Explanation:
 
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS General Electric RCMS Reference Manual, page 23.
201002A2.02 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the REACTOR MANUAL CONTROL SYSTEM ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Rod drift alarm HIGHER NEW Explanation:
Per LOA-RD-101, step B.1.1, a scram is required if more than one control rod is moving at the same time. For the given condtions, control rods 50-51 and 30-47 are drifting as indicated by the RED background indication for the given rod on the full core display.
Per LOA-RD-101, step B.1.1, a scram is required if more than one control rod is moving at the same time. For the given condtions, control rods 50-51 and 30-47 are drifting as indicated by the RED background indication for the given rod on the full core display.
Entry is required for LOA-RD-101, but there are no entry conditions met for LOA-RM-101. The examinee must understand that the RED background indicates that a control is drifting, and the lack of position indication is expected if a rod is drifting in and do not indicate a problem with RCMS. The other distracters are plausible but incorrect.
Entry is required for LOA-RD-101, but there are no entry conditions met for LOA-RM-101. The examinee must understand that the RED background indicates that a control is drifting, and the lack of position indication is expected if a rod is drifting in and do not indicate a problem with RCMS.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 092
The other distracters are plausible but incorrect.


Given the following initial plant conditions:
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION      092 Given the following initial plant conditions:
* ALL RHR pumps are required to maintain adequate core cooling.
* ALL RHR pumps are required to maintain adequate core cooling.
* Suppression Pool temperature is 197.5&deg;F.
* Suppression Pool temperature is 197.5&deg;F.
Line 1,381: Line 1,461:
* Suppression Chamber pressure is 2 psig.
* Suppression Chamber pressure is 2 psig.
* Drywell pressure is 7 psig.
* Drywell pressure is 7 psig.
Which one of the following identifies a paramet er change that could result in damage to an RHR pump, and the direction to be provided for the use of the A and B RHR pumps?
Which one of the following identifies a parameter change that could result in damage to an RHR pump, and the direction to be provided for the use of the A and B RHR pumps?
: a. Drywell pressure increases an additional 5 psig.
: a.     Drywell pressure increases an additional 5 psig.
Continue to inject with A and B RHR.  
Continue to inject with A and B RHR.
: b. Suppression Pool level decreases an additional 2 feet.
: b.     Suppression Pool level decreases an additional 2 feet.
Continue to inject with A and B RHR.  
Continue to inject with A and B RHR.
: c. Suppression Pool temperature increases an additional 10.0&deg;F.
: c.     Suppression Pool temperature increases an additional 10.0&deg;F.
Re-align A or B RHR to the SPC mode of operation.
Re-align A or B RHR to the SPC mode of operation.
: d. Suppression Chamber pressure increases an additional 2 psig.
: d.     Suppression Chamber pressure increases an additional 2 psig.
Re-align A or B RHR to the SPC mode of operation.
Re-align A or B RHR to the SPC mode of operation.
ANSWER b.
ANSWER b.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS REFERENCE LGA-003, "Primary Containment Control" note and caution, and Graph NR, RHR/LPCI NPSH


Limit. 219000 2.4.20 - Equipment Control: Knowledge of the operational implications of EOP warnings, cautions, and notes.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS REFERENCE LGA-003, "Primary Containment Control" note and caution, and Graph NR, RHR/LPCI NPSH Limit.
219000 2.4.20 - Equipment Control: Knowledge of the operational implications of EOP warnings, cautions, and notes.
HIGHER NEW Explanation:
HIGHER NEW Explanation:
A 2' decrease in suppression pool (SP) level will cause the RHR pumps to be operating in a condition which plots to the left of the line on the NPSH Limit Graph for SP level >
A 2' decrease in suppression pool (SP) level will cause the RHR pumps to be operating in a condition which plots to the left of the line on the NPSH Limit Graph for SP level >-18 ft which is the lmiting line because SP level is NOT >-13 ft. In this case, system damage could occur.
-18 ft which is the lmiting line because SP level is NOT >-13 ft. In this case, system damage could occur.
The stem states that all the RHR pumps are required to maintain adequate core cooling, so per the Finger Note in the SPC leg, "Do not use RHR pumps needed for core cooling", so to Continue to inject with A and B RHR is the proper action to take.
The stem states that all the RHR pumps are required to maintain adequate core cooling, so per the Finger Note in the SPC leg, "Do not use RHR pumps needed for core cooling", so to Continue to inject with A and B RHR is the proper action to take.  
The other distracters are plausible but incorrect, and when graphed fall to the right of the respective line on the graph, indicating NPSH is not a concern for the given conditions.


The other distracters are plausible but incorrect, and when graphed fall to the right of the respective line on the graph, indicating NPSH is not a concern for the given conditions.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION       093 Which of the following identifies why the Turbine Bypass System is required to be operable at
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 093 Which of the following identifies why the Turbine Bypass System is required to be operable at  
>25% reactor power?
>25% reactor power?
To ensure that the ____(1)____ safety limit(s) is/are NOT violated during the ____(2)____  
To ensure that the ____(1)____ safety limit(s) is/are NOT violated during the ____(2)____
 
transient(s).
transient(s).
: a. (1) MCPR (only)
: a.     (1)     MCPR (only)
  (2) turbine trip and feedwater controller failure maximum demand (only)
(2)     turbine trip and feedwater controller failure maximum demand (only)
: b. (1) MCPR (only)
: b.     (1)     MCPR (only)
  (2) turbine trip, feedwater controller failure maximum demand, and turbine generator load rejection
(2)     turbine trip, feedwater controller failure maximum demand, and turbine generator load rejection
: c. (1) MCPR and Reactor Pressure (2) turbine trip and feedwater controller failure maximum demand (only)
: c.     (1)     MCPR and Reactor Pressure (2)     turbine trip and feedwater controller failure maximum demand (only)
: d. (1) MCPR and Reactor Pressure (2) turbine trip, feedwater controller failure maximum demand, and turbine generator load rejection ANSWER b.
: d.     (1)     MCPR and Reactor Pressure (2)     turbine trip, feedwater controller failure maximum demand, and turbine generator load rejection ANSWER b.
REFERENCE Technical Specification Bases 3.7.7 241000 2.2.38 - Equipment Control: Knowledge of conditions and limitations in the facility license. FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation Per T.S. Based 3.7.7: The Main Turbine Bypass System is required to be OPERABLE at >25% RTP to ensure that the fuel cladding integrity Safety Limit is not violated during the turbine trip, feedwater controller failure maximum demand, and turbine generator load rejection transients.  
REFERENCE Technical Specification Bases 3.7.7 241000 2.2.38 - Equipment Control: Knowledge of conditions and limitations in the facility license.
 
FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation Per T.S. Based 3.7.7:
Note, the fuel cladding safety limit is identified as the MCPR safety limit in LaSalle tech specs.  
The Main Turbine Bypass System is required to be OPERABLE at >25% RTP to ensure that the fuel cladding integrity Safety Limit is not violated during the turbine trip, feedwater controller failure maximum demand, and turbine generator load rejection transients.
 
Note, the fuel cladding safety limit is identified as the MCPR safety limit in LaSalle tech specs.
The other distracters are plausible, but incorrect.
The other distracters are plausible, but incorrect.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 094 You are reviewing the shift manning schedule and identify that two of the four Reactor Operators (ROs) scheduled for the next shift have "No-solo Operation" restrictions on their license. What action, if any, is required to be taken regarding shift staffing for the next shift?
: a. No action is required to be taken.
: b. Assign the ROs with "No-solo Operation" restrictions to the Unit 1 and Unit 2


Assist RO positions.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION        094 You are reviewing the shift manning schedule and identify that two of the four Reactor Operators (ROs) scheduled for the next shift have "No-solo Operation" restrictions on their license.
: c. Replace one of the ROs with the "No-solo Operation" restriction with an RO that  
What action, if any, is required to be taken regarding shift staffing for the next shift?
: a.      No action is required to be taken.
: b.      Assign the ROs with "No-solo Operation" restrictions to the Unit 1 and Unit 2 Assist RO positions.
: c.     Replace one of the ROs with the "No-solo Operation" restriction with an RO that does NOT have the restriction.
: d.      Separate the ROs "No-solo Operation" restrictions such that only one RO with a "No-Solo Operation" restriction is assigned to each unit.
ANSWER a.
REFERENCE HR-AA-07-01, "NRC Licensed Operator Medical Examination" 2.1.4 Knowledge of individual licensed operator responsibilities related to shift staffing, such as medical requirements, "no-solo" operation, maintenance of active license status, 10CFR55, etc.
FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
Per HR-AA-07-01, "NRC Licensed Operator Medical Examination":
"A RO who is at risk of sudden incapacitation may have a "No-Solo" Operation restriction that requires another operator to be in view when the restricted operator is performing control manipulations, and someone capable of summoning assistance to be present at all other times while the restricted operator is performing licensed duties."
There is no limitation identified regarding the number of ROs with a "No-Solo" Operation restriction that can be assigned to a given shift, so no action is required to be taken regarding shift staffing.


does NOT have the restriction.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION       095 Unit 1 is in an emergency condition and cannot maintain RPV water level above the Bottom of Active Fuel.
: d. Separate the ROs "No-solo Operation" restrictions such that only one RO with a "No-Solo Operation" restriction is assigned to each unit.
ANSWER a. REFERENCE HR-AA-07-01, "NRC Licensed Operator Medical Examination"
 
====2.1.4 Knowledge====
of individual licensed operator responsibilities related to shift staffing, such as medical requirements, "no-solo" operation, maintenance of active license status, 10CFR55, etc. FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
Per HR-AA-07-01, "NRC Licensed Operator Medical Examination":
"A RO who is at risk of sudden incapacitation may have a "No-Solo" Operation restriction that requires another operator to be in view when the restricted operator is performing control manipulations, and someone capable of summoning assistance to be present at all other times while the restricted operator is performing licensed duties."
There is no limitation identified regarding the number of  ROs with a "No-Solo" Operation restriction that can be assigned to a given shift, so no action is required to be taken regarding shift staffing.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 095 Unit 1 is in an emergency condition and cannot maintain RPV water level above the Bottom of Active Fuel.
The on-shift crew has identified an innovative method to restore RPV water level above the Top of Active Fuel, however the method has NOT been previously reviewed or approved for use.
The on-shift crew has identified an innovative method to restore RPV water level above the Top of Active Fuel, however the method has NOT been previously reviewed or approved for use.
Which of the following is required, at a MINIMUM, to permit implementing the action to restore RPV water level?
Which of the following is required, at a MINIMUM, to permit implementing the action to restore RPV water level?
: a. Approval by one licensed SRO.
: a.     Approval by one licensed SRO.
: b. Approval by two licensed SROs.
: b.     Approval by two licensed SROs.
: c. A completed 50.59 Safety Evaluation.
: c.     A completed 50.59 Safety Evaluation.
: d. Approval by one licensed SRO AND the Shift Emergency Director.
: d.     Approval by one licensed SRO AND the Shift Emergency Director.
ANSWER  
ANSWER a.
: a. REFERENCE HU-AA-104-101, " Procedure Use and Adherence", Step 4.8.4, The licensee may take reasonable action that departs from a license condition or a Technical Specification in an  
REFERENCE HU-AA-104-101, " Procedure Use and Adherence", Step 4.8.4, The licensee may take reasonable action that departs from a license condition or a Technical Specification in an emergency when:
: 1. The action is immediately needed to protect the public health and safety, and
: 2. No action consistent with license conditions and Technical Specifications that can provide adequate or equivalent protection is immeidately apparent, and
: 3. As a minimum a licensed Senior Reactor Operator has appoved the licensee action prior to taking the action.
2.2.5 Knowledge of the process for making design or operating changes to the facility.


emergency when:
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION       096 What is the relationship between the Station Emergency Director and the performance of an emergency containment vent per LGA-VQ-02, Emergency Containment Vent?
: 1. The action is immediately needed to protect the public health and safety, and
: 2. No action consistent with license conditions and Technical Specifications that can provide adequate or equivalent protection is immeidately apparent, and  3. As a minimum a licensed Senior Reactor Operator has appoved the licensee action prior to taking the action.
 
====2.2.5 Knowledge====
of the process for making design or operating changes to the facility.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 096 What is the relationship between the Station Emergency Director and the performance of an emergency containment vent per LGA-VQ-02, Emergency Containment Vent?
The Station Emergency Director ____________________ the primary containment.
The Station Emergency Director ____________________ the primary containment.
: a. must direct the emergency venting of
: a.     must direct the emergency venting of
: b. must be informed prior to emergency venting
: b.     must be informed prior to emergency venting
: c. has NO responsibilities related to emergency venting
: c.     has NO responsibilities related to emergency venting
: d. must approve the release permit for emergency venting ANSWER  
: d.     must approve the release permit for emergency venting ANSWER b.
: b.
REFERENCE LGA-VQ-02, "Emergency Containment Vent" Rev. 15, Prerequisite B.2.a 2.3.11 Ability to control radiation releases.
REFERENCE LGA-VQ-02, "Emergency Containment Vent" Rev. 15, Prerequisite B.2.a 2.3.11 Ability to control radiation releases. FUNDAMENTAL BANK Explanation:
FUNDAMENTAL BANK Explanation:
Per LGA-VQ-02, Prerequisite B.2.a, the Station Director must be informed that during the performance of the procedure there may be an unmonitored ground level rad release that may affect the PARS recommendation.
Per LGA-VQ-02, Prerequisite B.2.a, the Station Director must be informed that during the performance of the procedure there may be an unmonitored ground level rad release that may affect the PARS recommendation.
D. is incorrect as there is no release permit required for an emergency vent.
D. is incorrect as there is no release permit required for an emergency vent.


SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 097 Which of the following is a non-delegable action of the Shift Emergency Director following the classification of a Site Area Emergency?
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION         097 Which of the following is a non-delegable action of the Shift Emergency Director following the classification of a Site Area Emergency?
: a. Transmit a NARS form.
: a.     Transmit a NARS form.
: b. Authorize exposure extension.
: b.     Authorize exposure extension.
: c. Activate the Emergency Response Organization.
: c.     Activate the Emergency Response Organization.
: d. Initiate an Emergency Plant Announcement for the classification.
: d.     Initiate an Emergency Plant Announcement for the classification.
ANSWER b. REFERENCE EP-AA-112-100-F-01, "Shift Emergency Director Checklist":
ANSWER b.
2.4.38 Ability to take actions called for in the facility emergency plan, including supporting or acting as emergency coordinator if required. FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
REFERENCE EP-AA-112-100-F-01, "Shift Emergency Director Checklist":
Per EP-AA-112-100-F-01, "Shift Emergency Director Checklist":  
2.4.38 Ability to take actions called for in the facility emergency plan, including supporting or acting as emergency coordinator if required.
"The Shift Emergency Director may delegate plant announcements, call out of the ERO and actual communications with offsite agencies once review and approval of notification information has been made." The authorization of exposure extensions is not listed as a delegable duty.
FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
The distracters are plausible but incorrect.  
Per EP-AA-112-100-F-01, "Shift Emergency Director Checklist":
"The Shift Emergency Director may delegate plant announcements, call out of the ERO and actual communications with offsite agencies once review and approval of notification information has been made." The authorization of exposure extensions is not listed as a delegable duty.
The distracters are plausible but incorrect.


SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 98  
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION         98 Unit 1 is in a refueling outage.
 
Unit 1 is in a refueling outage.
* LOP-WR-01, "Filling and Venting or Draining of the Reactor Building Closed Cooling Water System" was started at the beginning of the current shift to refill a portion of the WR system.
* LOP-WR-01, "Filling and Venting or Draining of the Reactor Building Closed Cooling Water System" was started at the beginning of the current shift to refill a portion of the WR system.
* Step E.1.3 states: "As necessary, OPEN 1WR093, RBCCW Expansion Tank Level Control 1WR091 Bypass Valve (01 RB 820 C-11 RB 820' by RBCCW Tank) to maintain the expansion tank level between 24 to 42 inches".
* Step E.1.3 states:
* Step E.1.9 states: "If 1WR093, RBCCW Expansion Tank Level Control 1WR091 Bypass Valve was used to fill expansion tank, CLOSE valve."
        "As necessary, OPEN 1WR093, RBCCW Expansion Tank Level Control 1WR091 Bypass Valve (01 RB 820 C-11 RB 820' by RBCCW Tank) to maintain the expansion tank level between 24 to 42 inches".
* Step E.1.9 states:
        "If 1WR093, RBCCW Expansion Tank Level Control 1WR091 Bypass Valve was used to fill expansion tank, CLOSE valve."
* Valve 1WR093 was NOT manipulated during the filling of the WR system.
* Valve 1WR093 was NOT manipulated during the filling of the WR system.
The Equipment Operator performing the surveillance has requested direction on how to placekeep steps E.1.3 and E.1.9 based on the given conditions.
The Equipment Operator performing the surveillance has requested direction on how to placekeep steps E.1.3 and E.1.9 based on the given conditions.
As the Unit Supervisor, direct the Equipment Operator performing the procedure to .....
As the Unit Supervisor, direct the Equipment Operator performing the procedure to .....
: a. leave steps E.1.3 and E1.9 blank.  
: a.       leave steps E.1.3 and E1.9 blank.
: b. mark steps E.1.3 and E1.9 as complete.  
: b.       mark steps E.1.3 and E1.9 as complete.
: c. mark steps E.1.3 and E1.9 "C/M" (Condition Met).  
: c.       mark steps E.1.3 and E1.9 "C/M" (Condition Met).
: d. mark steps E.1.3 and E1.9 "N/A" (Not Applicable). ANSWER d. REFERENCE HU-AA-104-101, Revision 04, page 7, step 4.4.3. 2.1.20 Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps. HIGHER NEW Explanation: Per HU-AA-104-101, Revision 04, page 7, step 4.4.3. "WHEN procedure step are not applicable due to plant conditions or the specific task being performed, "N/A" shall be applied with appropriate authorization." Use Not Applicable, "N/A" to document completion of a procedure  
: d.       mark steps E.1.3 and E1.9 "N/A" (Not Applicable).
 
ANSWER d.
step WHEN:  - The condition(s) are not applicable as described by the conditional step....  
REFERENCE HU-AA-104-101, Revision 04, page 7, step 4.4.3.
 
2.1.20 Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps.
HIGHER NEW Explanation:
Per HU-AA-104-101, Revision 04, page 7, step 4.4.3. "WHEN procedure step are not applicable due to plant conditions or the specific task being performed, "N/A" shall be applied with appropriate authorization." Use Not Applicable, "N/A" to document completion of a procedure step WHEN:
  - The condition(s) are not applicable as described by the conditional step....
The other distracters are plausible, but incorrect.
The other distracters are plausible, but incorrect.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 099


Unit 2 has experienced a LOCA.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION      099 Unit 2 has experienced a LOCA.
* The Division 1 POST-LOCA monitor is the only monitor available for use.
* The Division 1 POST-LOCA monitor is the only monitor available for use.
* Group 2 PCIS logic failed to actuate.
* Group 2 PCIS logic failed to actuate.
* The Shift Manager has requested the current Oxygen levels in the containment.
* The Shift Manager has requested the current Oxygen levels in the containment.
For the given conditions, the Division 1 POST-LOCA monitor must be aligned to sample the ____(1)____ and local action must be taken to ____(2)____ of the POST-LOCA monitor.  
For the given conditions, the Division 1 POST-LOCA monitor must be aligned to sample the
: a. (1) Drywell (2) re-align valves per LGA-CM-01, "Emergency Operation of the POST-LOCA Accident Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System" to prevent erratic indication.  
____(1)____ and local action must be taken to ____(2)____ of the POST-LOCA monitor.
: b. (1) Drywell (2) adjust system flow per LOP-CM-02, "Startup, Operation and Shutdown of POST-LOCA Accident Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System" to ensure accurate indication.  
: a.     (1)     Drywell (2)     re-align valves per LGA-CM-01, "Emergency Operation of the POST-LOCA Accident Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System" to prevent erratic indication.
: c. (1) Suppression Chamber (2) re-align valves per LGA-CM-01, "Emergency Operation of the POST-LOCA Accident Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System" to prevent erratic indication.  
: b.     (1)     Drywell (2)     adjust system flow per LOP-CM-02, "Startup, Operation and Shutdown of POST-LOCA Accident Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System" to ensure accurate indication.
: d. (1) Suppression Chamber (2) adjust system flow per LOP-CM-02, "Startup, Operation and Shutdown of POST-LOCA Accident Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System" to ensure accurate indication. ANSWER a. REFERENCE LGA-CM-01, "Emergency Operation of the POST-LOCA Accident Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System" LOP-CM-01, "Startup, Operation, and Shutdown of POST-LOCA Primary Containment Atmosphere Monitoring System PCAMS" LOP-CM-02, "Startup, Operation, and Shutdown of POST-LOCA Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System" 2.4.35 Knowledge of local auxiliary operator tasks during emergency and the resultant operational effects. FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
: c.     (1)     Suppression Chamber (2)     re-align valves per LGA-CM-01, "Emergency Operation of the POST-LOCA Accident Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System" to prevent erratic indication.
LGA-CM-01, "Emergency Operation of the POST-LOCA Accident Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System" provides direction to align the monitor to sample the drywell and also provides direction to realign valves locally to separate the suction paths for the monitor and the 1PL75J panel.  
: d.     (1)     Suppression Chamber (2)     adjust system flow per LOP-CM-02, "Startup, Operation and Shutdown of POST-LOCA Accident Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System" to ensure accurate indication.
ANSWER a.
REFERENCE LGA-CM-01, "Emergency Operation of the POST-LOCA Accident Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System" LOP-CM-01, "Startup, Operation, and Shutdown of POST-LOCA Primary Containment Atmosphere Monitoring System PCAMS" LOP-CM-02, "Startup, Operation, and Shutdown of POST-LOCA Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System" 2.4.35 Knowledge of local auxiliary operator tasks during emergency and the resultant operational effects.
FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:
LGA-CM-01, "Emergency Operation of the POST-LOCA Accident Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System" provides direction to align the monitor to sample the drywell and also provides direction to realign valves locally to separate the suction paths for the monitor and the 1PL75J panel.
LOP-CM-01, "Startup, Operation, and Shutdown of POST-LOCA Primary Containment


LOP-CM-01, "Startup, Operation, and Shutdown of POST-LOCA Primary Containment SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS Atmosphere Monitoring System PCAMS", Limitation D.4 discusses erratic operation of the POST-LOCA monitor if its suction path is not separated from Primary Containment Continuous Air Monitors.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS Atmosphere Monitoring System PCAMS", Limitation D.4 discusses erratic operation of the POST-LOCA monitor if its suction path is not separated from Primary Containment Continuous Air Monitors.
LOP-CM-02, "Startup, Operation, and Shutdown of POST-LOCA Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System", Note on page 12 discusses adjusting flow control for the 1PL75J, not the POST-LOCA monitor.  
LOP-CM-02, "Startup, Operation, and Shutdown of POST-LOCA Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System", Note on page 12 discusses adjusting flow control for the 1PL75J, not the POST-LOCA monitor.
The other distracters are plausible, but incorrect.


The other distracters are plausible, but incorrect.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION       100 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.
SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 100 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.
* You are the Unit 1 Unit Supervisor responsible for preparing a brief for the return to service of the 1A TDRFP min flow valve, and have identified that Independent Verification (IV) will be used when removing the C/O.
* You are the Unit 1 Unit Supervisor responsible for preparing a brief for the return to service of the 1A TDRFP min flow valve, and have identified that Independent Verification (IV) will be used when removing the C/O.
Per HU-AA-101, Human Performance Tools and Verification Practices, which one of the following correctly states the philosophy to be applied for removal of the C/O cards located in  
Per HU-AA-101, Human Performance Tools and Verification Practices, which one of the following correctly states the philosophy to be applied for removal of the C/O cards located in the Unit 1 Heater Bay?
 
: a.     Perform the IV for the C/O cards located in the Unit 1 Heater Bay after receiving High Radiation and ALARA briefs.
the Unit 1 Heater Bay?
: b.     Direct that Concurrent Verification be used for the C/O cards located in the Unit 1 Heater Bay, and complete IV for the rest of the checklist.
: a. Perform the IV for the C/O cards located in the Unit 1 Heater Bay after receiving  
: c.     Request that the Shift Manager waive the IV for the C/O cards located in the Unit 1 Heater Bay, and complete IV for the rest of the checklist.
 
: d.     Request that the Rad Protection Manager waive the IV for the C/O cards located in the Unit 1 Heater Bay, and complete IV for the rest of the checklist.
High Radiation and ALARA briefs.
: b. Direct that Concurrent Verification be used for the C/O cards located in the Unit 1 Heater Bay, and complete IV for the rest of the checklist.
: c. Request that the Shift Manager waive the IV for the C/O cards located in the Unit 1 Heater Bay, and complete IV for the rest of the checklist.
: d. Request that the Rad Protection Manager waive the IV for the C/O cards located in the Unit 1 Heater Bay, and complete IV for the rest of the checklist.
ANSWER c.
ANSWER c.
REFERENCE HU-AA-101, Revision 004, page 6, Step 4.3.1.1 2.3.13 Knowledge of Radialogical Safety Procedures pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as response to radiation monitor alarms, containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high radiation areas, aligning filters, etc.
REFERENCE HU-AA-101, Revision 004, page 6, Step 4.3.1.1 2.3.13 Knowledge of Radialogical Safety Procedures pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as response to radiation monitor alarms, containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high radiation areas, aligning filters, etc.
HIGH BANK Explanation:
HIGH BANK Explanation:
Per HU-AA-101, Revision 004, page 6, Step 4.3.1.1, the Shift Manager may waive the verification requirements for ALARA concerns. Alternative verification techniques shall be  
Per HU-AA-101, Revision 004, page 6, Step 4.3.1.1, the Shift Manager may waive the verification requirements for ALARA concerns. Alternative verification techniques shall be considered.
 
considered.
Distracters A, B, and D are plausible, but incorrect.}}
Distracters A, B, and D are plausible, but incorrect.}}

Latest revision as of 08:26, 13 November 2019

2010 LaSalle County Station Initial License Examination Proposed Written Examination
ML102950170
Person / Time
Site: LaSalle  Constellation icon.png
Issue date: 09/24/2010
From: Mcneil D
Operations Branch III
To:
Exelon Generation Co, Exelon Nuclear
References
Download: ML102950170 (118)


Text

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 001 Which one of the following signals is used by the Reactor Water Level Control system when operating in the Single Element mode of control?

a. Total Steam Flow
b. Reactor Water Level
c. Total Feed Water Flow
d. Feed Regulating Valve (FRV) Position ANSWER b.

REFERENCE System Description 031,Section II.D.

295002K1.03 - Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL SYSTEM and the following: Reactor water level BANK FUNDAMENTAL Explanation:

Single-Element control utilizes only reactor water level. Reactor water level signals are processed through a soft majority selector, compared to the reactor level setpoint and passed on to the single-element controller. The single element controller output is then sent to all of the final control elements selected in automatic. The other answers are incorrect because they are not used by RWLC while operating in single-element.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 002 Uni 1 is at rated condtions.

  • The 1A Post LOCA H2/O2 MONITOR ISOL VLVS switch is in the SP position.
  • Drywell pressure rises to 2.5 psig.

For the given conditions, the 1A Post LOCA H2/O2 monitors will be drawing a suction from the ____(1)____ with return flow going to the ____(2)____.

a. (1) Drywell ONLY (2) Suppression Chamber
b. (1) Suppression Chamber ONLY (2) Suppression Chamber
c. (1) Suppression Chamber and Drywell (2) Suppression Chamber
d. (1) Suppression Chamber and Drywell (2) Drywell Answer c.

REFERENCE System Descripiton 092, Containment Monitoring, page 20.

HIGH NEW 223002K1.11 - Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION SYSTEM/NUCLEAR STEAM SUPPLY SHUT-OFF and the Containment atmosphere sampling Explanation:

If the 1A(B) POST LOCA H2/O2 MONITOR ISOL VLVS is in the SP position, the suppression pool suction valve, 1CM024A (1CM023B) and the suppression pool return, 1CM025A (1CM026B) remain open AND the drywell suction valve, 1CM022A (1CM021B) re-positions open on a PCIS signal. The suppression pool return and the drywell suction valve will not be capable of being closed until the Group II isolation signal is reset. The drywell suction can also be closed if a jumper is installed per LGA-CM-01.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 003 Which of the following identifies the power supply to the 1B IRM?

a. 112X
b. 112Y
c. 1B RPS
d. 24VDC Bus B Answer d.

REFERENCE System Description 042, IRMs, page 17.

215003K2.01 - Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: IRM channels/detectors FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

Per System Description 042, IRMs:

24VDC Bus B via 24/48 VDC Distribution Panel 1B (power for trip and auxiliary units) IRM:

B, D, F, H

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 004 Unit-1 has just started a refueling outage (shutdown was 3.5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> ago).

Unit-2 is critical with a 65°F per hour heat-up rate established.

Given this initial lineup, which one of the following combinations of failures would result in a Loss of All Off-Site AC power to both units?

a. Unit-1 SAT and Unit-2 SAT.
b. Unit-1 SAT and Lines 0108 and 0101.
c. Unit-2 SAT and Lines 0112 and 0108.
d. Unit-1 Ring Bus and Lines 0112 and 0103.

ANSWER a.

REFERENCE System Description 005, Figure 005-02 262001K/A: K2.01 - Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: Off-site sources of power HIGH BANK Explanation:

With both generators off-line (UATs are unavailable) a loss of both SATs will result in a loss of off-site power to both units. B, C, and D are incorrect as they allow either the U-1 or U-2 SAT to be available to provide power.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 005 Unit 1 and 2 are operating at rated condtions.

The following annunciators alarm:

  • Unit 1 SBGT system fails to initate.

Which of the following identifies Unit 1 Reactor Building conditions following these events?

The Unit 1 Reactor Building will ............

a. slowly pressurize resulting in an unmonitored gaseous effluent release.
b. be maintained at a slightly negative pressure to collect and process all gaseous effluent prior to its release to the environment through the SBGT Vent Stack ONLY.
c. be maintained at a slightly negative pressure to collect and process all gaseous effluent prior to its release to the environment through the Station Vent Stack ONLY.
d. be maintained at a slightly negative pressure to collect and process all gaseous effluent prior to its release to the environment through the SBGT and Station Vent Stacks.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE System Description 095, Standby Gas Treatment, pages 2 and 3.

261000K3.05 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the STANDBY GAS TREATMENT SYSTEM will have on following: Secondary containment radiation/

contamination levels HIGH NEW Explanation:

For the given conditions, Reactor Building Ventilation on both Units will trip and isolate, and both SBGT trains will receive an initiation signal. Unit 2 SBGT will maintain a negative pressure on the Unit 1 Reactor Building even though the Unit 1 SBGT system failed to start.

Per System Description 095, Standby Gas Treatment, The Standby Gas Treatment (VG) System consists of two identical processing trains (1 per unit), isolation and control dampers and interconnecting pipes.

The individual trains (of SBGT) are available to each Reactor Building. Either train can produce and maintain a slightly negative pressure in the Reactor Building to collect and process all gaseous effluent prior to its release to the environment through an elevated

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS release point.

The Standby Gas Treatment System performs safety-related functions as an Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) Filter System. All Standby Gas Treatment System electrical equipment is powered from the ESF Division II of its respective unit. Both VG trains will automatically start with an initiation signal from either unit.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 006 Units 1 and 2 have been scrammed due to a security related event.

  • All Off-site power is lost.
  • The 1A Diesel Generator (D/G) has been damaged and will NOT operate.
  • Unit 1 RPV water level dropped to -148" and is currently +25 inches.
  • Unit 2 RPV water level dropped to -25" and is currently +35 inches.
  • CSCS supply to the Common and 2A Diesel Generators is lost.
  • Suppression Pool Cooling has been placed in operation on BOTH units.
  • ALL personnel have been restricted from entering the Power Block.

Which of the following describes the effect on the continued operation of Suppression Pool Cooling for each unit based on the given conditions?

Unit 1 Suppression Pool Cooling will remain in operation until the Common D/G ____(1)____.

Unit 2 Suppression Pool Cooling will remain in operation until the 2A D/G____(2)____.

a. (1) experiences component failure.

(2) trips on high cooling temperature.

b. (1) trips on high cooling temperature.

(2) experiences component failure.

c. (1) experiences component failure.

(2) experiences component failure.

d. (1) trips on high cooling temperature.

(2) trips on high cooling temperature.

ANSWER a.

REFERENCE System Description 11, page 66.

264000K3.03 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the EMERGENCY GENERATORS (DIESEL/JET) will have on following: Major loads powered from electrical buses fed by the emergency generator(s)

HIGH NEW Explanation:

The Common Diesel has responded to both an ECCS and undervoltage signal, so with the loss of CSCS, the diesel will continue to operate until components fail as a result of the high coolant trip being bypassed. When the Common D/G trips, SPC will be lost on Unit 1.

The 2A Diesel has responded to an undervoltage signal, but not an ECCS signal, so the diesel will continue to operate until the high coolant trip is reached. When the 2A D/G trips, SPC will be lost on Unit 2.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 007 Which of the following Unit 1 DC busses has a design feature which allows the bus to be cross-tied to Unit 2?

1. 112Y; Unit 1 Division 2 125 VDC
2. 113; Unit 1 Division 3 125 VDC
3. 121Y; Unit 1 250 VDC
a. 1 ONLY
b. 1 and 2 ONLY
c. 1 and 3 ONLY
d. 1, 2 and 3.

ANSWER d.

REFERENCE System Description 006, DC Distribution, pages 23 and 26.

263000K4.02 - Knowledge of D.C. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Breaker interlocks, permissives, bypasses and cross ties: Plant-Specific FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

ALL three of the Unit 1 DC busses listed can be cross-tied to Unit 2.

The question explores the examinees knowledge of the ability to cross-tie different DC busses, including the Division 2 battery, the HPCS battery and the 250 VDC battery.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 008 Unit 1 was operating at rated conditions when a leak in the drywell occurred.

  • Drywell pressure is 15 psig.
  • Suppression Chamber Spray is in operation.
  • Drywell Spray is in operation.
  • Reactor pressure rose from 420 psig to 550 psig.
  • ADS was then initiated and reactor pressure is dropping 50 psig per minute.

Which of the following identifies the expected 1A RHR valve positions four minutes from now if no operator actions are taken with the system?

a. 1E12-F027A, 1A RHR SP SPRAY ISOL; OPEN 1E12-F042A, 1A RHR LPCI INJ. VLV.; CLOSED
b. 1E12-F027A, 1A RHR SP SPRAY ISOL; CLOSED 1E12-F042A, 1A RHR LPCI INJ. VLV.; OPEN
c. 1E12-F016A and F017A, 1A RHR DW SPRAY UPSTREAM AND DOWNSTREAM ISOLs; OPEN 1E12-F042A, 1A RHR LPCI INJ. VLV.; CLOSED
d. 1E12-F016A and F017A, 1A RHR DW SPRAY UPSTREAM AND DOWNSTREAM ISOLs; CLOSED 1E12-F042A, 1A RHR LPCI INJ. VLV.; OPEN ANSWER b.

REFERENCE System Description 064, RHR, pages 21, 22, 23 and 30.

203000K4.10 - Knowledge of RHR/LPCI: INJECTION MODE (PLANT SPECIFIC) design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Dedicated injection system during automatic system initiation (injection valve interlocks)

HIGH NEW Explanation:

Injection Valve 1E12-F042A interlocks affect the operation of both the SC and DW Spray valves. The 1E12-F027A Suppression Pool Spray Valve will go closed if the 1E12-F042A Injection Valve goes open with an initiation signal in place.

In the given conditions, the F042A valve was overriden closed, but the override signal was cleared when RPV pressure rose above the low pressure interlock.

When RPV pressure dropped below the low pressure interlock due to the ADS, the F042A Injection Valve will open, providing a signal to close the F027A SP Spray Valve. The F016A and F017A DW Spray Valves are not affected by the opening of the F042A .

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 009 Assuming RHR is in a standby configuration initially, which one of the following statements is TRUE concerning RHR shutdown cooling when all of the Emergency Transfer Switches for RHR are taken to the EMERGENCY position at the Remote S/D Panel?

a. RHR Shutdown Cooling can NOT be placed in operation from the RSD panel.
b. Shutdown Cooling can only be lined up using the 'A' (Div. 1) RHR Heat Exchanger.
c. There is a greater potential to drain the RPV to the suppression pool since ALL associated interlocks are bypassed.
d. The RHR suppression pool suction valve closed signal must be present before shutdown cooling can be placed on-line.

ANSWER d.

REFERENCE System Description 064, Sections IV.C and IV.D LOP-RX-01T, Revision 10 205000K5.02 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to SHUTDOWN COOLING SYSTEM (RHR SHUTDOWN COOLING MODE) :

Valve operation FUNDAMENTAL BANK EXPLANATION

c. is a correct statement.
a. SDC can be placed in operation.
b. the "B" HX is used.
c. all interlocks are not bypassed.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 010 To provide an additional margin of safety, the APRM Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power Upscale Trip and alarm setpoints are automatically adjusted in proportion to ____(1)____ flow rate signals. These signals are passed through a ____(2)____ value gate to ensure conservatism is added to the flow biased trip circuits.

a. (1) Feedwater (2) low
b. (1) Feedwater (2) high
c. (1) Reactor Recirculation (2) low
d. (1) Reactor Recirculation (2) high ANSWER c.

REFERENCE System Description 044, APRMs pages 5 and 6.

215005K5.05 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to AVERAGE POWER RANGE MONITOR/LOCAL POWER RANGE MONITOR SYSTEM : Core flow effects on APRM trip setpoints FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

From System Description 044, APRMs:

To provide an additional margin of safety the thermal scram and upscale alarm setpoints of the APRM are automatically adjusted in proportion to the recirculation flow rate.

MAE Comment: The selected K/A refers to "core flow", however recirc flow is used as an input in place of core flow as it is more reliable and less likely to cause a spurious scram, thus recirc flow was used in this question.

For the APRMs and RBM, the flow signals pass through individual APRM and RBM channel LVGs. Each of these signals is representative of the outputs of two Flow Transmitters one for each recirculation loop. Within the Flow Control Trip Reference Unit the two signals are compared and the smaller signal is allowed to pass. The device performing this function is known as the Low Value Gate (LVG). By selecting the input signal representing the lower value of total flow, conservatism is added to the flow biased trip circuits.

The distracters are plausible but incorrect as they identify the Feedwater Flow and/or high value gate as part of the distracter.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 011 Which of the following identifies how the Security UPS will respond to the loss of the normal AC power supply?

The Security UPS will transfer to the

a. DC power supply fed from MCC 112X.
b. DC power supply fed from the TSC battery panel 0DC22E.
c. Alternate AC power supply 132B-2, which is regulated before supplying system loads.
d. Alternate AC power supply 132B-2 which is NOT regulated before supplying system loads.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE TSC Security DG and UPS System lesson plan 012, page 18 262002K6.01 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY (A.C./D.C.) : A.C. electrical power FUNDAMENTAL BANK EXPLANATION The Security UPS is fed from the TSC battery. UPS operation is such that if the Normal AC power supply is lost, the DC power supply automatically takes it place. The Alternate AC power source is the last option.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 012 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.

  • LIS-NB-101A, "Unit 1 Reactor Vessel Low Water Level 3 Scram Trip Logic A1 and A2 and SDC Mode Isolation Calibration" was completed last shift.
  • Trip unit 1B21-N703A, "Reactor Vessel Low Water Level 3 Trip in RPS Trip Logic A1" was unknowingly damaged and left in a condition such that it will NOT change from its normal state.

What effect will the condition of trip unit 1B21-N703A have on the RPS system if RPV water level subsequently drops below the RPS scram setpoint?

a. RPS Channel [A1] will NOT actuate, PREVENTING a FULL reactor scram.
b. RPS Channels [B1] AND [B2] ONLY will actuate, CAUSING a FULL reactor scram.
c. RPS Channels [A2] AND [B1 AND / OR B2] will actuate, CAUSING a FULL reactor scram.
d. RPS Channels [A2] AND [B1 AND / OR B2] will actuate, CAUSING a reactor HALF SCRAM ONLY.

ANSWER c.

REFERENCE System Description 049, RPS pages 33 and 34 212000K6.03 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM : Nuclear boiler instrumentation HIGH NEW Explanation:

The A1 Low RPV water level scram instrument will not actuate, however the failure of one instrument will not cause or prevent a reactor scram.

For the given conditions, the A2 instrument will combine with the B1 and/or B2 channel instrument to cause a full reactor scram.

RPS Channel [A1] will NOT actuate, PREVENTING a FULL reactor scram.

The failure of channel A1 to actuate will not prevent a scram.

RPS Channels [B1] AND [B2] ONLY will actuate, CAUSING a FULL reactor scram.

Channel A2 will actuate, as well as B1 and B2.

RPS Channels [A2] AND [B1 AND / OR B2] will actuate, CAUSING a reactor HALF SCRAM ONLY.

The actuation of the listed RPS channels will cause a full reactor scram due to the 1 out of 2 taken twice logic.

CFR 41.7

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 013 An ECCS condition occurred on Unit-1.

  • Normal power is available, but the operator decided to load the Common DG and manually close it onto Bus 141Y.
  • Later, an ECCS and Undervoltage condition occurs on Unit-2.

What indication would you expect to see for the SAT feed to 141Y and the Common DG?

SAT feed to 141Y amps will _____(1)_____ AND Common DG amps will _____(2)_____.

a. (1) increase (2) decrease and remain lower
b. (1) increase (2) decrease then immediately increase
c. (1) increase (2) decrease and then increase after a 5 second time delay
d. (1) remain constant (2) remain constant ANSWER d.

REFERENCE DG System lesson plan 011, page 49 209001A1.07 - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the LOW PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM controls including: Emergency generator loading HIGH BANK Explanation:

the closure permissive for the Unit-2 breaker will NOT be met unless the Common D/G, Unit-1 Output breaker is manually tripped or the ECCS condition is reset.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 014 Unit 2 is in an ATWS condition.

  • SBLC Storage Tank level is 4850 gallons
  • The start sequence is CHECKED and the following abnormal indications are observed:

o 2C41-F004A, SBLC INJ SQUIB VLV, ON light is LIT.

o 2C41-F001B, SBLC STRG TNK 2B OUTLET VLV indicates CLOSED.

Based on the above conditions, the indicated SBLC tank level 5 minutes after all actions to establish flow are complete, is predicted to be approximately ________ gallons.

Note: The actions have NOT resulted in any changes in abnormal indications.

a. 4850
b. 4640
c. 4535
d. 4430 ANSWER b.

REFERENCE LGA-SC-02, "Unit 2 Initiation of Standby Liquid Control".

System Desciption 028, SBLC, Figure 28-01 "SBLC Simplified Drawing".

211000A1.01 - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the STANDBY LIQUID CONTROL SYSTEM controls including: Tank level HIGH NEW Explanation:

The correct answer is based on a discharge flow of 42 gpm from one operating SBLC pump.

Per LGA-SC-02, one pump is started and then a sequence of steps is verified to have occurred.

In this case, the 2A squib valve did not fire, and the 2B Storage Tank outlet valve did not open, so LGA-SC-02 provides direction to secure the first pump started and start the second SBLC pump, resulting in one pump in operation.

a. This distracter is incorrect, but plausible if the examinee does not understand that either pump can inject as long as one of the suction valves and one of the squib valves opens.

Original tank level was 4850 gallons and has not changed.

c. This distracter is incorrect, but plausible if the examinee understands one pump will be in operation and able to inject, but confuses SBLC pump output (42 gpm) with CRD flow (63 gpm).
d. This distracter is incorrect, but plausible if the examinee believes that both SBLC pumps are placed in operation and pumping at 42 gpm.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 015 Unit-1 is in Mode 2 and beginning rod withdrawal for criticality.

  • 1D SRM is reading approximately one decade higher than the other SRMs
  • The NSO reports that relay 1C71-K13D, Non-Coincidental Neutron Monitoring Scram Relay, on panel 1H13-P611 is cycling Based on these conditions what would be the control room operator's NEXT action?
a. Bypass 1D SRM.
b. Insert a half-scram on 1A RPS.
c. Insert a half-scram on 1B RPS.
d. Take the 1D SRM operate switch to STBY.

ANSWER a.

REFERENCE LOR-1H13-P603, "SRM INOPERATIVE OR HI".

215004A2.02 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the SOURCE RANGE MONITOR (SRM) SYSTEM ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: SRM inop condition HIGH BANK Explanation:

Bypassing the faulty SRM will remove the signal from the failed SRM to the non-coincidental neutron monitoring scram relay. This is an actual event that occurred in January 2003. This relay will initiate a reactor scram if the shorting links are removed. Since this is obviously a failure, the SRM is considered inop and must be bypassed.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 016 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.

  • SRVs C and P were replaced last outage and their B solenoids have unknowingly failed and will NOT work as designed.
  • A transient occurs and the reactor is scrammed.
  • Bus 111Y is de-energized during the transient.
  • Conditions have degraded to the point where an Emergency Depressurization is required, and ADS is manually initiated.

Which of the following identifies the response of the C and P SRVs if ADS is manually initiated, and what additional actions are required to be taken based on the conditions listed above?

a. C and P SRVs will remain CLOSED and no additional actions are required.
b. C and P SRVs will remain CLOSED and one additional SRV must be manually opened.
c. C SRV will OPEN and P SRV will remain CLOSED and no additional actions are required.
d. C SRV will remain CLOSED and P SRV will OPEN and no additional actions are required.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE System Description 62, ADS, page 4 System Description 62, ADS, Figures 62-2 and 62-3, ADS logic diagrams System Description 70, Main Steam, Figure 70-08, SRV Solenoid Functions 239002A2.04 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RELIEF/SAFETY VALVES ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: ADS actuation HIGH NEW Explanation:

The loss of 111Y will require all ADS SRVs to be actuated via Div. 2 logic. The ADS SRVs are S, C, U, R, V, E, and D. The C SRV will not open because the Div. 2, B solenoid will not function and Div. 1 logic has lost power. P SRV will remain closed because it is not an ADS valve and did not receive any signal to be opened. One additional SRV must be manually opened because LGA-004 directs that 7 SRVs are to be verified open following the initiation of ADS, and the failure of SRV C to open will result in only six SRVs being open following the initiation of ADS.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 017 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions, and Unit 2 is shutdown for a refueling outage.

  • Annunciator and WS system indication is as shown below:

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS A 1PM10J 01 02 03 04 05 RBCCW PMP RBCCW CLEAN COND CLEAN COND RBCCW PMP 1 AUTO TRIP SUCT STRNR EXP TANK LVL PMP PMPS DSCH 1 DP HI HI/LO AUTO TRIP PRESS LO 200 120 RBCCW PMP RBCCW PMPS RBCCW PMPS MAKEUP DEMIN CONTROL PNL CW GLAND WTR 100 2 DSCH HDR SUCT HDR XFR SWITCH TANK LVL 2 PRESS LO TEMP HI IN EMERG POS 0PL022 TROUBLE HI/LO 150 80 P P S S 3

TBCCW PMP TBCCW PMP DISCH HDR TBCCW EXP TANK LVL TBCCW PMP DSCH HDR CR EMERGENCY BREATHING AIR 3 100 60 AUTO TRIP I I TEMP HI HI/LO PRESS LO PRESS LO G G 40 50 U1 SERV WTR SERV WTR 0A SERV WTR COND XFER 4 STRAINER XFR SWITCH JOCKEY PMP JOCKEY PMP 4 20 DP HI IN EMERG POS AUTO TRIP AUTO TRIP 0 0 SERV WTR 0 SERV WTR COND XFER PMP SERV WTR PMP COND XFER PMP 5 AUTO TRIP HDR PRESS STRAINER AUTO TRIP DSCH HDR 5 LO DP HI PRESS LO SERVICE WATER PMPS DISCH HDR HDR PRESS PRESS 01 02 03 04 05 1PI-WS009 1PI-WS011 Given the above conditions, the Unit 1 Service Water Strainer ____(1)____ be automatically backwashing and a ____(2)____ is required in response to the alarm.

a. (1) should (2) SCRAM
b. (1) should (2) reduction in auxiliary Service Water loads
c. (1) should NOT (2) SCRAM
d. (1) should NOT (2) reduction in auxiliary Service Water loads ANSWER b.

LOA-WS-101, "Loss of Service Water", pages 3 and LOR-1PM10J-A502; SERV WTR HDR PESS LO.

400000A3.01 - Ability to monitor automatic operations of the CCWS including: Setpoints on instrument signal levels for normal operations, warnings, and trips that are applicable to the

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS CCWS HIGH NEW Explanation:

An autmatic backwash of a service water strainer should occur when dP exceeds 4.5 psid.

Per LOA-WS-101, Section B.3, a reduction in auxiliary service water loads should be directed in an effort to restore service water pressure above 80 psig. A reactor scram is not required before efforts are made to restore service water pressure.

The other distracters are plausible, but incorrect.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 018 Unit 1 was operating at rated conditions when a transient occurred, resulting in the HPCS annunciator indication shown below.

A 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 1B DG 1B DG 1B DG RX VESSEL 1B DG HPCS PMP DRYWELL DRYWELL 1 ENGINE LOCKOUT OVERCURRENT CLG WTR PMP BKR TRIP PRESS HI PRESS HI WTR LVL 8 1 TRIP TRIP TROUBLE HI HPCS HDR 1B DG 4KV BUS 143 HPCS PMP RX VESSEL 1B DG ENGINE HPCS SYS TOP CORE HPCS PMP 2 ENGINE BKR OVERSPEED BKR 2 ACTUATED PLATE OVERCURRENT WTR LVL 2 2 RUNNING AUTO TRIP CLOSED LO-LO DP HI 4KV BUS 143 HPCS 1B DG RX VESSEL DIV 3 HPCS HPCS PMP MN FD BKR & PROTECTIVE DAY TANK SUP CHAMBER 3 125V DC SYS 1B DG BKR RELAY FILL TIME SUCT PRESS LVL HI WTR LVL 2 3 TROUBLE HI/LO LO-LO LKO TRIP PWR FAILURE EXCESSIVE 1H31-P625 1B DG HPCS PMP 4KV BUS 1B DG HPCS PMP HPCS SYS ROSEMOUNT HPCS HDR CLG WTR PMP 4 GND TROUBLE 143/143-1 AUX FD CARD FILE DSCH FLOW PRESS HI ROOM SUMP CUBICLE 4 UNDERVOLTAGE OVERLOAD HI TEMP HI TROUBLE LVL HI-HI HPCS 1B DG FUEL 1B DG HPCS DIESEL HPCS 1B DG 1B DG PMP HPCS MANUAL OR FUEL OIL FUEL OIL OIL STRG SWGR ROOM HVAC 5 ENGINE XFER PMP STRG/DAY TNK ROOM SUMP CUBICLE INITIATION PB WTR TIGHT PNL 1PL24J 5 TROUBLE CLR FAN ARMED FAILURE LVL HI/LO LVL HI-HI DOOR OPEN TROUBLE AUTO TRIP 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Which of the following identifies the current alignment of the Unit 1 HPCS system based on the given annunciator indications?

The Unit 1 HPCS system was initiated ____(1)____, and the 1E22-F012; Unit 1 HPCS Pump Minimum Flow Bypass Stop Valve is ____(2)____.

a. (1) manually (2) OPEN
b. (1) manually (2) CLOSED
c. (1) automatically (2) OPEN
d. (1) automatically (2) CLOSED ANSWER c.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS REFERENCE LORs 1H13-P601:

A106 and 107; DRYWELL PRESS HI A108; RX VESSEL WTR LVL 8 HI A205; HPCS SYS ACTUATED A208 and A308; RX VESSEL WTR LVL 2 LO-LO A405; HPCS PMP DSCH FLOW HI A406; HPCS HDR PRESS HI A506; HPCS MANUAL INITIATION PB ARMED 209002A3.06 - Ability to monitor automatic operations of the HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS) including: Lights and alarms: BWR-5,6 HIGH NEW Explanation:

Annunciators A106 and A107; DRYWELL PRESS HI, indicate the receipt of High Drywell pressure signals which will complete the HPCS initiation logic to automatically initiate the Unit 1 HPCS system.

Annunciator A108; RX VESSEL WTR LVL 8 HI, will cause the HPCS injection valve to go closed.

Annunciator A405; HPCS PMP DSCH FLOW HI not light indicates that the signal to close the 1E22-F012; Unit 1 HPCS Pump Minimum Flow Bypass Stop Valve is not present (min flow will be open).

Annunciator A406; HPCS HDR PRESS HI, indicates High Discharge Pressure, and when combined with low flow signal due to the closing of the injection valve, will cause the 1E22-F012; Unit 1 HPCS Pump Minimum Flow Bypass Stop Valve to OPEN.

Annunciator A506, HPCS MANUAL INITIATION PB ARMED is not lit, indicating the HPCS system automatically initiated.

Annunciators A208 and 308; RX VESSEL WTR LVL 2 LO-LO are not lit, indicating that the level 2 HPCS initiation signal was not received.

Annunciator A205; HPCS SYS ACTUATED indicates that the HPCS system has actuated from either 1) Manual Initiation Pushbutton, high drywell pressure, or low reactor level. Combined with the other indicators, the only cause of initiation can be from high drywell pressure.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 019 Which of the following identifies the MINIMUM actions required to successfully "Inhibit ADS" and the associated ADS INHIBIT switch light indication when ADS is INHIBITED?

Place the ____(1)____ ADS INHIBIT switch(es) in the INHIBIT position, which will cause the ADS INHIBIT Switch light indication(s) to ____(2)____.

a. (1) Div. 1 OR Div. 2 (2) ILLUMINATE
b. (1) Div. 1 AND Div. 2 (2) ILLUMINATE
c. (1) Div. 1 OR Div. 2 (2) EXTINGUISH
d. (1) Div. 1 AND Div. 2 (2) EXTINGUISH ANSWER b.

REFERENCE System Description 062, ADS, Figures 62-2 and 62-3.

218000A4.04 - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: ADS inhibit:

Plant-Specific FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

BOTH the Div.1 AND Div. 2 ADS INHIBIT switches must be placed in the INHIBIT position in order to prevent an automatic actuation of ADS, as either Division 1 or Division 2 logic alone can initiate ADS.

When the ADS INHIBIT is placed in the INHIBIT position, the white light above the ADS INHIBIT switch will ILLUMINATE.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 020 Unit 1 just scrammed from rated conditions.

  • RCIC is the only injection source available and is being operated with the flow controller in MANUAL.
  • RPV water level is -15 inches.
  • RPV pressure is 900 psig, and due to a change in plant conditions, has just started to drop.

Based on the above conditions and with no changes made to the RCIC controls, the reactor operator will observe RCIC discharge pressure going ____(1)____ and reactor water level going

____(2)____.

a. (1) UP (2) UP
b. (1) DOWN (2) DOWN
c. (1) UP (2) DOWN
d. (1) DOWN (2) UP ANSWER d.

REFERENCE System Lesson Plan 032, RCIC page 47 217000A4.05 - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Reactor water level HIGH NEW Explanation:

In Manual control, the controller controls turbine speed as a function of the output dialed by the Operator. In this mode, the turbine speed remains at the value dialed by the operator and flow varies based on increasing or decreasing pump discharge pressure.

So, RCIC discharge pressure will go down as reactor pressure goes down, and with a constant turbine speed, RCIC flow will go up as discharge pressure goes down.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 021 The Common and Unit 1 Station Air Compressors (SAC) are in operation, with Unit 2 SAC in stand-by.

The Common SAC trips causing Unit 1 and Unit 2 Service Air Header pressure to drop to 95 psig.

Which of the following identifies the Main Control Room panels you must go to in order to check:

1) the control switch position and light indication for the running SACs AND
2) the Unit 2 Instrument Air Header Pressure indication?
a. 1) 1PM09J
2) 1PM10J
b. 1) 1PM09J
2) 2PM10J
c. 1) 1PM09J AND 2PM09J
2) 2PM10J
d. 1) 1PM09J AND 2PM09J
2) 1PM10J ANSWER c.

REFERENCE System Description 120, Plant air, page 10 Photo of Unit 1 MCR panel 1PM09J 300000 2.2.4 Equipment Control: (multiple-unit license) Ability to explain the variations in control board/control room layouts, systems, instrumentation, and procedural actions between units at a facility.

HIGH NEW Explanation:

When the Common SAC trips and the air header pressure drops below 100 psig, the Unit 2 SAC will start, resulting in the control switch position and light indication for the running SACs to be at the 1PM09J for the Unit 1 SAC and 2PM09J for the Unit 2 SAC. Unit 2 Instrument Air Header Pressure indication is located at the 2PM10J panel.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 022 Unit 1 was operating at rated conditions when the following alarms on the 1H13-P603A annunciator panel were received.

Which of the following actions should be taken first, based on the alarm indication shown below?

A REACTOR CONTROL 1H13-P603 05 06 07 08 09 10 SBLC SRM SQUIB VLV IRM APRM OPRM RX VESSEL 1 CONTINUITY INOPERATIVE HI HI HI PRESS HI 1 OR HI LOSS CHAN A1/B1 SBLC APRM SRM IRM APRM RX VESSEL 2 TANK LVL DOWNSCALE DOWNSCALE DOWNSCALE FLOW BIAS WTR LVL 1 2 HI/LO OFF NORM LO-LO-LO FW CONTROL FW CONTROL 1A SBLC PMP SRM LPRM ROD OUT RX VESSEL RX VESSEL 3 AUTO TRIP SHORT PERIOD HI BLOCK LVL 7 LVL 8 3

HI TRIP CHAN A FW CONTROL TDRFP A/B RBM LPRM OPRM 4 APRM HI/INOP DOWNSCALE TRIP ENABLE RX VESSEL READY LOGIC 4 HI-HI/INOP LO LVL 4 BYPASS CHAN B 1A RPS FW VLV RBM 5 APRM DOWNSCALE MG SET CONT SIGNAL 5 HI-HI/INOP TROUBLE FAIL 05 06 07 08 09 10

a. Depress RR FCV Lower pushbuttons.
b. Place Reactor Mode Switch to SHUTDOWN.
c. Arm and depress all RPS scram pushbuttons.
d. Place MG Sets Transfer Switch in "ALT A" position.

ANSWER d.

REFERENCE LOR 1H13-P603-A508; 1A RPS MG SET TROUBLE.

Hardcard - RPS Quick Swap 212000 2.4.45 - Emergency Procedures / Plan: Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm.

HIGH NEW Explanation:

The cause of the alarms is indicated by annunciator 1H13-P603-A508; 1A RPS MG SET TROUBLE. This alarm is due to the tripping of the 1A RPS MG Set, which would cause the other alarm conditions to occur. The RPS Quick Swap Hard Card is written specifically to respond to the loss of a power to an RPS bus and provides direction to restore power to the

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS affected bus. The other distracters are plausible, but incorrect, as they are tied to the alarm indications, however taking actions directed in the procedure will not mitigate the event.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 023 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.

  • RWLC is operating in the 3-element control mode.
  • The Feedwater Header A and B flow indications below have remained steady for the past 2 seconds.
  • The related flow signals are being inputted into the RWLC system.

9 9 8 P 8 P O O U U 7 7 N N 6 D 6 D S S 5 / 5 /

H H 4 O 4 O U U 3 R 3 R 2 2 X X 1 10 6 1 10 6 0 0 FW HDR FLOW A B 1C34-R604A 1C34-R604B Which of the following identifies how the RWLC system will respond to this condition?

a. The RWLC system will transfer to Single-element control.
b. The sum of the individual Feedwater Pump Discharge flow signals will be input into the RWLC system.
c. The higher Feedwater Header flow signal will be used as the Feedwater flow signal input for the RWLC system and then adjusted to stabilize RPV water level.
d. The lower Feedwater Header flow signal will be used as the Feedwater flow signal input for the RWLC system and then adjusted to stabilize RPV water level.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS System Description 31, Reactor Water Level Control, page 17.

259002A1.02 - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL SYSTEM controls including:

Reactor feedwater flow HIGH NEW Explanation:

A deviation of 1.0 Mlb/hr between feedwater header A and B flow for 2 seconds results in an automatic transfer for the input of the three-element controller from the total feedwater header flow to the sum of the individual feedwater pump discharge flows. The A FW header flow is indicated to be 6.5 Mlb/hr and the B FW header flow is indicated to be 8 Mlb/hr. resulting in a deviation of 1l5 Mlb/hr.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 024 Which of the following identifies the normal and emergency 125V DC power supplies for the Common Diesel Generator Engine Control System?

a. Normal: 111Y Emergency: 111X
b. Normal: 211Y Emergency: 211X
c. Normal: 111Y Emergency: 211Y
d. Normal: 211Y Emergency: 111Y ANSWER c.

REFERENCE 1E-04412AE, Diesel Generator "0" Generator Engine Control System "DG" part 5.

263000 2.2.3 - Equipment Control: (multi-unit license) Knowledge of the design, procedural, and operational differences between units.

FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

Electrical drawing 1E-0-4412AE indicates that 111Y is the normal 125 VDC control power supply and 211Y is the emergency power supply.

The DC System Description and LOA-DC-101 and 201 were both reviewed to determine differences in the DC systems on the two units and no other specific differences were noted.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 025 Unit 1 and Unit 2 were operating at rated conditions when a lighting strike in the switchyard resulted in the trip of the Unit 2 Turbine/Generator.

  • All three phases of 241X voltage read approximately the same.
  • ACB 2414 is OPEN.

Which of the following identifies the actions REQUIRED to be taken in response to this event?

a. Synchronize and close ACB 2414 ONLY.
b. Perform an inspection of bus 241X prior to any attempt to re-energize the bus.
c. Synchronize and close ACB 2415 and if possible limit 241X to WS pumps required to support the fire protection system.
d. Synchronize and close ACB 2414, secure the emergency diesel generator and then synchronize and close ACB 2415 ONLY.

ANSWER c.

REFERENCE LOA-AP-201, Unit 2 AC Power System Abnormal.

262001A2.01 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the A.C. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations:

Turbine/generator trip HIGH NEW Explanation:

LOA-AP-201, Unit 2 AC Power System Abnormal section B.7 provides direction to re-energize the bus using the bus tie breaker 2415 even if 241Y is being supplied by the Common D/G.

Also, discussion C.7 advises to limit loads to WS if possible, and a Caution statement before step B.7.14 provides the same information.

This question exams the examinees knowledge of breaker terminology and system lay-out.

The other distracters are plausible but incorrect, as the bus is not required to be inspected if the alarm PM01J-A214 4KV BUS 241X/Y OVERCURRENT is NOT LIT, and Unit 1, Unit Tie Breaker 1414 must be closed to energize the Unit 2 busses, and it is not normally closed.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 026 Unit 1 scrammed from rated conditions.

  • A LOCA has occured and ECCS systems have initiated.
  • RPV pressure is 550 psig.
  • Pressure switch 1E12-N413B, which monitors pressure between the 1B RHR Injection valve and downstream check valve, has failed and is stuck at RPV pressure for rated conditions.

Which of the following identifies how the 1E12-F042B; 1B RHR LPCI INJ VLV will be affected by this failure if RPV pressure continues to drop to 400 psig?

The 1E12-F042B; 1B RHR LPCI INJ VLV ....

a. can only be opened remotely at the Remote Shutdown Panel (after placing the RSDP Emergency Transfer Switch in the Emergency Position).
b. will open automatically or can be opened manually from the Main Control Room or the Remote Shutdown Panel (after placing the RSDP Emergency Transfer Switch in the Emergency Position).
c. will NOT open automatically but can be opened manually from the Main Control Room or the Remote Shutdown Panel (after placing the RSDP Emergency Transfer Switch in the Emergency Position).
d. will NOT open automatically and can NOT be opened manually from the Main Control Room or the Remote Shutdown Panel (after placing the RSDP Emergency Transfer Switch in the Emergency Position).

ANSWER a.

REFERENCE System Description 64, RHR, page 30.

1E-1-4220AL Schematic Diagram RHR 1E-1-4220BR Schematic Diagram RHR M-2096, Sh. 3 RHR injection line low pressure monitoring 203000K6.09 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the RHR/LPCI: INJECTION MODE (PLANT SPECIFIC) : Nuclear boiler instrumentation HIGH NEW Explanation:

Both RPV low pressure and injection line low pressure signals are required for the 1E12-F042B; 1B RHR LPCI INJ VLV to open automaticlly or be opened manually from the Main Control Room. So if the listed pressure switch fails to provide a low pressure signal, the valve can only be opend at the RSDP after placing the Emergency Transfer Switch in the Emergency Position.

The other answers are incorrect, but plausible if the examinee does not understand the permissives for the 1E12-F042B; 1B RHR LPCI INJ VLV.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 027 Which of the following identifies points where the CRD system physically connects to the Condensate system?

1. Condenser Hotwell Reject Line
2. "A" Condensate Pump suction line from the Hotwell
3. Condensate pumps discharge header
a. 1, 2 AND 3.
b. 1 AND 2 ONLY.
c. 1 AND 3 ONLY.
d. 2 AND 3 ONLY.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE System Description 25, Control Rod Drive Hydraulics, Fig. 25-1 P&IDs M-100, M-74 and M-58 256000K1.05 - Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between REACTOR CONDENSATE SYSTEM and the following: CRD hydraulics system FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

Per System Description 25, Control Rod Drive Hydraulics, Fig. 25-1 and P&IDs M-100, M-74 and M-58 it can be determined that CRD is physically connected to the Hotwell reject line and the A Condensate Pump Suction line.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 028 Which of the following identifies the power source(s) for the Unit 1 Outboard Main Steam Isolation Valve Solenoids?

a. 111Y ONLY
b. 1A RPS ONLY
c. 111Y and 112Y
d. 1A RPS and 1B RPS ANSWER d.

REFERENCE 1E-1-4203AA 239001K2.01 - Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: Main steam isolation valve solenoids FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

Per E&ID-1E-1-4203AA the Outboard MSIV solenoids are supplied by 1A and 1B RPS.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 029 While moving a fuel bundle through the cattle shute, the air supply to the control rod grapple is completely depressurized.

What affect will this have on refueling activities, and why?

Fuel movement ....

a. must be STOPPED immediately because the fuel bundle could become dislodged with the grapple NOT air-loaded closed.
b. can CONTINUE to the point of releasing the grapple from the fuel bundle because the air supply is required to open the grapple.
c. must be STOPPED immediately because the refueling equipment does NOT meet the requirements of SA-AA-03001, "Exelon Nuclear Industry Safety Pocket Guide 2010, page 40, "Nuclear Fuel Handling".
d. can CONTINUE to the point of latching onto the next fuel bundle as the grapple will spring open when the weight of the fuel bundle is removed, but an air supply is required to close the grapple onto the next fuel bundle.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE System Description 30, page 4.

234000K3.03 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the FUEL HANDLING EQUIPMENT will have on following: Fuel handling operations FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

Per System Description 30, Fuel Handling, "The Fuel Grapple Head is designed such that the grapple cannot be opened while lifting or carrying a bundle. This is accomplished by the opposing double "J" design of the hook." So, for the given condition, the fuel bundle can moved to the off-loaded position, however air is required to open the grapple, as described in the System Description as "At the bottom of the grapple mast is an air operated Fuel Grapple Head consisting of opposing air-operated J-hooks".

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 030 In order to ensure adequate NPSH for the Recirculation Pumps, the Reactor Recirculation pumps ....

a. downshift if Feedwater flow <20%.
b. downshift if RPV Water Level drops to Level 3.
c. downshift if <10.1°F dT exists between the steam dome and RR pump suction.
d. utilize start/upshift logic that requires RR Flow Control Valves to be at a minimum position of 20%.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE System Description 22, Reactor Recirculation 202001K4.02 - Knowledge of RECIRCULATION System design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Adequate recirculation pump NPSH FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation Per System Description 22, Reactor Recirculation, this design feature ensures adequate NPSH in the RR pumps.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 031 Which of the following identifies the design features associated with the approximately 10" long space between the top of the stacked fuel pellets and the top of the fuel rod?

The described space ....

1. allows Gadolinium to be added for flux shaping
2. provides an expansion space for axial pellet swelling
3. provides an expansion space for pressure build-up from fission gases such as Xenon
4. houses a stainless steel spring which provides a compressive load on the fuel pellets
a. 1, 2, AND 3.
b. 2, 3, AND 4.
c. 1, 2, AND 4.
d. 1, 3, AND 4.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE System Description 021, Nuclear Fuel, page 5 and Fig. 021-02.

290002K5.02 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to REACTOR VESSEL INTERNALS : Fission product poisons FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

Per System Description 021, Nuclear Fuel, page 5, "The difference between the active fuel length (stacked Fuel Pellets) and the total length of the Fuel Rod is called the fission gas plenum. This plenum provides an expansion space for pressure buildup caused by fission gases, such as Xenon and Krypton. The plenum also provides space for axial pellet swell. The fission gas plenum is approximately 10 inches long.

A plenum spring provides a compressive load to keep Fuel Pellets in the same axial position and to allow axial thermal expansion of the Fuel Pellets.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 032 Which of the following identifies the effect, if any, that the loss of 111X will have on the Fire Protection system?

a. NO effect, the Fire Protection system detectors, inverters, and panels are powered from 112X.
b. Diesel Generator Room CO2 pressure supply latching valves will unlatch and close and must be re-opened prior to restoring power.
c. Diesel Generator CO2 systems will swap to a back-up battery power supply which will support system operation for approximately 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.
d. Transformer deluge systems can NOT be actuated automatically or manually due to the loss of power to the Deluge Valve vent valves which utilize an "energize to open" solenoid.

ANSWER c.

REFERENCE LOA-DC-101, Unit 1 DC Power System Failure System Description 125, Fire Protection, page 286000K6.02 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM: DC electrical distribution FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

Per LOA-DC-101, Unit 1 DC Power System Failure, Note on page 54, the CO2 panel battery back-up is capable of operating DG CO2 systems for approximately 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 033 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.

Annunciator 1N62-P600-B207; OFF GAS POST-TRTMT RAD HI has just alarmed.

The Off Gas Post-treat sample pump is running.

Which of the following are to be monitored in response to this alarm?

1. Off-gas Pre-treat radiation indication.
2. Charcoal Adsorber Vault radiation indication.
3. Off-gas Hydrogen Recombiner Temperature indication.
a. 1, 2 and 3.
b. 1 and 2 ONLY.
c. 2 and 3 ONLY.
d. 1 and 3 ONLY.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE LOR-1N62-P600-B207 272000A1.01 - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM controls including: Lights, alarms, and indications associated with normal operations FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

The annunciator response procedure directs that rad levels be checked on Pre-treat, Post-Treat, and at the Adsorbers.

The LOR associated with the Off-gas Pre-treat monitor trouble directs that sample flow be checked locally, while this is not required in response to an alarm for the Off Gas Post-treat monitor.

There is a note in the Off Gas Post Treat LOR stating that if the Off Gas Post Treat sample pump is tripped, untreated Off Gas will be monitored, and is the reason for stating that the sample pump is running in the stem.

Off-gas recombiner temperature indication is plausible, but incorrect, as a fire in the off-gas system can affect rad levels, however it would be related to a charcoal fire vs. a recombiner temperature issue.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 034 Unit 2 is operating at rated conditions.

  • The RR Flow Control (RRFC) System is in Ganged Setpoint Mode.

o It is determined that the normal power supply to the RRFC system has been lost and is the cause of the alarm.

Which of the following identifies the actions to be taken in response to this event?

a. Refer to LOP-RR-07, "Operation of the Reactor Recirculation Flow Control System" to verify the RRFC system has properly transferred to the Loop Manual Mode of operation.
b. Enter LOA-RR-201, "Unit 2 Reactor Recirculation System Abnormal", section B.7 "2A(2B) Recirculation FCV Locked-up" and verify recirculation loop jet pump flows are less than the Tech Spec mismatch.
c. Verify the Unit 2 Reactor Recirculation Flow Control Valves are stable and refer to LOP-FW-16, "1(2) Operator Station Alarm Message Interpretation" to determine if any additional actions are required in response to the event.
d. Refer to LOP-RR-03, "Start-up, Operation, and Shutdown of Reactor Recirc Hydraulic Power Unit", section E.2 "Transfer of Reactor Recirc Hydraulic Power Unit A/B LEAD System Status from one Subloop to the Other" to verify Back-up HPU subloops are operating properly.

ANSWER c.

REFERENCE System Description 023, Recirculation Flow Control, page 36.

LOR-2H13-P602-A507 202002A2.02 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RECIRCULATION FLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Loss of A.C.

HIGHER NEW Explanation:

Per System Description 023, Recirculation Flow Control, "The 1(2)H13-P634 and 1(2)H13-P619 cabinets are supplied by two independent 120Vac power sources. Each cabinet is supplied by both 120 Vac sources, 1(2)31A-2 and 1(2)32B-1. The two power sources support all the RRFC and jet pump instrumentation equipment in the cabinets with redundant power.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 035 The assist NSO is performing a TIP set per LOP-NR-06, Section E.4 "Automatic Operation of TIPS".

The AUTO-START pushbutton on TIP Drive Control Units 1D and 1E were depressed.

The following were observed on BOTH TIP Drive Control Units:

  • LOW light illuminated.
  • FWD light illuminated.
  • Detector begin to move at slow speed.
  • IN-SHIELD light goes out.

At this point, the Assist NSO observes that the VLV light on the 1D TIP Drive Control Unit is brightly LIT and the VLV light on the 1E TIP Drive Control Unit is dimly LIT.

Which of the following predicts the continued motion of the 1D and 1E detectors based on the given conditions?

a. 1D will stop before reaching position 0001.

1E will stop before reaching position 0001.

b. 1D will stop before reaching position 0001.

1E will travel to position 0001, then stop.

c. 1D will travel to position 0001, then stop.

1E will stop before reaching position 0001.

d. 1D will travel to position 0001, then stop.

1E will travel to position 0001, then stop.

ANSWER c.

REFERENCE LOP-NR-06, Revision 026 System Description 046, TIPs, page 215001A3.03 - Ability to monitor automatic operations of the TRAVERSING IN-CORE PROBE including: Valve operation: Not-BWR1 HIGHER NEW Explanation:

A dim light indication signifies that the ball valve has not fully opened, while bright indication signifies that the ball valve has fully opened. 1D displays bright indication which signifies the ball valve has full opened and then the detector will travel to position 0001. The 1E displays dim indication which signifies the ball valve has NOT full opened and per the note in LOP-NR-06, the forward motion of the detector will stop.

The question tests the examinees knowledge of the significance between a dim or bright "VLV" light indication when operating TIPs.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 036 Which of the following identifies the method directed for securing and starting a turbine lift pump per LOP-TG-01, "Turbine Trip Resetting, Shell Warming, and Chest Warming?"

a. To secure the lift pump, open the associated breaker.

To restart the lift pump, RECLOSE the associated breaker ONLY.

b. To secure the lift pump, open the associated breaker and after the lift pump has tripped, then next, DEPRESS the Low Suction Pressure Reset Pushbutton on 1(2)PM02J.

To restart the lift pump, RECLOSE the associated breaker.

c. To secure the lift pump, open the associated breaker and after the lift pump has tripped, then next RECLOSE the breaker.

To restart the lift pump, DEPRESS the Low Suction Pressure Reset Pushbutton on 1(2)PM02J.

d. To secure the lift pump, open the associated breaker and after the lift pump has tripped, then next RECLOSE the breaker.

To restart the lift pump, DEPRESS the Low Suction Pressure Reset Pushbutton locally at the main turbine.

ANSWER c.

REFERENCE LOP-TG-01, "Turbine Trip Resetting, Shell Warming, and Chest Warming" pages 13 and 14.

245000A4.01 - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Turbine lube oil pumps FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

Per LOP-TG-01, "Turbine Trip Resetting, Shell Warming, and Chest Warming" step E.2.7, "Initially TURN OFF three lift pumps (or If Main Turbine continuews to roll off Turning Gear, more as necessary to maintain Turbine on gear during warming) in the following order ........"

Step E.2.8 states "After appropriate Lift pump(s) have been tripped, RECLOSE associated breaker."

NOTE above step E.2.8 states, "After appropriate Lift Pumps(s) have been tripped, reclosing the breaker will give the NSO control of restarting lift pump(s) via the LIFT PMPS LO SUCTION RESET PB at 1(2)PMO2J"

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 037 Unit 1 is in a refueling outage and Unit 2 is operating at rated conditions.

  • The Fuel Handling Supervisor called to report that refueling activities are in progress, including the removal of underwater tools from the fuel pool.
  • A short time later, the three annunciators shown below alarmed and then were able to be cleared after one minute. No other alarms were received.

Which Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs) must be entered, if any, based on the alarm indication below?

E 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 MAIN STM DIV 2 ADS HI DRYWELL RX VESSEL DIV 2 LO-LO DIV 2 LO-LO OTBD ISOL VLV ADS OR SRV 1B/1C RHR 1 ACCUMULATOR LEAKAGE DSCH PRESS PRESS SIGNAL LO WTR LVL 3 SETPOINT LOGIC SETPOINT VLVS 1 SEALED IN CONFIRMED SEALED IN IN TEST PRESS LO PERMISSIVE DIV 1/2 ADS 1H13-P601 DIV 2 MSL DIV 2 ADS DIV 2 ADS DIV 2 DIV 2 MANUAL ROSEMOUNT PIPE TUNNEL 2 INITIATION PB LOGIC B LOGIC D RB VENT FUEL POOL CARD FILE DIFF TEMP 2 INITIATED INITIATED RAD HI-HI RAD HI-HI ARMED TROUBLE BYPASS DIV 2 DIV 2 DIV 2 MSL REMOTE SHTDN FW CHECK VLV DIV 2 FUEL POOL RX LVL LO FUEL POOL PIPE TUNNEL 3 XFER SWITCH ACCUMULATOR AND/OR RB VENT RAD MON VENT AMB TEMP 3 IN EMER POS PRESS LO DOWNSCALE RAD HI PRESS HI DOWNSCALE HI DIV 2 RCIC MSL DIV 2 MSL MSL ADS TEST DIV 2 GROUP 4 EQUIP AREA C/D RAD MON ADS PIPE TUNNEL 4 DIFF/AMB DOWNSCALE/

C/D RAD MON PROCEDURE IN TEST PCIS ISOL LOGIC DIFF TEMP 4 HI-HI FAULTY IN TEST TEMP HI INOP/HI HI DIV 2 ADS DIV 1 CNDSR DIV 2 CNDSR CHAN B1/B2 DIV 2 ADS DIV 2 VP/WR DIV 2 PCIS DW PRESS 5 LO VAC LO VAC BYPASS TIMER MSIV ISOL MANUALLY PCIS ISOL LOGIC MANUAL ISOL 5 LOGIC BYP LOGIC BYP TRIP INHIBITED IN TEST SWITCH ARMED INITIATED 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

a. No EOPs require entry.
b. LGA-002, Secondary Containment Control ONLY.
c. LGA-009, Radioactivity Release Control ONLY.
d. LGA-002, Secondary Containment Control AND LGA-009, Radioactivity Release Control ONLY.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE LGA-002, Secondary Containment Control.

LGA-002 Lesson Plan, page 6 288000 2.4.4 - Emergency Procedures / Plan: Ability to recognize abnormal indications for

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS system operating parameters which are entry-level conditions for emergency and abnormal operating procedures.

HIGH NEW Explanation:

The slow-flashing windows indicate that valid alarms 1H13-P601-E204; DIV 2 RB VENT RAD HI-HI and 1H13-P601E205; Div. 2 Fuel Pool Rad Hi-Hi were received, which are the alarms associated with the LGA-002 entry condition "VR/FC Exhaust Rad Levels above Max Normal".

The fact that the alarm is slow-flashing probes the examinees knowledge of a "Valid" alarm and the requirement to enter the LGA even if the condition occurred, and then cleared.

Distracters A, C, and D are incorrect in that an EOP needs to be entered, and the entry condition for LGA-009, "Off-site Release Rate above GSEP Alert Level is not met based on the given conditions.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 038 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.

The monitoring of which of the following Control Rod 30-31 parameters will be affected based on the given conditions?

1. Control Rod position
2. Control Rod Temperature
3. Control Rod HCU pressure
a. 1, 2 and 3.
b. 1 and 2 ONLY.
c. 2 and 3 ONLY.
d. 1 and 3 ONLY.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE System Description 024, CRD Mechanical, pages 20 and 28.

E&ID 1E-1-4231AD E&ID 1E-1-4206AA 214000K4.02 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the ROD POSITION INFORMATION SYSTEM will have on following: Thermocouple FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

RPIS monitors both control rod position and temperature. A thermocouple is installed in the position indicator tube at the top to monitor drive temperature. The output is fed to a recorder in the control room back-panel, which in turn provides input to 1H13-P603-A403; CRD HYD TEMP HI.

The other distracters are plausible but incorrect as RPIS is not tied to the monitoring of HCU pressure.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 039 Unit 2 was operating at rated conditions when the unit scrammed due to the failure of a bushing on the Unit 2 SAT.

The NSO has competed the initial action of HARDCARD - Unit 2 Immediate Actions For Reactor Scram and reports the following:

  • ALL scram lights are EXTINGUISHED
  • ALL scram pilot valves are open
  • Level dropped to -20 inches and is currently +25 and rising.
  • RPV pressure is being controlled with Bypass Valves.
  • APRM Downscale lights are LIT.

Which of the following identifies actions which must be taken based on the above conditions?

a. Unit 2 is in an ATWS condition AND control rods must be inserted per Hardcard

- Unit 2 Immediate Actions for Alternate Rod Insertion on Failure to Scram, Method 3.

b. Unit 2 is in an ATWS condition, AND control rods must be inserted per Hardcard

- Unit 2 Immediate Actions for Alternate Rod Insertion on Failure to Scram, Method 3 AND boron injection is required.

c. Unit 2 is NOT in an ATWS condtion AND control rods must be inserted per Hardcard - Unit 2 Immediate Actions for Alternate Rod Insertion on Failure to Scram, Method 3.
d. Unit 2 is NOT in an ATWS condtion AND control rods must be inserted per Hardcard - Unit 2 Immediate Actions for Alternate Rod Insertion on Failure to Scram, Method 1.

ANSWER c.

REFERENCE LGA-001 RPV Control Hardcard - Unit 2 Immediate Actions for Alternate Rod Insertion on Failure to Scram 295006K1.02 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to SCRAM : Shutdown margin HIGHER NEW Explanation:

Per LGA-001, RPV Control, if all rods except one are at position 02, the reactor core meets shutdown margin requirements to remain shutdown.

The control rods remaining out need to be inserted per Method 3 of the LGA-NB-01 Hardcard, and the Reactor Operators are responsible for identifying the method to be used and then gaining approval of the SRO before implementing the method. In this case, with less than 25 rods failing to scram, Method 3 is the preferred method to be used and method 1 would not apply as the scram lights extinguised indicating that RPS busses de-energized as required.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 040 During a loss of Shutdown Cooling, in order to prevent excessive temperature stratification, the NSO is required to ...

a. maximize CRD flow into the RPV.
b. minimize RT Bottom Head Drain flow.
c. raise RPV water level above +50 inches.
d. lower the RR Flow Control Valves position.

ANSWER c.

REFERENCE LOA-RH-101, Revision 14, page 9, Step B.1.12 295021K1.02 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to LOSS OF SHUTDOWN COOLING : Thermal stratification FUNDAMENTAL BANK

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 041 An ATWS has occurred:

  • approximately one quarter of the control rods are inserted (140 rods did NOT insert)
  • RPV water level is being maintained between -100 and -60 inches
  • reactor pressure is being maintained between 900 and 1000 psig
  • hot shutdown boron weight has just been injected Under which one of the following conditions would you expect the reactor to go critical again?
a. Opening SRVs to cooldown the reactor.
b. Decaying of Xenon over the next seven hours.
c. Placing RCIC in service to maintain vessel level.
d. Placing RWCU in service to stabilize reactor pressure.

ANSWER a.

REFERENCE LGA-010 Lesson Plan, Sections VI.F. and VII.H.

295037K1.04 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to SCRAM CONDITION PRESENT AND REACTOR POWER ABOVE APRM DOWNSCALE OR UNKNOWN: Hot shutdown boron weight: Plant-Specific HIGHER BANK Explanation:

Hot shutdown boron weight implies that the reactor should be subcritical at rated pressures and temperatures.

A cooldown may only be commenced if cold shutdown boron weight has been injected.

RWCU may be utilized provided F/Ds are NOT used and it does NOT remove boron inventory.

Operation of RCIC will not affect pressure as the stem states it is being maintained 900 - 1000 psig.

Xenon will be building in for the stated time period.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 042 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.

  • The Main Turbine Generator trips on Generator Differential Current signal.

What turbine valves must respond properly following the receipt of the trip signal to ensure reactor pressure can be controlled automatically within normal operating parameter limits for the given conditions?

Main Turbine ....

a. Bypass Valves ONLY.
b. Stop Valves OR Control Valves ONLY.
c. Stop Valves AND Bypass Valves ONLY.
d. Bypass Valves AND Stop Valves OR Control Valves.

ANSWER d.

REFERENCE LOA-TG-101(201), "Unit 1(2) Turbine Trip", pages 4 and 5.

295005K2.07 - Knowledge of the interrelations between MAIN TURBINE GENERATOR TRIP and the following: Reactor pressure control FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

LOA-TG-101(201), "Unit 1(2) Turbine Trip" provides direction to check Turbine Bypass Valves controlling reactor pressure, and later to CHECK at least one of the following closed: All MSVs or ALL CVs."

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 043 Which of the following design features are used to ensure the Outboard Main Steam Isolation Valves will close if the normal pneumatic supply is lost?

1. Bottle bank
2. Actuator springs
3. Pneumatic accumulators
4. Emergency pressurization station
a. 2 AND 3 ONLY.
b. 2, AND 4 ONLY.
c. 1, 3 AND 4 ONLY.
d. 1, 2, 3, AND 4.

ANSWER a.

REFERENCE P&ID M-81, Sh.2 and enlargements.

System Description 70, Main Steam Figure 70-10b MSIV Air Supply Fast Close System Description 70, Main Steam, page 14 295019K2.05 - Knowledge of the interrelations between PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF INSTRUMENT AIR and the following: Main steam system FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

1. Bottle bank - Incorrect as this is used as back-up pneumatic source for ADS SRVs.
2. Actuator springs - Correct. Four helical springs are mounted on the MSIV actuators to provide closing force, which alone will close an MSIV.
3. Pneumatic accumulators - Correct. Accumulators are used on Inboard and Outboard MSIVs, as well as SRVs.
4. Emergency pressurization station - Incorrect, as emergency pressurization stations support only the ADS SRVs.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 044 Unit 1 and Unit 2 are operating at rated conditions.

  • The LaSalle Main Control Room was just notified by Transmission Switching Operations that voltage in the LaSalle switchyard has fallen below 353 kV due to the scram of the Braidwood Unit 1 reactor.

Which of the following actions will increase switchyard voltage?

a. Transfer loads from the Unit SATs to the Unit UATs.
b. Start the Division 1 and Division 2 Emergency Diesel Generators.
c. Rotate BOTH the Unit 1 and Unit 2 "GENERATOR TERMINAL VOLTS ADJUST" controls in the CLOCKWISE direction.
d. Take BOTH the Unit 1 and Unit 2 "GENERATOR FIELD VOLTS ADJUST" control switches to the "RAISE" position.

ANSWER c.

REFERENCE LOA-GRID-001, "Low Grid Voltage".

700000K2.07 - Knowledge of the interrelations between GENERATOR VOLTAGE AND ELECTRIC GRID DISTURBANCES and the following: Turbine/generator control.

HIGHER NEW Explanation:

Per LOA-GRID-001, "Low Grid Voltage", step B.1.2, "As directed by Transmission Operations, raise VARs to increase switchyard voltage." VARs are raised by raising the settings of the Unit 1 and Unit 2 Generator Voltage Adjusters.

The other distracters are plausible but incorrect.

A.Transfer loads from the Unit SATs to the Unit UATs, incorrect as this will increase load on the generators that are supplying the grid.

B. Start the Division 1 and Division 2 Emergency Diesel Generators, is in correct as this is not allowed by procedure.

D. Take BOTH the Unit 1 and Unit 2 "GENERATOR FIELD VOLTS ADJUST" control switches to the "RAISE" position, is incorrect as the Field Volts Adjust only works in manual and the normal line-up is automatic control.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 045 Unit 1 and Unit 2 have just been scrammed as the result of a hostile action.

  • The Outside Rounds Equipment Operator called to report that an explosion was observed near the Northeast corner of the lake, and water is flowing into the adjacent field at a high, rising rate.
  • Three large fires have been reported in progress on site.
  • Security has notified the Main Control Room that all intruders have been caught and the site is secure.
  • It has been determined that an Alternate Supply to the Fire Protection System is required and pumper trucks have just arrived on-site.

Where is the best location for the pumper trucks to take a suction from, and why?

a. The North Parking lot, as this is the easiest and quickest place to gain access to the lake.
b. The Lake Screen House, as this allows suction to be taken from the Ultimate Heat Sink.
c. Near the CW discharge flume, as this area is protected by DB40 fencing and the pumper truck(s) will be protected if additional hostile action occurs.
d. Fire Hydrant House B07, located near the Reactor Building Missile Door 20, as this will allow connecting directly into the Fire Protection ring header, increasing NPSH for the pumper truck(s).

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE LOA-FP-001, "Unit 0 Fire Protection System Abnormal" 600000AK3.04 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to PLANT FIRE ON SITE: Actions contained in the abnormal procedure for plant fire on site HIGHER NEW Explanation:

LOA-FP-001, "Unit 0 Fire Protection System Abnormal", "Station the pumper trucks at one of the following locations:

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 046 Which of the following identifies the reason(s) for placing the 1B Diesel Gen Control Selector switch to "LOCAL MANUAL" when abandoning the control room?

1. Defeat automatic initiation of the 1B Diesel Generator.
2. Transfer control power from DC Bus 113 to AC Bus 143-1.
3. Transfer manual control of the 1B Diesel Generator to the 1B DG Room.
a. 1, 2, AND 3.
b. 3 ONLY.
c. 1 AND 3 ONLY.
d. 2 AND 3 ONLY.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE System Description 011, EDG and Auxiliaries 295016K3.03 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to CONTROL ROOM ABANDONMENT : Disabling control room controls FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

Placing the 1B Diesel Gen Control Selector switch to "LOCAL MANUAL" simply transfers control to the 1B DG room.

The other distracters are plausible but incorrect.

DC to AC power is credible as the UFSAR discusses transfering control power to a more reliable source at the RSDP. In this case, the more reliable source for DG would be DC power, however the control power is always supplied from DC for the HPCS DG.

Defeating initiation signals is credible in that the UFSAR and System Description 54, RSDP discusses defeating all interlocks, with a few exceptions, when transferring control out of the main control room.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 047 The reason for the Low-Low Set relief mode of operation is to....

a. minimize containment fatigue due to SRV cycling.
b. evenly disperse heat input into the suppression pool.
c. minimize SRV cycling in order to prevent SRV seat damage.
d. prolong SRV operation in the event the normal pneumatic supply to the SRVs is lost.

ANSWER a.

REFERENCE System Description 70, Main Steam, page 11.

295025K3.09 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH REACTOR PRESSURE : Low-low set initiation: Plant-Specific FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

Per System Description 70, Main Steam, Low-Low Set Relief Logic (LLS) (Figures 70-05 & 6) minimizes containment fatigue due to SRV cycling.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 048 The Main Control Room has been evacuated and control has been established at the Remote Shutdown Panels.

The following conditions exist on Unit 1:

  • RPV pressure is 945 psig.
  • RPV water level is +20 inches.
  • ALL remote transfer switches are in the "Emergency" position.
  • SRV "K" is open.
  • A loss of Bus 111Y occurs.

Which of the following predicts the status of the RCIC Turbine and SRV "K" one minute from now?

The RCIC turbine will be ____(1)____ and SRV "K" will be ____(2)____.

a. (1) tripped (2) open
b. (1) tripped (2) closed
c. (1) running (2) open
d. (1) running (2) closed ANSWER b.

REFERENCE E&ID 1E-1-4201AE E&ID 1E 4214AA 295004A1.02 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF D.C. POWER : Systems necessary to assure safe plant shutdown HIGHER NEW Explanation:

RCIC will trip on overspeed due to the loss of 111Y. 111Y also provides control power for SRV K when the emergency transfer switch is in emergency and power will be lost to the C solenoid, causing K SRV to go closed.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 049 Unit 2 has scrammed from rated conditions.

  • Feedwater has been isolated due to a leak in the drywell.
  • Drywell pressure is 3.4 psig
  • RPV water level first dropped to -70", recovered and peaked at 59.5" and has now dropped to -65".
  • No manual actions have been taken with the HPCS system.
  • The Assist NSO checks HPCS system status and observes the HPCS pump running with the HPCS Min Flow Valve OPEN and the HPCS Injection Valve CLOSED.
  • The 1.69# AND/OR -50 indicator is LIT
  • The Level 8 TRIP indicator is LIT Which of the following identifies the action(s) required to be taken, if any, for the given conditions?
a. No action required.
b. Depress the "HI WTR LVL" RESET pushbutton and then take the HPCS Injection Valve control switch to OPEN.
c. Take the HPCS Min Flow Valve control switch to CLOSE, and then take the HPCS Injection Valve control switch to OPEN.
d. Depress the "HI DW PRESS LO WTR LVL" and "HI WTR LVL" RESET pushbuttons, and then Arm and Depress the "HPCS Manual Initiation" pushbutton.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE Correct Answer: B Depress the "HI WTR LVL" RESET pushbutton and then take the HPCS Injection Valve control switch to OPEN.

295031A1.04 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to REACTOR LOW WATER LEVEL : High pressure core spray: Plant-Specific HIGHER HIGHER Explanation:

The only systems that could have restored level is HPCS. Since no operator actions were taken, HPCS must have operated properly in response to the intiation signals.

The injection valve has failed to automatically re-open when RPV level dropped to -50", so the proper action is to clear the Level 8 signal keeping the valve closed by depressing the reset pushbutton, and then manually complete the failed automatic action, which in this case is to take the injection valve control switch to the OPEN position.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 050 Unit 2 has scrammed from rated conditions.

  • A leak has developed in the drywell.

o Drywell pressure is 3.5 psig and stable.

o Drywell Temperature is 200°F. and stable.

o RPV water level is +35".

o RPV pressure is 850 psig.

Which of the following statements describes the status of drywell cooling assuming no operator actions have been taken?

Drywell cooling is ....

a. running in the same configuration it was before the scram.
b. isolated and procedurally allowed to be restarted after defeating isolation signals.
c. isolated and procedurally prohibited from being restarted due to high drywell pressure.
d. isolated and procedurally prohibited from being restarted due to high drywell tempertature.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE LGA-003, Primary Containment Control LPGP-PSTG-01S05A NEED TO INCLUDE THIS REFERENCE 295024A1.14 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE: Drywell ventilation system HIGH NEW Explanation:

With drywell pressure above the Group 2 isolation setpoint, VP has isolated. Per LGA-003, Primary Containment Control, all available drywell cooling should be started, and it is OK to defeat isolation signals.

This is an RO level question as it asks the status of the VP system, not what action is required to be directed. The examinee must understand that VP will isolate when drywell pressure exceeds 1.93 psig. and identify that VP can still be operated if drywell temperature is below 212°F., however isolation signals must be defeated and is allowed per LGA direction.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 051 Unit 1 scrammed from rated conditions due to a spurious scram signal caused by seismic motion.

  • RPV water level dropped to -20" and is now 25".
  • RPV pressure is 750 psig and going down.
  • One MSL indicates 1 Mlb/hr flow with ALL MSIVs closed.
  • SRV H is stuck OPEN
  • Drywell pressure is 8 psig.
  • Suppression Chamber pressure is 3 psig.
  • Suppression Pool water level is -11 feet and going down 6" per minute.

Based on the given conditions, RPV pressure is currently being discharged ....

a. into the Suppression Pool water volume ONLY.
b. into the Suppression Pool water volume AND Drywell ONLY.
c. into the Drywell AND Suppression Chamber air space ONLY.
d. into the Suppression Pool water volume, Drywell, AND Suppression Chamber air space.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE Figure 070-01 Main Steam System Overview LGA-004 RPV Blowdown Lesson Plan LGA-003, Primary Containment Control Lesson Plan System Description 70, Main Steam, page 12.

295030A2.03 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to LOW SUPPRESSION POOL WATER LEVEL : Reactor pressure HIGHER NEW Explanation:

Correct, as the SRV will discharge into the SP water volume and the MSL leak will go into the drywell and then through the downcomers to the SP water volume.

A. into the Suppression Pool water volume ONLY.

Incorrect as indicated flow in a MSL with ALL MSIVs closed indicates a leak into the drywell.

This distracter is plausible if the examinee attributed the MSL flow indication to the open SRV.

C. into the Drywell AND Suppression Chamber air space ONLY.

Incorrect, as the SRV will discharge into the SP water volume and the MSL leak will go into the drywell and then through the downcomers to the SP water volume. This disracter is plausible if the examinee did not know the location of the SRV T-quencher is lower than -11 feet.

D. into the Suppression Pool water volume, Drywell, AND Suppression Chamber air space.

Incorrect, as nothing is being discharged in to the SC Air Space.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 052 LGA-009, Radioactivity Release Control, directs operation of ventilation in areas that may be releasing radioactivity, including the Turbine Building.

Which one of the following describes the relationship between this action and the radiation levels that may exist in the Turbine Building?

a. Results in recirculation of the Turbine Building, to limit the dispersion of the radioactivity.
b. Results in positive pressure inside the Turbine Building, to limit the intrusion of radioactivity from the Reactor Building.
c. Assures that any radioactivity in the Turbine Building is discharged through a ground level release point to limit the dispersion of the radioactivity.
d. Assures that any radioactivity in the Turbine Building is discharged through an elevated release point and allows the dispersion of the radioactivity to be monitored.

ANSWER d.

REFERENCE LGA-009 Lesson Plan 509,Section IV 295038A2.03 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH OFF-SITE RELEASE RATE : Radiation levels HIGHER NEW Explanation:

The other answers are incorrect because:

A) Discharges at an elevated discharge, without recirculating TB air B) TB Ventilation takes a suction from the TB, maintaining the TB at a slightly negative pressure C) TB discharge is elevated and not at ground level

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 053 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.

  • Rod Line is 100%.
  • RR loop flows are matched.
  • The 1A RR FCV is locked up.

The 1B RR Pump trips off and coasts to zero speed.

  • Power stabilizes at 54%.

What is core flow for the given conditions, using the reference provided?

Provide LOA-RR-101, Attachment A for reference.

a. 41 M#/Hr.
b. 43 M#/Hr.
c. 50 M#/Hr.
d. 54 M#/Hr.

ANSWER a.

REFERENCE LOA-RR-101, "Unit 1 Reactor Recirculation Abnormal", Attachment A.

295001A2.03 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF FORCED CORE FLOW CIRCULATION : Actual core flow HIGHER NEW Explanation:

Using Attachment A of LOA-RR-101, the given power and rod line are used to determine that RR flow is 41M#/Hr. A marked up Att. A is included.

The other distracters are plausible but incorrect, using values that could be determined if the examinee does not pay close attention to the Power To Flow Map's different rod lines and top and bottom axis.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 054 The purpose of the "Critical L Path" interlock is to keep the ....

a. Reactor Building Overhead crane main hook aligned with a pre-determined path when transporting the reactor head between the reactor and the reactor head pedestal.
b. Refueling Main Hoist grapple a minimum of 2 feet away from the walls of the fuel pools in order to prevent damage to suspended fuel bundles during loading into the spent fuel racks.
c. Refueling Bridge Main Hoist grapple aligned with the centerline of the "cattle shute" in order to prevent damage to suspended fuel bundles during transport between the reactor and the fuel pool.
d. Reactor Building Overhead Crane from traveling over the Spent Fuel Pool during spent fuel cask movement, and to allow the cask to travel only over strengthened structural members that can support a cask drop accident.

ANSWER d.

REFERENCE System Description 30, Fuel Handling, page 13.

295023 2.1.28 - Conduct of Operations: Knowledge of the purpose and function of major system components and controls FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

System Description 30, Fuel Handling, states:

Critical L-path:

A restricted movement mode of operation for the overhead crane is required by Technical Specifications during spent fuel cask movement. This is called the Critical L Path. Its purpose is to keep the spent fuel cask from traveling over the Spent Fuel Pool and to allow the cask to travel only over strengthened structural members that can support a cask drop.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 055 Unit 2 scrammed from rated conditions following the loss of the Unit 2 SAT.

  • FW has been isolated due to a leak outside the drywell.
  • RPV water level is -65" and going down.
  • The 2B Diesel Generator has failed to start.

The given conditions will require entry into ....

1. LGA-001, RPV Control.
2. LOA-AP-201, "Unit 2, AC Power System Abnormal"
3. LOA-DG-201, "DG Failure"
a. 1, 2 AND 3.
b. 1 AND 2 ONLY.
c. 2 AND 3 ONLY.
d. 1 AND 3 ONLY.

ANSWER a.

REFERENCE

1. LGA-001, RPV Control.
2. LOA-AP-201, "Unit 2, AC Power System Abnormal"
3. LOA-DG-201, "DG Failure" 295003 2.4.8 - Emergency Procedures / Plan: Knowledge of how abnormal operating procedures are used in conjunction with EOPs.

HIGH NEW Explanation:

The conditions in the stem provide enough details for the student to discern that Bus 243 is de-energized due to the loss of the Unit 2 SAT and the failure of the 2B D/G to start. With RPV level at -65" and RCIC OOS and FW isolated, HPCS is needed to restore RPV water level.

Entry into LGA-001 was met when RPV water level dropped below 12.5 inches, entry into LOA-AP-201 and LOA-DG-201 is required with Bus 243 de-energized and the 2B D/G failing to start.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 056 What is the significance of the 1/4-inch diameter black dot located on the label for Control Room recorder 1TR-CM037A "AVG SP TEMP"?

The black dot signifies that the recorder........

a. is intended for use under accident conditions.
b. is a Technical Specification related instrument.
c. has redundant indication available at the Remote Shutdown Panel.
d. requires manual compensation based on environmental conditions.

ANSWER a.

REFERENCE LAP-1600-15, Rev. 8, "Regulatory Guide 1.97 Instruments", step D.2.

295026 2.4.3 - Emergency Procedures / Plan: Ability to identify post-accident instrumentation.

FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

Regulatory Guide 1.97, Instrumentation for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants to Assess Plant and Environs Conditions During and Following an Accident. These instruments are intended and qualified for use under accident conditions.

Distracters B, C, and D identify plausible, but incorrect reasons for the significance of the black dots.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 057 What is the primary concern associated with Drywell temperature exceeding 340 degrees F.?

a. loss of core circulation.
b. loss of rpv pressure control.
c. failure of primary penetration seals.
d. loss of pressure suppression capability.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE LGA-003, Primary Containment Control Lesson Plan, page 23.

295028A2.02 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURE : Reactor pressure FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

340 degrees F. is the maximum temperature at which the ADS solenoids are qualified, which would lead to the concern for the loss of pressure control.

A. Loss of core circulation is plausible if the RR pump motors were affected by the high DW temperature, but they are not.

D. Loss of pressure suppression capability is plausible of vacuum breakers were affected by the high DW temperature, but they are not.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 058 Unit 1 is operating at rated condtions.

  • The 1B TBCCW Pump is OOS.
  • Unit 1 TBCCW Discharge Header pressure is indicated below:

70 60 50 40 P S

I 30 G 20 10 0

TBCCW PMPS DSCH HDR PRESS 1PI-WT008 Which of the following action should be taken next?

a. SCRAM the reactor per LGP 3-2.
b. SWAP TBCCW heat exchangers.
c. Commence a Unit 1 SHUTDOWN.
d. Secure TBCCW flow through off-line equipment.

ANSWER a.

REFERENCE LOA-WT-101, "Loss of TBCCW" 295018 2.4.11 - Knowledge of abnormal condition procedures.

HIGHER NEW Explanation:

The TBCCW low pressure alarm comes in at 50 psig, and LOA-WT-101, "Loss of TBCCW" requires the stand-by pump to be started if TBCCW pressure is below 57 psig. The standby TBCCW pump is OOS and can not be started so the next applicable step is to scram the reactor

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS per LGP-3-2.

Swapping heat exchanges is an action in LOA-WT-101 if TBCCW pressure is above 57 psig, but low.

Commencing a Unit Shutdown and securing off-line loads are plausible, but incorrect.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 059 Unit 1 is starting up from a refueling outage.

  • RPV Water Level is 36 on narrow range
  • Reactor power is 15% and steady
  • Steam flow is as indicated. (Note: Lower portion of band is displayed for clarity)

C D A B Based on the information provided, which of the following annunciators will alarm first if no operator action is taken regarding the operation of the MDRFP?

a. 1H13-P603 A512, RWLCS FAILURE
b. 1H13-P603 A110, RX VESSEL PRESS HI
c. 1H13-P603 A309, FW CONTROL RX VESSEL LVL 7 HI
d. 1H13-P603 A409, FW CONTROL RX VESSEL LO LVL 4 ANSWER c.

REFERENCE LOA-FW-101 Reactor Level / Feedwater Pump Control Trouble 295008K1.03 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to HIGH REACTOR WATER LEVEL : Feed flow/steam flow mismatch HIGHER NEW EXPLANATION Correct Answer C: 1H13-P603 A309, FW CONTROL RX VESSEL LVL 7 HI Explanation: Feedwater flow is greater than steam flow. Level will increase, causing a level 7 alarm.

Distracter A 1H13-P603 A512, RWLCS FAILURE

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS Reason Distracter A is incorrect: RWLC will not be affected by a slow increase in RPV level before the LVL 7 alarm is received.

Distracter B 1H13-P603 A110, RX VESSEL PRESS HI Reason Distracter B is incorrect: RPV pressure will not change due the steam flow/feewater flow mismatch.

Distracter D: 1H13-P603 A409, FW CONTROL RX VESSEL LO LVL 4 Reason Distracter D is incorrect: RPV level will rise, not go down.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 060 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.

  • 1A CRD pump is in the process of being returned to service
  • At 06:55, 1B CRD pump trips
  • At 07:00 CRD charging water pressure drops below 940 psig
  • At 07:03 1H13-P601-A503; CRD HYD ACCUM TROUBLE alarms due to HCU 46-07 low accumulator pressure Which of the following identifies 1) the action required to be taken for the given conditions, and
2) the predicted response of control rods 30-31 and 46-07 if a scram signal is inserted?
a. 1) An immediate scram is required.
2) Control rods 30-31 and 46-07 will be fully inserted from the driving force created primarily by reactor water pressure.
b. 1) An immediate scram is required.
2) Control rods 30-31 and 46-07 will be fully inserted from the driving force created primarily by HCU accumulator water pressure.
c. 1) A scram is required if CRD charging water pressure remains below 940 psig until 07:20.
2) Control rods 30-31 and 46-07 will be fully inserted from the driving force created primarily by reactor water pressure.
d. 1) A scram is required if CRD charging water pressure remains below 940 psig until 07:20.
2) Control rods 30-31 and 46-07 will be fully inserted from the driving force created primarily by HCU accumulator water pressure.

ANSWER c.

REFERENCE System Description 24, CRD Mechanical, pages 6, 20, 23, 33 and 34.

System Description 24, CRD Mechanical, Figures 24-7 and 24-12.

LOR-1H13-P603-A204; CRD CHARGING WTR PRESS LO LOR-1H13-P603-A503; CRD HYD ACCUM TROUBLE 295022 K2.07 - Knowledge of the interrelations between LOSS OF CRD PUMPS and the following: Reactor pressure (SCRAM assist): Plant-Specific HIGHER NEW Explanation:

Per LOR-1H13-P603-A204; CRD CHARGING WTR PRESS LO, a reactor scram is required for the given situation, specifically:

Reactor Mode Switch in Run Reactor Pressure is > 900 psig.

CRD charging water pressure is <940 psig for >20 minutes Two or more Withdrawn Control Rods' Accumulators have a Low Pressure alarms present.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS From System Description 24, CRD Mechanical, page 24, "Basically, if reactor water pressure is greater than accumulator water pressure, then reactor water will develop the driving force to scram the rod."

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 061 What is the reason for the following note provided in LGA-001, RPV Control?

  • It is okay to delay depressurization in order to restore systems, such as to reopen the MSIVs and restore the Main Condenser (except in SBO).
a. To limit heat addition to the primary containment.
b. To improve pressure control during cooldown by using BPVs.
c. To eliminate the need to make up for reactor inventory discharged to the suppression pool.
d. To prevent the need to lower suppression pool water level to remain within Tech Spec limits.

ANSWER a.

REFERENCE LGA-001, RPV Control Lesson Plan, page 16.

295013K3.02 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH SUPPRESSION POOL TEMPERATURE : Limiting heat additions FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

The LGA-001, RPV Control lesson plan includes an instructor note explaining the LGA-001 note referenced in the stem and states, "This is to remind operators that SBO is the exception. Big picture, this keeps max heat in vessel & least in the PC until can move heat from PC. Generally this is better to do, esp. if accident gets worse.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 062 Unit 2 just scrammed from rated conditions.

  • Two control rods are NOT indicating "00" on the RCMS displays.

Which of the following identifies a means for determining if the control rods NOT indicating "00" have inserted to at least position "01"?

a. Check the "Maintenance Display" at the AEER RCMS Panel 2H13-P659.
b. Obtain and review a "Detailed Scram Time Report" using the Operable Demandable feature of the PPC.
c. Utilize the Rod Control Management System On Demand Function for "RCMS Alarms and Messages".
d. Right click the SPDS "Reactor Power Bar" and check rod position inputs for the two control rods NOT indicating "00" on the RCMS display.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE LTS-1100-4, Attachment N "Instructions for Obtaining a Detailed Scram Time Report from PPC" 295015A1.08 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to INCOMPLETE SCRAM : Process computer/SPDS/ERIS/CRIDS/GDS: Plant-Specific FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

LTS-1100-4, Attachment N "Instructions for Obtaining a Detailed Scram Time Report from PPC" provides directions for checking scram times to determine if control rods have inserted to at least "01" using the PPC on demand function for "Detailed Scram Time Report".

The other distracters are plausible, but incorrect.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 063 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.

Which indicator must be referenced to verify the alarm setpoint has been reached?

a. 1TI-VY021, "LPCS VENT TEMPS - DUCT" located on the 1H13-P601 panel.
b. 1TI-VY022, "LPCS VENT TEMPS - AREA" located on the 1H13-P601 panel.
c. 1E31-R001C, "DIV 1 LD-RCIC/MSL TEMP RCDR", located on the 1H13-P632 Backpanel (ONLY).
d. 1E31-R001C, "DIV 1 LD-RCIC/MSL TEMP RCDR" or 1E31-R002C, "DIV 2 LD-RCIC/MSL TEMP RCDR" located on the 1H13-P632/642 Backpanel.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE 1H13-P601-C408; LPCS/RCIC PMP CUBICLE TEMP HI 295032A2.01 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREA TEMPERATURE : Area temperature FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

1H13-P601-C408; LPCS/RCIC PMP CUBICLE TEMP HI directs to "Check LPCS/RCIC Pump Cubicle Temperature on panel 1H13-P601. 1TI-VY022, "LPCS VENT TEMPS - AREA" is the indicator that is intended to be checked.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 064 Unit 1 is in an accident condition.

  • The Unit 1 SBGT system auto-initiated in response to the event.
  • 1VG01C; U1 SBGT PRIMARY FAN is running
  • 1VG001; U1 SBGT INLET ISOL VLV closed indication is EXTINGUISHED and open indication is LIT.
  • 1VG002Y; U1 SBGT FLOW CONT VLV closed indication is EXTINGUISHED and open indication is LIT.
  • U1 SBGT ELEC HEATING COIL 1VG01A off indication is LIT.

Based on the above conditions, which of the following identifies:

1) the panel location(s) the NSO can go to in order to determine if SBGT flow is Hi or Lo, and
2) the action required to be taken first with the SBGT system?
a. 1) 1PM07J - STANDBY GAS TREATMENT (ONLY)
2) PLACE the 1VG003, DSCH ISOL VLV control switch in the OPEN position.
b. 1) 1PM07J - STANDBY GAS TREATMENT (ONLY)
2) VERIFY 1VG002Y; U1 SBGT FLOW CONT VLV is modulating to control flow.
c. 1) 1PM06J - HVAC CONTROL and 1PM07J - STANDBY GAS TREATMENT
2) PLACE the 1VG003, DSCH ISOL VLV control switch in the OPEN position.
d. 1) 1PM06J - HVAC CONTROL and 1PM07J - STANDBY GAS TREATMENT
2) VERIFY 1VG002Y; U1 SBGT FLOW CONT VLV is modulating to control flow.

ANSWER a.

REFERENCE LOR 1PM07J; SBGT PRI FAN FLOW HI/LO System Description 095, SBGT, page 8, 12, and 17.

295035 2.4.50 - Emergency Procedures / Plan: Ability to verify system alarm setpoints and operate controls identified in the alarm response manual.

HIGHER NEW Explanation:

SBGT flow indication is indicated on the 1PM07J panel, and the given light indications present a situation where the position of the 1VG003 should be able to be verified open, however the position is unknown and could be either due to a burned out bulb or a tripped breaker.

In this case the correct action is to make sure that 1VG003 has gone open by placing the associated control switch in the open position (if auto action fails, take manual action).

1VG002Y; U1 SBGT FLOW CONT VLV is full open and correctly responding to system low flow. Normally the valve would modulate to control system flow, however when it sees low output flow it will continue to open with the intent to achieve required system flow.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS The other distracters are plausible but incorrect. The Station Vent Stack flow recorder is located on the 1PM06J panel and is a credible distracter if the examinee does not recall the SBGT Vent Stack flow is monitored separate from the Station Vent Stack flow.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 065 Unit 1 is in a Refueling Outage.

  • HPCS is running for a post-maintenance test.
  • LPCS is being drained for a pump inspection.
  • A RHR is running in the SDC mode of operation.
  • C RHR pump discharge valve repair is in progress.

o R1438 RB SE DRN SUMP TROUBLE is indicated on the SER display.

o R1437 RB S FLR DRN SUMP TROUBLE is indicated on the SER display.

Which of the following systems should be checked FIRST to determine the cause of the listed alarms?

a. A RHR
b. C RHR
c. HPCS
d. LPCS ANSWER c.

REFERENCE LOP-RE-01T, "Reactor Building Equipment Drain Sumps" M-11, General Arrangement (Excerpt provided)

M-INDEX, Sheet 3, General Arrangement (Excerpt provided) 295036A2.03 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SECONDARY CONTAINMENT HIGH SUMP/AREA WATER LEVEL : Cause of the high water level HIGHER NEW Explanation:

The SE Sump is located at 673' A-8.9 to 10, in the B/C RHR Pump Room, and pumps to the South Main Floor Drain Sump (1RF02).

The areas listed in the distracters do not provide input to the SE or South Sumps.

The other areas do not drain to the SE Sump or the South Main Floor Drain Sump

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 066 Unit 1 is shutdown for a refueling outage.

Reactor Engineering verfied the Unit 1 reactor was subcritical at 00:05 on 2/23/2010.

Which of the following identifies the earliest time and date that core alterations can begin?

a. 08:05, 2/23/2010
b. 12:05, 2/23/2010
c. 00:05, 2/24/2010
d. 12:05, 2/24/2010 ANSWER c.

REFERENCE LFS-100-4, "Core Alterations and Control Blade Maintenance Move Shiftly Surviellances", step E.2.1.

TRM 3.9.a Decay Time 2.1.36, Knowledge of procedures and limitations involved in core alterations.

HIGHER NEW Explanation:

Per "LFS-100-4, Core Alterations and Control Blade Maintenance Move Shiftly Surviellances" step E.2.1, Obtain verification from Reactor Engineering on Attachment D that the reactor has been subcritical for 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />, 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after 00:05, 2/23/2010.

The other distracters are plausible but incorrect.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 067 Which of the following describes the proper method for administratively controlling the key for the Reactor Mode Switch when it is required to be LOCKED?

Place Reactor Mode Switch in the required position, and then ....

a. place the key to the lock position, do NOT remove the key from the mode switch.
b. remove the key from the Reactor Mode Switch and place in the key locker at the Center Desk area.
c. remove the key from the Reactor Mode Switch and place in the key locker in the Shift Manager's Office.
d. remove the key from the Reactor Mode Switch and locate the key at the Reactor Mode Switch, but NOT in the lock.

ANSWER d.

REFERENCE LOP-AA-03, "Reactor Mode Changes", step D.20.2.

2.1.32, Ability to explain and apply all system limits and precautions FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

per LOP-AA-03, Limitation D.20.2, "The Reactor Mode Switch Key shall be located at the switch but NOT in the lock when Reactor Mode Switch is required to be LOCKED.

The other distracters are plausible but incorrect.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 068 Units 1 and 2 are operating at rated conditions.

Which of the following would require entry into a Technical Specification LCO?

a. DWFDs FIll-Up Rate 1.9 gpm.
b. Primary Containment Oxygen concentration 4.5%.
c. Average Circulating Water inlet temperature 100.25°F.
d. Hydrogen concentration in the Main Condenser Offgas Treatment System 3.8%

by volume.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE LCO 3.6.3.2 LCO 3.4.5 SR 3.7.3.1 TRM 3.7.e 2.2.42, Ability to recognize system parameters that are entry-level conditions for Technical Specifications.

FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

Per LCO 3.6.3.2 Oxygen concentration must be less than 4%.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 069 What will be the final positions of valves 1XX-001 and 1XX-002 if DC power is lost to the pilot solenoids?

IA IA S S 1XX-001 1XX-002

a. 1XX-001; OPEN 1XX-002; OPEN
b. 1XX-001; OPEN 1XX-002; CLOSED
c. 1XX-001; CLOSED 1XX-002; OPEN
d. 1XX-001; CLOSED 1XX-002; CLOSED ANSWER d.

REFERENCE P&ID M-101, Sh. 1, RCIC M-54, Sh. 2 and enlargement 2.2.15 Ability to determine the expected plant configuration using design and configuration control documentation, such as drawings, line-ups, tag-outs, etc.

HIGHER NEW Explanation:

The diagram shown is actually the arrangement for the RCIC drain valves 1E51-F004 and F005.

With DC power removed, 1XX-002 will have the IA supply shut off, causing the valve to fail closed and 1XX-001 will not be able to reposition the pilot valve and will remain closed.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 070 Unit-1 is operating at 50% power when the 1C Inboard MSIV goes CLOSED. After the plant stabilizes, reactor power is 50% and reactor pressure has increased slightly.

How do the MSL Radiation Monitor indications compare to those before the 1C MSIV closed?

Compared to the readings before the 1C MSIV closed, ...

a. all four MSL Radiation Monitors indicate approximately the same.
b. 1C MSL Radiation Monitor indicates lower, the other monitors indicate higher.
c. 1C MSL Radiation Monitor indicates lower, the other monitors indicate approximately the same.
d. 1C AND 1D MSL Radiation Monitors indicate lower, the other monitors indicate approximately the same.

ANSWER a.

REFERENCE System Description 52, Process Rad Monitors, page 8.

2.3.15, Knowledge of radiation monitoring systems, such as fixed radiation monitors and alarms, portable survey instruments, personnel monitoring equipment, etc.

HIGHER BANK Explanation:

Per System Description 52, Process Rad Monitors, "The main steam line log radiation monitor detects any gross release of fission products from the fuel. It provides control room indication of the gross gamma radiation level in the main steam tunnel.

The four detectors are gamma sensitive ion chambers with a range of 1 to 106 mR/hr.

They are downstream of the outboard Main Steam Isolation Valves (MSIVs), in the space between the Primary Containment and Secondary Containment walls. The geometric arrangement of the detectors allow detection of significant increases in radiation level with any number of main steam lines in operation. The location of the detectors allow for the earliest practical detection of a gross fuel failure."

The other distracters are plausible but incorrect as they identify responses that could be expected if the examinee does not understand the configuration of the MSL rad monitors in relation to the MSLs.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 071 Unit 1 has scrammed from rated conditions.

  • Reactor power is less than 3%.
  • You are assigned to perform in-plant actions to insert the 5 control rods using the SRI Test Switches
  • Your current annual exposure is 0 mrem.

What is the maximum TEDE exposure you are allowed to receive for the given task, without obtaining any extensions, in accordance with the guidance of RP-AA-203, "Exposure Control and Authorization"?

a. 2 rem
b. 5 rem
c. 25 rem
d. 40 rem ANSWER a.

REFERENCE RP-AA-203, "Exposure Control and Authorization" pages 3 and 4.

2.3.4, Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions HIGHER NEW Explanation:

Per RP-AA-203, "Exposure Control and Authorization" step 4.1.2, "Administrative dose control levels (ADCL) have been established for Total Dose Equivalent Limits as follows: 2000 mrem routine cumulative TEDE/yr., however step 4.2.8 allows the ADCL to be raised to 5000 mrem with written approval from the Site Vice President.

The conditions in the stem require the examinee to determine that the task being assigned is NOT an emergency condition, no extension is being pursued so the 2 rem limit applies.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 072 Unit 2 is in an ATWS condition.

  • RPV water level dropped to -140" and is currently being controlled at -100".
  • Drywell pressure is 1.5 psig.
  • You are an extra NSO and have been assigned to perform all the applicable actions of "Hardcard - Unit 1 Using Main Condenser as Heat Sink in ATWS", including any actions needed to be performed outside of the main control room.

Which of the following identifies actions, if any, needing to be performed outside of the main control room for the given conditions?

a. No actions are required to be performed outside of the main control room.
b. Bypass isolation logic for the 1IN017; DW PNEUMATICS 100lb HDR ISOL. to restore pneumatic supply to the Drywell (ONLY).
c. Bypass isolation logic for the 1N62-F057; OFF GAS DISCHARGE TO STACK to maintain condenser vacuum (ONLY).
d. Bypass isolation logic for BOTH the 1IN017; DW PNEUMATICS 100lb HDR ISOL to restore pneumatic supply to the Drywell and 1N62-F057; OFF GAS DISCHARGE TO STACK to maintain condenser vacuum.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE LGA-MS-01, "Hardcard - Unit 1 Using Main Condenser as Heat Sink in ATWS" 2.4.34, Knowledge of RO tasks performed outside the main control room during an emergency and the resultant operational effects.

HIGHER NEW Explanation:

When RPV water level dropped to -140", IN to the drywell isolated and the isolation signals for the 1IN017 need to be bypassed.

The isolation signals for the 1N62-F057 need to be bypassed, however the 1H13-P604 panel is located in the MRC not in the plant. The distracter is credible as the P604 panel is seldom referenced and the location is not called out by the hard card.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 073 What LGA entry condition is aligned with an Emergency Action Level threshold?

LGA EAL Threshold

a. LGA-001, "RPV Control" RPV water level
b. LGA-002, "Secondary Containment Control" Differential Pressure
c. LGA-003, "Primary Containment Control" Suppression pool level
d. LGA-009, "Radioactivity Release Control" Offsite release rate ANSWER d.

REFERENCE LGA-001, "RPV Control" LGA-002, "Secondary Containment Control" LGA-003, "Primary Containment Control" LGA-009, "Radioactivity Release Control" 2.4.41, Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications.

FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

The LGA-009 entry condition is "Off-site release rate above GSEP "Alert" level (1.9E+07 uCi/sec).

The distracters are LGA entry conditions, but are not aligned with EAL thresholds.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 074 Which of the following methods are allowed for use when verifying a Direct (continuous) communication link between the Control Room and the Refueling Platform for the performance of core alterations?

1. Dial telephones
2. Sound Powered Phones
3. Dedicated GAI-tronics PA system
a. 1, 2, AND 3.
b. 1 AND 2 ONLY.
c. 2 AND 3 ONLY.
d. 1 AND 3 ONLY.

ANSWER a.

REFERENCE LFS-100-4, "Core Alteration and Control Rod Blade Maintenance Move Shiftly Surveillance, Attachment A 2.1.44, Knowledge of RO duties in the control room during fuel handling such as responding to alarms from the fuel handling area, communication with fuel storage facility, systems operated from the control room in support of fueling operations, and supporting instrumentation.

FUNDAMENTAL NEW Per LFS-100-4, "Core Alteration and Control Rod Blade Maintenance Move Shiftly Surveillance, Attachment A, "VERIFY operability of Direct (continuous) Communications between the Control Room and the Refueling Platform once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />. TRM TSR 3.9.b.1. The dedicated GAI-tronics PA System is the primary system but Sound Powered Phones, Dial Telephones, or Radio Communication may be used. TRM B 3.9.b Background.

RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 075 LGA-RT-101, RPV Depressurization Using RWCU Blowdown is in progress and the Main Condenser is NOT available to accept RWCU flow.

For the given conditions, LGA-RT-101 provides an ALARA warning for abnormally high airborne radiation levels in the

a. Radwaste Control Room.
b. Division 3 Switchgear room.
c. vicinity of the Radwaste Tanks.
d. RWCU Heat Exchanger rooms.

ANSWER c.

REFERENCE LGA RT-101, RPV Depressurization Using RWCU Blowdown, ALARA warning. page 13.

2.3.14, Knowledge of radiation or containment hazards that may arise during normal, abnormal, or emergency conditions or activities.

FUNDAMENTAL BANK Explanation: With the condenser unavailable, the blowdown flow is directed to the Waste Surge Tank. The ALARA warning in LGA-RT-101 warns of abnormally high airborne radiation levels in the vicinity of the Radwaste Tanks.

Reason Distracters A/B/D are incorrect but plausible: The three distracters identify plausible, but incorrect, rad hazards the examinee might select if they do not understand where the blowdown flow is going (Waste Surge Tank in Rad Waste) when the main condenser is unavailable. Note that the Division 3 Switchgear room is a plausible distracter as drain lines to the condenser pass through the room.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 076 Unit 1 is operating in Mode 3 with 1A RHR in the SDC mode of operation.

  • RPV pressure is 105 psig.
  • RPV level is +35".
  • The 1A RHR pump just tripped.
  • Actions are in-progress to place the 1B RHR system in the SDC mode of operation.

When re-establishing SDC flow with the 1B RHR pump in the given conditions, significant

____(1)____ fluctuations may occur, and if an isolation occurs as a result, an ENS notification

____(2)____ required.

a. (1) level (2) IS
b. (1) level (2) IS NOT
c. (1) pressure (2) IS
d. (1) pressure (2) IS NOT ANSWER a.

REFERENCE LOP-RH-07, "Shutdown Cooling System Startup, Operation, and Transfer" 295021A2.02 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to LOSS OF SHUTDOWN COOLING : RHR/shutdown cooling system flow HIGHER NEW Explanation:

The given conditions in the stem create a situation in which there is no forced circulation through the core, so when re-establishing flow with the 1B RHR pump, level oscillations may occur. This is pointed out in a NOTE in LOP-RH-07, which states "With no other forced flow through the reactor, the start of an RHR pump in Shutdown Cooling Mode results in significant level fluctuations. ENS notification required if spurious isolation occurs."

The requirement to make an ENS notification for the spurious isolation is a change in that the isolations were NOT reported previously.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 077 Which of the following must occur in order to prevent exceeding 10CFR100 "Reactor Site Criteria" limits in the event of a design basis fuel handling accident?

a. VG must initiate, RB Ventilation must isolate and TB Ventilation must be manually started.
b. VG must initiate and RB Ventilation must isolate ONLY.
c. RB Ventilation must isolate ONLY.
d. VG must initiate ONLY.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE LOA-FH-001, "Irradiated Fuel Assembly Damage", step C.3, Rev. 12.

295023 A2.03 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to REFUELING ACCIDENTS : Airborne contamination levels FUNDAMENTAL NEW EXPLANATION Per LOA-FH-001, "Irradiated Fuel Assembly Damage", step C.3, For the design basis event, action to evacuate all personnel from the Reactor Building and potentially contaminated areas (Auxiliary and Turbine Buildings) is mandatory. Furthermore, ensuring that the Standby Gas Treatment System initiates and the Reactor Building Ventilation system isolates is necessary to prevent exceeding 10CFR100 limits.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 078 Units 1 and 2 are operating at rated conditions.

  • You are the Unit 1 Unit Supervisor
  • The A VC/VE train is in operation
  • A fire outside the plant has resulted in heavy smoke surrounding the VC air intake.
  • The Unit 1 Assist Reactor Operator reports A VC train is in its normal configuration.

Which of the following actions must be performed in response to the given conditions?

Direct an available Reactor Operator to ....

a. SWAP to the B VC train per LOP-VC-01, "Control Room HVAC Operation" and immediately declare A VC Inoperable.
b. Manually place A VC train Emergency Make-up Unit on-line per LOP-VC-01,"Control Room HVAC Operation" and promptly evaluate the operability of the A VC System.
c. SWAP to the B VC train per LOA-VC-001, "VC Abnormal Actions for an Inoperable Control Room Envelope Boundary (CRE)" and immediately declare A VC Inoperable.
d. Manually place A VC train Emergency Make-up Unit on-line per LOA-VC-001,"VC Abnormal Actions for an Inoperable Control Room Envelope Boundary (CRE)" and promptly evaluate the operability of the A VC System.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE VC System Lesson Plan, pages 3 and 4.

LOP-VC-01, page 2, 20 and 21.

LOA-VC-001, page 3 TRM 3.3.p, Fire Protection Instrumentation Tech Spec Basis B.2.1.a, Micellaneous Test Requirements 600000 A2.06 - Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to PLANT FIRE ON SITE: Need for pressurizing control room (recirculating mode).

HIGHER NEW Explanation:

Per the VC System Lesson Plan, "High radiation or smoke concentration in outside air automatically places the EMU in service."

In this case, the system did not automatically re-align so it should be placed in the proper configuration.

Per the Tech Spec Basis, the train must be evaluated to see if it is operable, as the failure to re-align does not automatically make the train inoperable, however an evaluation is required.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 079 You are the Unit 2 Unit Supervisor

  • Unit 2 has scrammed from rated conditions
  • Reactor power is 34%
  • RPV Water level is within the required band
  • A large steam leak has developed in the heater bay
  • The inboard and outboard MSIVs for "A" MSL can NOT be closed
  • U2 SBGT is unable to be started Which of the following actions are required to be directed based on the instrument indication shown below?

Honeywell Minitrend V5 E7 E8 E9 E10 E11 E12 E13 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 Ch.2 Stack WRGM Effluent Release Rate (high range) 3.5E+08 uCi/sec MAIN MENU SCREEN MESSAGES HELP ENTER STACK WRGM EFF ACT 0D18-R522

a. Immediately perform a Blowdown per LGA-004, "RPV Blowdown".
b. Wait until the recorder reading goes up an additional 0.4 E+08 uCi/sec, and then perform a Blowdown per LGA-004, "RPV Blowdown".
c. Immediately terminate and prevent ALL RPV injection except Boron, CRD, and RCIC, and then perform a Blowdown per LGA-006, "ATWS Blowdown".
d. Wait until the recorder reading goes up an additional 0.4 E+08 uCi/sec, next terminate and prevent ALL RPV injection except Boron, CRD, and RCIC, and then perform a Blowdown per LGA-006, "ATWS Blowdown".

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS ANSWER c.

REFERENCE LGA-001 "RPV Control" LGA-009 "Radioactivity Release Control" LGA-006 "ATWS Blowdown" 295038 2.1.7 - Conduct of Operations: Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation.

HIGHER NEW Explanation:

The given condtions require entry into LGA-010 "Failure to Scram", LGA-009 "Radioactivity Release Control, and LGA-006 "ATWS Blowdown".

LGA-009 directs that a Blowdown be performed before Off-site release rate reaches 3.7E+8.

The Blowdown will be performed per LGA-006, which requires that all injection except Boron, CRD, and RCIC are terminated and prevented prior to performing the Blowdown.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 080 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions when an SRV spuriously opened.

  • The Main Control Room actions of LOA-SRV-101, "Unit 1 Stuck Open Safety Relief Valve" were completed and did NOT close the SRV.
  • Suppression Pool Temperature is rising 1 degree F. every three minutes.

Honeywell Minitrend V5 0.0 50.0 100.0 150.0 200.0 250.0 SUPP POOL WATER TEMP 106.0 F MAINMENU SCREEN MESSAGES HELP ENTER AVG SP TEMP 1TR-CM037A Based on the recorder indication above, which of the following identifies the Main Control Room action(s) required to be directed and in the proper order?

a. Direct the Unit 1 Assist NSO to start ONE loop of SP cooling ONLY.
b. Direct the Unit 1 Assist NSO to start BOTH loops of SP cooling ONLY.
c. Direct the Unit 1 NSO to SCRAM the Unit 1 reactor, and then direct the Unit 1 Assist NSO to start BOTH loops of SP cooling.
d. Direct the Unit 1 Assist NSO to start BOTH loops of SP cooling and then immediately direct the Unit 1 NSO to SCRAM the Unit 1 reactor.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE LGA-003, "Primary Containment Control" 2.2.44 - Equipment Control: Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives effect plant and system conditions.

HIGHER NEW Explanation

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS Per direction provided in LGA-003, "Primary Containment Control", both loops of SP cooling should be started due to exceeding 105 degrees F. in the suppression pool.

Scramming the reactor is not required at this time because the temperature trend for the SP provides time to determine if SPC will lower SP temperature without approaching the 110°F.

which requires a reactor scram.

The other distracters are plausible but incorrect.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 081 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions, with the 1B CW pump OOS.

  • Bus 141X experiences an overcurrent trip.
  • The crew responds to the event per:
  • LOA-AP-101, "Unit 1 AC Power System Abnormal" and

Which of the following technical specification actions must be taken for the given conditions?

Perform a functional test of each ____________ within the next 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

a. Safety Relief Valve
b. Main Steam Isolation Valve
c. Main Turbine Bypass Valve
d. Suppression Chamber to Drywell Vacuum Breaker ANSWER d.

REFERENCE LOA-AP-101, "Unit 1 AC Power System Abnormal", Section B.7, Rev. 16.

LOA-CW-101, "Unit 1 Circulating Water System Abnormal", Section B.1, Rev. 31.

LGP-2-1, "Normal Unit Shutdown", step E5.3.1, Rev. 84 Tech Spec SR 3.6.1.6.2.

2.2.40 - Equipment Control: Ability to apply technical specifications for a system.

HIGHER NEW Explanation:

Per LOA-AP-101 Section B.7, "Loss of Bus 141X", direction is provided to close the discharge valves of the non-running Circ Water Pumps and then enter LOA-CW-101.

Per LOA-CW-101, Section B.1, the crew is required to SCRAM the reactor and close the MSIVs and MSL drains to prevent steam from going to the condenser. This will cause SRVs to open to control reactor pressure.

Per SR 3.6.1.6.2 a functional test of each vacuum breaker is required to be performed within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> after any discharge of steam to the suppression chamber from the SRVs.

This question explores the examinees knowledge of relationship between the discharge of an SRV to the suppression pool and the requirement to cycle vacuum breakers within the next 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 082 Unit 2 has scrammed and experienced a DBA LOCA.

  • RPV pressure is 15 psig and going down slow.

Based on the following indications, determine if adequate core cooling exists, and why.

800 100

-111 G -150 P -161 600 M G 80 P I M

X -192 N

-200 X -204 C 1

0 H 60 1 E 400 0 0 -250 S

40 200 20 -300 0 0 -311 HPCS PMP LPCS PMP RX LEVEL FUEL ZONE FLOW FLOW RANGE 2E22-R603 2E21-R600 2B21-R610

a. Does NOT exist. RPV water level is too low.
b. Does NOT exist. Core spray flow is too low for the indicated RPV water level.
c. Does exist. RPV water level alone is high enough to ensure adequate core cooling.
d. Does exist. Core spray flow and RPV water level are high enough to ensure adequate core cooling.

ANSWER d.

REFERENCE LGA-001, RPV Control, Rev. 10.

295031A2.04 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to REACTOR LOW WATER LEVEL : Adequate core cooling HIGHER NEW Explanation:

Per LGA-001, RPV Control, Detail AC, Adequate Core Cooling exists for a DBA LOCA, when RPV water level is greater than or equal to -210 inch on Fuel Zone AND at least one core spray

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS system is injecting onto the core at greater than or equal to 6250 gpm, and RPV pressure is less than or equal to 20 psig.

This is an SRO question as ROs report the parameters to the SRO, and then the SRO place-keeps Figure AC to determine if adequate core cooling exists.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 083 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions with 1A VP in-service, when an inadvertent Group 2 Isolation occurs.

Drywell temperature was recorded as 95 degrees F. at the time of the isolation, 1 minute ago.

Which of the following identifies the procedure to be directed for use for bulk drywell temperature determination while recovering from the isolation signal?

a. LGA-003, "Primary Containment Control"
b. LOP-CX-02, "Safety Parameter Display System"
c. LOA-PC-101, "Primary Secondary Containment Trouble"
d. LOP-CM-04, "Primary Containment Temperature Determination" ANSWER d.

REFERENCE LOP-CM-04 , "Primary Containment Temperature Determination", Rev. 13 295020A2.02 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to INADVERTENT CONTAINMENT ISOLATION : Drywell/containment temperature HIGHER NEW Explanation:

The spurious Group 2 isolation signal will cause the running VP Chiller and associated Chilled Water pump to trip. The VP supply fan and area cooler fans will continue running. As such, drywell temperature will continue to be monitored per the direction of LOP-CM-04, "Primary Containment Temperature Determination". Per step D.5, "If the A VP loop is on-line, the single point data is non-conservative relative to the drywell bulk average temperature." "This bias must be used when using the data from the Tracor digital display for confirmation that the Technical Specification limit of 135 degrees F. on TS 3.6.1.5 is met."

This information is also provided in LOS-AA-S101 "Unit 1 Shiftly Surveillance" step D.11., but is not listed as a distracter.

The other distracters are plausible, but incorrect.

A. is incorrect, as this determination is made when the VP supply fans are not in operation.

B. is incorrect as SPDS is used after entry into the LGAs.

C. is incorrect, as it does not address temperature determination.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 084 A GSEP Alert must declared if an off-site release rate exceeds 200 times the ODCM limit for _______ minutes or longer.

a. 5
b. 15
c. 30
d. 60 ANSWER b.

REFERENCE EP-AA-1005, LaSalle Annex, page LS 3-10 T.S. 5.5.4, Radioactive Effluent Controls Program ODCM 1.5 REC and RSR Implementation, page I-1.5-1 ODCM Table 1-1 ODCM 2.6.5, Release Limits, pages II.2-10 and 11 LGA-009 Lesson Plan, page 2.

295017 2.2.22 - Equipment Control: Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

The LGA-009 lesson plan states the following:

The initiating condition for the EAL is any unplanned release of gaseous or liquid radioactivity to the environment that exceeds 200 times the ODCM limit for 15 minutes or longer.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 085 The reactor vessel water level Safety Limit (SL) ensures that adequate core cooling capability is maintained during ____(1)____ of reactor operation. Establishment of Emergency Core Cooling System ____(2)____ provides margin such that the SL will NOT be reached or exceeded.

a. (1) all MODES (2) divisional separation
b. (1) all MODES (2) instrumentation setpoints higher than the SL
c. (1) MODES 1, 2, and 3 (ONLY)

(2) divisional separation

d. (1) MODES 1, 2, and 3 (ONLY)

(2) instrumentation setpoints higher than the SL ANSWER b.

REFERENCE LaSalle Safety Limits Bases B.2.1.1, page B2.1.1-2 295009 2.2.25 - Equipment Control: Knowledge of the bases in Technical Specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.

FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

The following is taken directly from the SL bases for water level:

The reactor vessel water level SL ensures that adequate core cooling capability is maintained during all MODES of reactor operation. Establishment of Emergency Core Cooling System instrumentation setpoints higher than this SL provides margin such that the SL will not be reached or exceeded.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 086 Units 1 is operating at rated conditions when the Unit 1 Process Computer UPS Normal and Alternate AC power feed breakers trip.

  • It has been determined it will be at least one hour before the Normal and/or Alternate Power Supplies will be restored.

Which of the following identifies the procedure to be directed in response to this event and the immediate actions, if any, required to be taken?

a. LOP-CX-08, "Uninterruptible Power Supply Startup, Operation, and Shutdown" No immediate actions required.
b. LOP-CX-08, "Uninterruptible Power Supply Startup, Operation, and Shutdown" Limit PPC operation to less than 30 minutes.
c. LOA-RM-101, "Unit 1 RCMS Abnormal Operation" Verify RCMS controllers have automatically rebooted.
d. LOA-RM-101, "Unit 1 RCMS Abnormal Operation" Manually transfer RCMS to the Alternate Power Supply.

ANSWER a.

REFERENCE LOP-CX-08 "Uninterruptible Power Supply Startup, Operation, and Shutdown" 262002 A2.01 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY (A.C./D.C.) ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Under voltage HIGHER NEW Explanation:

With the normal and alternate power supplies unavailable (135X-3, and 135X-2) to the Unit 1 UPS, the udervoltage condition will cause the UPS to utilize the DC power source 121Y to supply the UPS. The output of the UPS will remain unaffected and will have no impact on RCMS.

The proper procedure to be directed is LOP-CX-08, to prepare for the restoration of normal power to the UPS, however there are no immediate actions required.

B. LOP-CX-08, "Uninterruptible Power Supply Startup, Operation, and Shutdown" Limit PPC operation to less than 30 minutes.

Operation of the PPC is NOT limited to less than 30 minutes because the UPS is powered from the battery charger for Bus 121Y. If only the battery was supplying the UPS, PPC operation would be required to be limited to 30 minutes. This is a plausible distracter if the examinee does not understand LOP-CX-08 Limitation D.1 which discusses limiting PPC operation to 30 minutes if the 250VDC battery is the only power source to the UPS.

C. LOA-RM-101, "Unit 1 RCMS Abnormal Operation" Verify RCMS controllers have automatically rebooted.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS D. LOA-RM-101, "Unit 1 RCMS Abnormal Operation" Manually transfer RCMS to the Alternate Power Supply.

These distracters are incorrect as even though the PPC UPS is the normal power supply to RCMS, there are no entry requirements into LOA-RM-101 because the PPC UPS will provide uninterrupted power to RCMS. This is a plausible distracter if the examinee does not understand the operation of a UPS.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 087 Unit 2 is operating at rated conditions.

  • The 2A SBLC pump is OOS.
  • An Equipment Operator is dispatched to investigate the cause of the alarm and reports that the circuit breaker to the "A" 10kW heater for the SBLC Storage Tank is tripped and will NOT reset.
  • Standby Liquid Tank Temperature is 69 degrees F.

What action must be directed to mitigate the consequences of the situation, and why?

Place the Standby Liquid Tank Heater Control Switch in " B ON" to allow the "B" 40kW heater to be used to ____(1)____ control Standby Liquid Tank temperature to ensure the boron does NOT ____(2)____

a. 1) MANUALLY
2) precipitate out in the storage tank.
b. 1) MANUALLY
2) clog the SBLC injection sparger if injected.
c. 1) AUTOMATICALLY
2) precipitate out in the storage tank.
d. 1) AUTOMATICALLY
2) clog the SBLC injection sparger if injected.

ANSWER a.

REFERENCE System Description 028, SBLC, page 15 B 3.1.7 Standby Liquid Control (SLC) System Bases, page B 3.1.7-3 and 4.

LOR 2H13-P603-B502; STANDBY LIQ TANK TEMP HI/LO 211000A2.03 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the STANDBY LIQUID CONTROL SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: A.C. power failures HIGHER NEW Explanation:

LOR 2H13-P603-B502; STANDBY LIQ TANK TEMP HI/LO provides direction to manually control SBLC Tank temperature by cycling the heater control switch to maintain proper temperature if the temperature controller is bad. It would be an SRO decision to cycle the B heater manually if the A heater was not working.

Per System Description 028, SBLC, page 15, "B ON" - "B" heater is manually energized. In "AUTO", "A" heater is controlled by Storage Tank temperature, cycles between 75-85°F.

Per B 3.1.7 Standby Liquid Control (SLC) System Bases, page B 3.1.7-3, "Maintaining a minimum specified borated solution temperature is important in ensuring that the boron remains

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS in solution and does not precipitate out in the storage tank or in the pump suction piping".

Note, the pump suction piping utilizes heat trace and is monitored by SR 3.1.7.3 and does not apply to this question.

The other distracters are plausible but incorrect.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 088 Unit 2 scrammed from rated conditions 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> ago due to a spurious Group 1 isolation signal that will not clear.

  • RPV level dropped to -25" and is now +35" and being controlled with the MDRFP.
  • Drywell pressure is 1.2 psig
  • 2A RHR was placed in the SDC mode of operation 30 minutes ago.
  • The 2A RHR motor just tripped due to an Instantaneous Overcurrent condition.

Which of the following procedures can be directed for use to mitigate the consequences of the loss of SDC for the given conditions?

1. LGA-MS-01
2. LGA-RH-201
3. LOA-RH-201
4. LOP-RT-09
a. 1 AND 2 ONLY.
b. 2 AND 3 ONLY.
c. 3 AND 4 ONLY.
d. 2, 3, AND 4 ONLY.

ANSWER c.

REFERENCE LGA-001, "RPV Control" 205000 2.4.6 - Emergency Procedures / Plan: Knowledge of EOP mitigation strategies.

HIGH NEW Explanation:

This question tests the examinees knowledge of procedures directed for use in LGA-001. Titles were purposely omitted as they are not always provided in the LGAs and require the SROs to understand what is being directed when assigning a procedure to an RO for implementation.

LOA-RH-201, "Unit 2 RHR Abnormal" is directed for use if SDC does not work and LOP-RT-09 "Reactor Water Cleanup System (RWCU) - Coolant Rejection is directed for use as an alternate pressure control system.

LGA-MS-01, "Using Main Condenser as Heat Sink in an ATWS and LGA-RH-101, "Alternate Vessel Injection Using Shutdown Cooling Return" are not directed for use in LGA-001 but appear to be tied to the given situation.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 089 Unit 2 is in Mode 5.

  • You are the Unit 2 Control Room Supervisor
  • Fuel movements are scheduled to begin, for the first time in the outage, later this shift.
  • Non-Spiral off-loading is being utilized.
  • 24/48VDC Bus A is de-energized.
  • The Fuel Handling Supervisor has called you to request permission to commence fuel movements.
  • The only item remaining to be checked is the operability of required nuclear instrumentation.

Based on the given conditions, fuel movements ____(1)____ as ____(2)____.

NOTE: Technical Specification 3.3.1.2 SRM Instrumentation is to be provided as a hand-out for this question.

a. (1) can begin (2) the required number of SRMs and their locations meet LCO requirements.
b. (1) can NOT begin (2) the required number of SRMs will NOT meet LCO requirements (ONLY).
c. (1) can NOT begin (2) the location of operable SRMs will NOT meet LCO requirements (ONLY).
d. (1) can NOT begin (2) the required number AND location of operable SRMs will NOT meet LCO requirements.

ANSWER c.

REFERENCE T.S. 3.3.1.2 SRM Instrumentation System Description 041, SRMs, page 7.

System Description 041, Figure 41-08.

215004 2.2.36 - Equipment Control: Ability to analyze the effect of maintenance activities, such as degraded power sources, on the status of limiting conditions for operations.

HIGH NEW Explanation:

SRMs are located in the core in the following quadrants: A B D C SRMs A and C are energized from 24/48VDC Bus A and are inoperable.

No matter what quadrant is picked, the requirement for an operable SRM in the adjacent quadrant can not be met. In addition, information in the stem identifies that a non-spiral offloading is being utilized resulting in 2 SRMs being required to be operable, rather than just one if a spiral offloading was being used. The other distracters are plausible but incorrect.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 090 The 1B Diesel Generator received a spurious start signal and has been running loaded for approximately one minute.

In response to this event, a Reactor Operator must be directed to enter ____(1)____ and then

____(2)____.

a. (1) LOP-DG-03, "Diesel Generator Shutdown" (2) shutdown the diesel immediately to prevent excessive wear to the turbocharger gear drive.
b. (1) LOP-DG-03, "Diesel Generator Shutdown" (2) run the diesel for a total of 5 to 10 minutes before shutdown to allow temperatures to reach equilibrium values.
c. (1) LOS-DG-M3, "1B(2B) Diesel Generator Operability Test" (2) load the diesel for a total 5 to 15 minutes to allow diesel and generator temperatures to stabilize.
d. (1) LOS-DG-M3, "1B(2B) Diesel Generator Operability Test" (2) run the diesel for a total of 5 to 10 minutes before shutdown to allow temperatures to reach equilibrium values.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE LOP-DG-03, "Diesel Generator Shutdown" LOS-DG-M3, "1B(2B) Diesel Generator Operability Test" 264000A2.03 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the EMERGENCY GENERATORS (DIESEL/JET) ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Operating unloaded, lightly loaded, and highly loaded.

HIGHER NEW Explanation:

Per LOP-DG-03, A.2:

"Shutdown of DG is normally a controlled evolution, using LOS procedures in order to document reliability of the DG. This procedure should be used in abnormal conditions, when testing DG as part of troubleshooting processes, or for initial verification of repaired equipment."

Per LOP-DG-03, D.4:

"If a spurious start occurs and DG is NOT loaded long enough to allow temperatures to reach equilibrium values, DG should be run for 5 or 10 minutes prior to shutdown.

The other distracters are plausible but incorrect as the LOP-DG-03 A.2 states that LOP-DG-03 is to be used to shutdown the DG under abnormal conditions, which a spurious start is. The immediate shutdown is not required to prevent excessive wear of the turbocharger drive, although LOS-DG-M3 step D.11 states "DG should NOT be operated below 2200 KW for an extended period of time to prevent excessive wear to turbocharger gear drive.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 091 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.

  • An Equipment Operator dispatched to investigate the alarm reports that a crack has developed between the Scram Air Header pressure transmitter 1C11-N052 and root stop valve 1C11-F416.
  • While actions are taken to close root stop valve 1C11-F416, the full core display for control rods 30-59, 30-55, 50-51, and 30-47 are as shown below, with changes in indication at the given times.

Time: 07:00 07:01 07:02 07:03 07:04 07:05 Rod 30-59 30-59 30-59 30-59 30-59 30-59 30-59 RCMS Display 00 00 00 00 30-55 30-55 30-55 30-55 30-55 30-55 Rod 30-55 RCMS Display 00 00 50-51 50-51 50-51 50-51 50-51 50-51 Rod 50-51 RCMS Display 30-47 30-47 30-47 30-47 30-47 30-47 Rod 30-47 RCMS Display In response to these events and indications, as the Unit 1 Control Room Supervisor, you must direct the crew to enter ____(1)____, and a reactor scram per LGP-3-2 ____(2)____ required.

a. (1) LOA-RD-101, "Control Rod Drive Abnormal" ONLY (2) IS
b. (1) LOA-RD-101, "Control Rod Drive Abnormal" AND LOA-RM-101, "Unit 1 RCMS Abnormal Situations" (2) IS
c. (1) LOA-RD-101, "Control Rod Drive Abnormal" ONLY (2) is NOT
d. (1) LOA-RD-101, "Control Rod Drive Abnormal" AND LOA-RM-101, "Unit 1 RCMS Abnormal Situations" (2) is NOT ANSWER a.

REFERENCE LOA-RD-101, "Control Rod Drive Abnormal" pages 4.

LOA-RM-101, "Unit 1 RCMS Abnormal Situations", page 3.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS General Electric RCMS Reference Manual, page 23.

201002A2.02 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the REACTOR MANUAL CONTROL SYSTEM ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Rod drift alarm HIGHER NEW Explanation:

Per LOA-RD-101, step B.1.1, a scram is required if more than one control rod is moving at the same time. For the given condtions, control rods 50-51 and 30-47 are drifting as indicated by the RED background indication for the given rod on the full core display.

Entry is required for LOA-RD-101, but there are no entry conditions met for LOA-RM-101. The examinee must understand that the RED background indicates that a control is drifting, and the lack of position indication is expected if a rod is drifting in and do not indicate a problem with RCMS.

The other distracters are plausible but incorrect.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 092 Given the following initial plant conditions:

  • ALL RHR pumps are required to maintain adequate core cooling.
  • Suppression Pool temperature is 197.5°F.
  • Suppression Pool level is -12 feet.
  • Suppression Chamber pressure is 2 psig.
  • Drywell pressure is 7 psig.

Which one of the following identifies a parameter change that could result in damage to an RHR pump, and the direction to be provided for the use of the A and B RHR pumps?

a. Drywell pressure increases an additional 5 psig.

Continue to inject with A and B RHR.

b. Suppression Pool level decreases an additional 2 feet.

Continue to inject with A and B RHR.

c. Suppression Pool temperature increases an additional 10.0°F.

Re-align A or B RHR to the SPC mode of operation.

d. Suppression Chamber pressure increases an additional 2 psig.

Re-align A or B RHR to the SPC mode of operation.

ANSWER b.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS REFERENCE LGA-003, "Primary Containment Control" note and caution, and Graph NR, RHR/LPCI NPSH Limit.

219000 2.4.20 - Equipment Control: Knowledge of the operational implications of EOP warnings, cautions, and notes.

HIGHER NEW Explanation:

A 2' decrease in suppression pool (SP) level will cause the RHR pumps to be operating in a condition which plots to the left of the line on the NPSH Limit Graph for SP level >-18 ft which is the lmiting line because SP level is NOT >-13 ft. In this case, system damage could occur.

The stem states that all the RHR pumps are required to maintain adequate core cooling, so per the Finger Note in the SPC leg, "Do not use RHR pumps needed for core cooling", so to Continue to inject with A and B RHR is the proper action to take.

The other distracters are plausible but incorrect, and when graphed fall to the right of the respective line on the graph, indicating NPSH is not a concern for the given conditions.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 093 Which of the following identifies why the Turbine Bypass System is required to be operable at

>25% reactor power?

To ensure that the ____(1)____ safety limit(s) is/are NOT violated during the ____(2)____

transient(s).

a. (1) MCPR (only)

(2) turbine trip and feedwater controller failure maximum demand (only)

b. (1) MCPR (only)

(2) turbine trip, feedwater controller failure maximum demand, and turbine generator load rejection

c. (1) MCPR and Reactor Pressure (2) turbine trip and feedwater controller failure maximum demand (only)
d. (1) MCPR and Reactor Pressure (2) turbine trip, feedwater controller failure maximum demand, and turbine generator load rejection ANSWER b.

REFERENCE Technical Specification Bases 3.7.7 241000 2.2.38 - Equipment Control: Knowledge of conditions and limitations in the facility license.

FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation Per T.S. Based 3.7.7:

The Main Turbine Bypass System is required to be OPERABLE at >25% RTP to ensure that the fuel cladding integrity Safety Limit is not violated during the turbine trip, feedwater controller failure maximum demand, and turbine generator load rejection transients.

Note, the fuel cladding safety limit is identified as the MCPR safety limit in LaSalle tech specs.

The other distracters are plausible, but incorrect.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 094 You are reviewing the shift manning schedule and identify that two of the four Reactor Operators (ROs) scheduled for the next shift have "No-solo Operation" restrictions on their license.

What action, if any, is required to be taken regarding shift staffing for the next shift?

a. No action is required to be taken.
b. Assign the ROs with "No-solo Operation" restrictions to the Unit 1 and Unit 2 Assist RO positions.
c. Replace one of the ROs with the "No-solo Operation" restriction with an RO that does NOT have the restriction.
d. Separate the ROs "No-solo Operation" restrictions such that only one RO with a "No-Solo Operation" restriction is assigned to each unit.

ANSWER a.

REFERENCE HR-AA-07-01, "NRC Licensed Operator Medical Examination" 2.1.4 Knowledge of individual licensed operator responsibilities related to shift staffing, such as medical requirements, "no-solo" operation, maintenance of active license status, 10CFR55, etc.

FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

Per HR-AA-07-01, "NRC Licensed Operator Medical Examination":

"A RO who is at risk of sudden incapacitation may have a "No-Solo" Operation restriction that requires another operator to be in view when the restricted operator is performing control manipulations, and someone capable of summoning assistance to be present at all other times while the restricted operator is performing licensed duties."

There is no limitation identified regarding the number of ROs with a "No-Solo" Operation restriction that can be assigned to a given shift, so no action is required to be taken regarding shift staffing.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 095 Unit 1 is in an emergency condition and cannot maintain RPV water level above the Bottom of Active Fuel.

The on-shift crew has identified an innovative method to restore RPV water level above the Top of Active Fuel, however the method has NOT been previously reviewed or approved for use.

Which of the following is required, at a MINIMUM, to permit implementing the action to restore RPV water level?

a. Approval by one licensed SRO.
b. Approval by two licensed SROs.
c. A completed 50.59 Safety Evaluation.
d. Approval by one licensed SRO AND the Shift Emergency Director.

ANSWER a.

REFERENCE HU-AA-104-101, " Procedure Use and Adherence", Step 4.8.4, The licensee may take reasonable action that departs from a license condition or a Technical Specification in an emergency when:

1. The action is immediately needed to protect the public health and safety, and
2. No action consistent with license conditions and Technical Specifications that can provide adequate or equivalent protection is immeidately apparent, and
3. As a minimum a licensed Senior Reactor Operator has appoved the licensee action prior to taking the action.

2.2.5 Knowledge of the process for making design or operating changes to the facility.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 096 What is the relationship between the Station Emergency Director and the performance of an emergency containment vent per LGA-VQ-02, Emergency Containment Vent?

The Station Emergency Director ____________________ the primary containment.

a. must direct the emergency venting of
b. must be informed prior to emergency venting
c. has NO responsibilities related to emergency venting
d. must approve the release permit for emergency venting ANSWER b.

REFERENCE LGA-VQ-02, "Emergency Containment Vent" Rev. 15, Prerequisite B.2.a 2.3.11 Ability to control radiation releases.

FUNDAMENTAL BANK Explanation:

Per LGA-VQ-02, Prerequisite B.2.a, the Station Director must be informed that during the performance of the procedure there may be an unmonitored ground level rad release that may affect the PARS recommendation.

D. is incorrect as there is no release permit required for an emergency vent.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 097 Which of the following is a non-delegable action of the Shift Emergency Director following the classification of a Site Area Emergency?

a. Transmit a NARS form.
b. Authorize exposure extension.
c. Activate the Emergency Response Organization.
d. Initiate an Emergency Plant Announcement for the classification.

ANSWER b.

REFERENCE EP-AA-112-100-F-01, "Shift Emergency Director Checklist":

2.4.38 Ability to take actions called for in the facility emergency plan, including supporting or acting as emergency coordinator if required.

FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

Per EP-AA-112-100-F-01, "Shift Emergency Director Checklist":

"The Shift Emergency Director may delegate plant announcements, call out of the ERO and actual communications with offsite agencies once review and approval of notification information has been made." The authorization of exposure extensions is not listed as a delegable duty.

The distracters are plausible but incorrect.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 98 Unit 1 is in a refueling outage.

  • LOP-WR-01, "Filling and Venting or Draining of the Reactor Building Closed Cooling Water System" was started at the beginning of the current shift to refill a portion of the WR system.
  • Step E.1.3 states:

"As necessary, OPEN 1WR093, RBCCW Expansion Tank Level Control 1WR091 Bypass Valve (01 RB 820 C-11 RB 820' by RBCCW Tank) to maintain the expansion tank level between 24 to 42 inches".

  • Step E.1.9 states:

"If 1WR093, RBCCW Expansion Tank Level Control 1WR091 Bypass Valve was used to fill expansion tank, CLOSE valve."

  • Valve 1WR093 was NOT manipulated during the filling of the WR system.

The Equipment Operator performing the surveillance has requested direction on how to placekeep steps E.1.3 and E.1.9 based on the given conditions.

As the Unit Supervisor, direct the Equipment Operator performing the procedure to .....

a. leave steps E.1.3 and E1.9 blank.
b. mark steps E.1.3 and E1.9 as complete.
c. mark steps E.1.3 and E1.9 "C/M" (Condition Met).
d. mark steps E.1.3 and E1.9 "N/A" (Not Applicable).

ANSWER d.

REFERENCE HU-AA-104-101, Revision 04, page 7, step 4.4.3.

2.1.20 Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps.

HIGHER NEW Explanation:

Per HU-AA-104-101, Revision 04, page 7, step 4.4.3. "WHEN procedure step are not applicable due to plant conditions or the specific task being performed, "N/A" shall be applied with appropriate authorization." Use Not Applicable, "N/A" to document completion of a procedure step WHEN:

- The condition(s) are not applicable as described by the conditional step....

The other distracters are plausible, but incorrect.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 099 Unit 2 has experienced a LOCA.

  • The Division 1 POST-LOCA monitor is the only monitor available for use.
  • Group 2 PCIS logic failed to actuate.
  • The Shift Manager has requested the current Oxygen levels in the containment.

For the given conditions, the Division 1 POST-LOCA monitor must be aligned to sample the

____(1)____ and local action must be taken to ____(2)____ of the POST-LOCA monitor.

a. (1) Drywell (2) re-align valves per LGA-CM-01, "Emergency Operation of the POST-LOCA Accident Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System" to prevent erratic indication.
b. (1) Drywell (2) adjust system flow per LOP-CM-02, "Startup, Operation and Shutdown of POST-LOCA Accident Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System" to ensure accurate indication.
c. (1) Suppression Chamber (2) re-align valves per LGA-CM-01, "Emergency Operation of the POST-LOCA Accident Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System" to prevent erratic indication.
d. (1) Suppression Chamber (2) adjust system flow per LOP-CM-02, "Startup, Operation and Shutdown of POST-LOCA Accident Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System" to ensure accurate indication.

ANSWER a.

REFERENCE LGA-CM-01, "Emergency Operation of the POST-LOCA Accident Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System" LOP-CM-01, "Startup, Operation, and Shutdown of POST-LOCA Primary Containment Atmosphere Monitoring System PCAMS" LOP-CM-02, "Startup, Operation, and Shutdown of POST-LOCA Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System" 2.4.35 Knowledge of local auxiliary operator tasks during emergency and the resultant operational effects.

FUNDAMENTAL NEW Explanation:

LGA-CM-01, "Emergency Operation of the POST-LOCA Accident Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System" provides direction to align the monitor to sample the drywell and also provides direction to realign valves locally to separate the suction paths for the monitor and the 1PL75J panel.

LOP-CM-01, "Startup, Operation, and Shutdown of POST-LOCA Primary Containment

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS Atmosphere Monitoring System PCAMS", Limitation D.4 discusses erratic operation of the POST-LOCA monitor if its suction path is not separated from Primary Containment Continuous Air Monitors.

LOP-CM-02, "Startup, Operation, and Shutdown of POST-LOCA Primary Containment Atmosphere Hydrogen and Oxygen Monitoring System", Note on page 12 discusses adjusting flow control for the 1PL75J, not the POST-LOCA monitor.

The other distracters are plausible, but incorrect.

SRO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS QUESTION 100 Unit 1 is operating at rated conditions.

  • You are the Unit 1 Unit Supervisor responsible for preparing a brief for the return to service of the 1A TDRFP min flow valve, and have identified that Independent Verification (IV) will be used when removing the C/O.

Per HU-AA-101, Human Performance Tools and Verification Practices, which one of the following correctly states the philosophy to be applied for removal of the C/O cards located in the Unit 1 Heater Bay?

a. Perform the IV for the C/O cards located in the Unit 1 Heater Bay after receiving High Radiation and ALARA briefs.
b. Direct that Concurrent Verification be used for the C/O cards located in the Unit 1 Heater Bay, and complete IV for the rest of the checklist.
c. Request that the Shift Manager waive the IV for the C/O cards located in the Unit 1 Heater Bay, and complete IV for the rest of the checklist.
d. Request that the Rad Protection Manager waive the IV for the C/O cards located in the Unit 1 Heater Bay, and complete IV for the rest of the checklist.

ANSWER c.

REFERENCE HU-AA-101, Revision 004, page 6, Step 4.3.1.1 2.3.13 Knowledge of Radialogical Safety Procedures pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as response to radiation monitor alarms, containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high radiation areas, aligning filters, etc.

HIGH BANK Explanation:

Per HU-AA-101, Revision 004, page 6, Step 4.3.1.1, the Shift Manager may waive the verification requirements for ALARA concerns. Alternative verification techniques shall be considered.

Distracters A, B, and D are plausible, but incorrect.